Esoteric Magic and

the Cabala
Phillip Cooper
E IS E R B 0 0 K S
bO$lOn, ¾AlYOrk beach, ¾t
First published in 2002 by
Red Wheel/eisr LLC
York Bach, ME
With offices at:
368 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210
ww . rcduhccÌucttæ com
Copyright C2002 Phillip Copr
All rights resered. No pan of this publication may breproduced or transmited in
any form or by any means, elecronic or mechanical, including photoopying,
recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without prission in
writing from Red Wheel/eisr uc. Reviewers may quote brief passages.
Librar of Congress Cataloging-in-Publicaton Data
Copr, Phillip, 1955-
Esoteric magic and the cabala lPhillip Copr.
p. cm.
Includes bibliographical references.
ISBN 1-57863-236-6 (pbk.)
1. Cabala. I. Title.
BF1623.C2 C66 2002
135'.47-c21
2002011866
Typst in 11 Centaur
Printed in Canada
TCP
09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LON£NS
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1. Taking Your First Steps in Esoteric Magic ....... 5
2. The Cosmic Plan, the Encircled Cross,
and the Cosmic Sphere ... .... . ...... . . . . . .. 2 7
3. Symbolism, the Four Elements, and the
Four Magical Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4. Meditation, the Cosmic Sphere, and
the Inner Temple .......................... 55
5. Magical Rituals . . . . . ... . ... . . . . .. . .. . . .. . . 67
6. The Cabalistic Tree of Life . . .. . ..... ... . ... . 79
7. How to Erect and Atune to Each Sphere .. . . . . 115
8. A Realistic Guide to Pathworking . ... . . . . . . . 135
9. The Cosmic Tides ........................ 14 7
Final Word .. . . . ... .. . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 159
Appendix: Working with Telesmatic Images . . . . . 163
Notes . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . ... ... 173
Bibliography . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... 177
Index .. ... . . .. . . . . ...... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . 179
PREFACE
I
T stdy of Magc is muh more tn merly rading sme bo ks
and lesns. A plethora of teacher and shols have material on
the subje of the Tre of Life, and while some of this material is
valuable, much of it is worhles when it comes to the question,
'What the hek can you do with it? " In the pracices presribd
in this bok, you are called upn to make a drawing of the Tree
of Life and asked to metate upn the mystcal-magical proes
derb in this bo k. Te real stdy and work in Magic depnds
upn you doing the things called for in the boks I write. Do not
negle the practices or just do them in passing, but put a great
deal of effor and atention into them.
Also, bin to M how your magical studies can b applied
to your daily l i fe. Bgin to think magical ! That is, make your
magical knowledge par of the way you see the world and the
way you M yourlf. A you lear to think magical, you will fnd
that you exprience a much greater reality than you ever antici­
pated. It is like puting on a new pair of eyeglasses-suddenly
you M more, and you M more clearly.
wll
I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A I 0 T I I C A I A L A
Magic dos not tell you how you should act. It dos not give
you sets of rules or commandments. But, as you begin to see
things differently, as you think magical, you will bin to make
your own determinations of how you should ac, and what you
should do in given circumstances. Magic places the respnsibil­
it for your lif rght on your own shoulder. But it als shows you
that you have the pwer to make your life what you want it to b!
Power and responsibility always go hand-in-hand, in Magic as
in all things.
INODUCON
I
The techniques of Esoteric Magic di ffer from Practical Magic
baus the aim is differnt. You cannot mix the to, although the
to paths can, and should, compliment each other.
Esoteric or . high" Magic is the study of Magic in its own
right. It involve slf-development through inner work involving
the workings of the univers and the understanding of how we,
as individuals, fit into the greater sheme. Magic is a sience
probably the greatest sience of all-but unless truth is the goal,
all will b in vain.
Up until now, no one has offered a truly realistic patern of
study. The established works are either emaciated in religious
dogma or full of needles complexities designed to denigrate the
student or basd on suprstitious concepts bst lef in the realms
of pure fantasy. The magical lodges, to whom we are supposed
to turn for enlightenment, are largely dominated by Golden
Dawn techniques that have not advanced for over a hundred
years.• Scret soieties abound with their inevitable promise to
I
reveal the secrets of Magic if you bcome an initiate. Bcoming
an initiate usually involves giving up your right of free choice in
exchange for being the subject of some medieval pantomime.
You may b asked to bw to nonexistent scret chief and imag­
inar gos with unpronounceable names, and you may find that
it is far easier to get in than it is to get out. Tere is even evi­
dence to sugest that cenain factions use drugs and hypnosis to
ensure that you stay loyal.
Te plan of action presnted in this bo k is bth psitive and
realistic. It is not a rehash of Golden Dawn or any other out­
moed system. At no time are you presnted with strange, mys­
tical puzles or veiled srets-you are given all the facts in plain
English. Tis bo k bns wit frst prnciple and exends through
each chapter into a complete, workable plan of study. As a com­
plee novic, you will fnd it es to undertand. A a long-sufrg
student, you will find it refreshing, stimulating, and free from
confusion.
With this book, you bgin the study of the Cabala and the
Tree of Life. The Tree of Life is a pan of the basic system of the
West, or the Occident, called the Cabal a. (The word Cabala
roughly means "to reeive" in Hebrew. ) The exact origins of this
system are lost in the mazes of antiquit, bur I would say that it
originated from fragments of demonstrable magical truths that
advanced prsons of all nationalities and nations exchanged with
each other as they recognized the deep basic truths of the physi­
cal cosmos.
Not only are you going to study the Tree of Life, but you are
going to learn to us it as a means of study. Soon you will bgin
to think of it as a fling system (or even a computer program) by
which you classif your knowledge and obrations into an inter­
related whole.
å
As, as your stdie of Eteric Magic continue, you will M
how Magic bcomes pan of your entire lifenot j ust a spcial
companent, a Sunday religion, a pany dressand everything
in life is going to have new meanings for you. Your study of the
Tree of Life will continue for as long as you are interested in
Magic, s it is probably going to continue the ret of your life!
CHAPTER 1
TAKING YOUR FIRST STEPS
IN ESOTERIC MAGIC
This bok is very spial. Unlike many other courss of instruc­
ton, it prent the tth abut Eeric Magc and the Cbala and
opns an individual path to the inner mysterie. In order to derive
maximum bnefit from this bok, remembr this single forula,
which will sre as your guide to successful Magic:
Input = Output.
One of the most impnant rules of Magic is that you get out only
in diret proponion to what you put in. By this I mean the qual­
ity of input, and not neessarily the time and money.
NagÌC-thc bcgÌDDÌDg
It is said that when God utered his own name, creation began.
The first act of real Magic was the creation. The only ingredi­
ent was the creator itself. Touch your body and you touch the
material presence of the Logos as well as that of your ancestors.
Grasp this truth with your hean rather than with your fallible
å I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • D T M I C A I A LA
human intelligence and you have taken your first step toward
Real Magic.
Since all things are One Sntient Bing, it follows that every­
thing is alive and aware. Stars, roks, water, and air are living
entitie and, equally with animal life ( including humankind), they
are aspts of the Divine Totality. This knowledge prmeates all
created things. In humankind alone, it is suppressd by a patho­
logically over developd intelle that inhibits the vital intuitive
and moral faculties govering the bhavior of most life forms.
It is also said that humankind is made in the image of Go,
in other words creative. In order to create we must understand
the way in which Go ( Universal Intelligence) acts, and us this
as a guide.
Te holy name of G, the Tetragram, is a four-letered name:
Y H V H. Thos with astute minds will immediately se the sig­
nifcance of this, for the name equates to the four elements. From
a magical point of view, this makes profound sens and can b
enacted out ritally. Consider the sheme. Go causes pwer to
fow by spaking his namein other words, by channeling this
power through the four cardinal points of the Magic Circle. It
then finds its fruition in physical eanh. To ritualize this is quite
simple and extremely impnant
bOCÌaÌ NagÌC
The soial magician feels that involvement with groups of simi­
lar thinkers will lead him or her forard. Nothing could b fur­
ther from the trth. Sial Magic may sem like a go idea until
you lok at the concept in depth.
Why is it that people feel the need to join groups? Perhaps
it's the blief that there's safet in numbrs, known as the . herd
I
instnc. " I a herd, the evolvement of the individual or the group
is in the hands of the loudest voice. A everone knows, the loud­
et is not neesrly the bt. Quite ofen, eteric group ( includ­
ing covens and loges) are convened around the wrong nucleus,
s it naturally follows that if the nucleus is wrong then the entre
strucure is wrong.
Sial Magic has litle to offer any srious stdent, and while
esoteric groups may b able to teach you something, at bt they
teach you what not to do. Bfore making contac with any group,
you should ask the following questions:
1 . What are the aims of this group. Are thes realistic?
2. Do they offer enlightenment at a price? I do not simply mean
money. Lok at the cost in real ters.
3. Are there any demands on your freedom of choice?
4. Do they preach subservience to some entity, god, or secret
chiefs?
5. Do they advoate sexual deviation? This includes anything
from simple nudit to "Sx Magic."
If the answer is yes to any of these questions, then I urge you
to avoid contact. All to often, innoent searchers have joined
salled magical group only to find that they had be n deeived.
At least they were lucky enough to M that something was wrong
and get out. Many never see the folly of soial Magic and even
bome staunch suppners of such pracices. Hearing the defen­
sive argument of such pple make me think "they doth protet
too much. "
Of cours, as many have found out, i t i s always easier to get
8 I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • D T • l C A I A L A
in the groups than it is to get out-and this can lead to much
bigger problems. Most social Magic is simply harmless sel f­
deception, but some groups will stop at nothing to prevent you
from going your own way. It is disturbing that goups that preach
fredom only allow you that freedom within the retricions of
their own system! You may well b on a path, but which path?
Whose path? Is it truly yours, or is it someone else's? More to
the pint-where do it lead?
Lutu MuDtÌDgaDd thc NagÌCaÌ bVcDgaÌÌ
If you are a dedicated searcher, then you are bound to come in
contac with other who can and will help. Te old adage: "When
the pupil is ready, a teacher will appar," is literally true, bcaus
the inner drive seeks answers and someone else may well have
those answers. There is nothing wrong with having a teacher,
provided that you first apply the aforementioned rules. There is
nothing more pathetic than seeing otherise sane and sensible
individuals throwing caution to the wind in an effon to sit at the
feet of some "master. "
Åhc ÎDdÌVÌduaÌ Íath OÍbcÌÍ-ÎDÌtÌatÌOD
The only realistic magical path is one of individual effort lead­
ing to the truth-anything less is pointless. However, you can
lear fom others and, in sme instance, work with other pople,
provided that you do not give up individuality and freedo. In
terms of our initial paradigm of "input= output," individual
effort is the highest quality of input, and therefore the result­
ing output is bound to b ideal and more in keeping with your
true path in life.
You are an individual. There is no one els like you in exis-
C I A P T I I I
9
OO¿ s it natrally fllows that there is only one path to follow­
your ow. The path leads to your own tth concering your real
slf and your relationship with the univers. No teacher can ever
deliver you this truth, but a teacher can show you the way by
giving you a realistic patern of perfection based on universal
truthsfor example, laws that apply to everone whatever their
individual path may b. You have already ben given one such
law. It applies to everyone, and yet it al lows total freedom of
expression, for such is the nature of cosmic law and truth. Never
teat your magical work as sme son of hobby or pan-rime inter­
et that you ft in whenever you can spare a litle time. If you do,
the input = output law will yield disappointing results.
ÅhcÅääumQtÌODOÍthc LOd ÍOtmä
I order to work efeive Magc, you must identf with the mag­
cian. You must b tricked over the line of disblief by this cosmic
thimble-riger who fon i to dz e you with his sleight into
accepting that everthing is possible. This is your first rung on
the ladder of initiation
The ppularit of the tarot in divination sometimes obsures
its function as a system of applied Magic. 1 A useful exercise is
known as the "assumption of the go forms," but do not b put
off by that expression. It is as easy as copying the style and man­
nerisms of your current role moel. Daydreamers do this quite
naturally. And most pople are already acing role impd upn
them by soiety and the mass-minded mold. Tis means recog­
nizing that, ptentially, nothing is byond your pwer to achieve.
The real test of achievement is the abilit to b at ease with your
true self and avoid seeing worldly values as anything but a dan­
gerous illusion. If you do this, then nothing will ever dim the
M I I O T I I I C aA G I C A ID T i l C A I A L A
Magic in your eyes. And you will have learned for yourslf the
great seret.
Use your knowledge of the symblism of The Magician, the
scond card of the Major Arcana, numbred 1 , and tr to iden­
tify with the characer.
A young man stands in front of an altar. He is wearing a
white and red cloak. In front of him lie four magical
weapons: a Sword, a Wand, a Cup, and a Pentacle. A
symbl of eterity hangs over his head. He holds a Wand
in one raisd hand. The other hand pints down to eanh.
Tes symbls represnt the four control symbls for the
four elements: Air, Fire, Water, and Enh. The Magician
can make anything happn.
Stdy the picure on the moring of the Ne Mon. Concentate
on The Magician and bcome The Magician by identifying with
his character and bhavior. For the next founeen days ( until the
Full Mon), think yourslf into the characer for at least fve to
ten minutes each day. In Magic, you chose your role. You are
no longer one of life's bit players. The more you study the mean­
ing of this card, the easier this role playing will bcome. After
founeen days, you will have completed the exercise. But do not
mistake it for the Magic that is safe within your mind. It is only
a mnemonic picture.
Disovering Magic means reognizing the illusor nature of
the material world. The real sat of learing and the channel for
creative energy lies in the subonsious mind. This remarkable
facet of our minds is inherent in each one of us, and its capabil­
ities are enormous. It predates al l spoken and written words.
Images and acions are its language. It reads the hean and obys
the True Will. Languages M the world as objecs and materials
C I A P T I I I II
in space when it is really an illusion caused by a single, living
proess. The energy causing the proess and creating the phan­
tasmagoria you mistake for reality is the pwer that is haressed
bth to accomplish Practical Magic and to delve into the mys­
teries of creation using Esoteric Magic.
TOutLhOÌCc OÍÍath
Magic is the an and sience of understanding and using the vast
ptential of the subonsious mind. Tere are to branches to
this sience, each one dealing with the subonsious in different
ways. It is impnant that the to are not confused.
In today's terminology we have "low" and "high" Magic.
This is not a go desription bcaus it implies that one branch
of Magic ( "low" ) is trivial and therefore bneath consideration,
which is not the cas. A bter classification is that of Pracical
Magic and Esoteric Magic. Practical Magic is wholly concered
with using the pwer of the subonsious to atain solid, physi­
cal results such as increasd money supply, bter health, or even
a new home. In fact anything that enhances the lifestyle of an
individual blongs to the realm of Practical Magic. On the other
hand, Esoteric Magic is concered with the study of Magic as a
subject in its own right and also includes les tangible aims such
as the discovery of inner truths and the understanding of the
workings of creation.
Although this bo k is mostly concered with Eoteric Magic,
the basic principle lead naturally to pracical studies of the mag­
ical ans baus the sme basic rles apply to bth lines of study.
However it should always b remembred that, unles the would­
b magician has leared the truth about the material world and,
more impnant, leared how to control this, he or she is unlikely
g I I O T I I I C M A G I C A •O T M I C A I A L A
to make any real progress in esoteric maters. In magical terms,
the frt real "initiaton" i that of your abilit to master the mate­
rial illusion presented by life.
TOutKcÌatÌODähÌQwÌththcLDÌVctäc
Our world was created by demonic (as oppsd to angelic) intel­
ligences to give themselves form and habitat outside the dream­
time Eden from which they were ejected.1 Humankind is the
purpsly made vehicle for the administration of malignant evil
in the material realm. Humankind alone is genetically primed
with what our ancestors called original sin, and the ruthless
expunging of this inherent pllution is the first step in magical
or mystical aspiration.
Demonic control is not confned to the ordinar unawakened
man or woman but manifests as the Group Entity (or Egreores)
of ever corporate by. 1 States, churches, newspaprs, commit­
te, and chartie as well B ste t gngs are direed by a demonic
Group Entity that is neither human nor yet the combined pr­
snalitie of the membr. But it is an identit that demands reo­
nition and that uses the corporate i mage to conceal its true
purhe domination of the materal world by force of undi­
luted and malignant evil.
But the proess that creates this Vale of Tears, or Lchral
Mundi (Tear of the World), in which wa� famine, ptilence, and
death reign supreme brings with it some angelic elements from
the dream-time Eden. Te ocur as thos rare vine that some
pople share with animals and Natre, which, but for Luciferian
prde, might rais humankind to the moral level and innoent stte
of thos creatures so abusd in psychopathic arrogance.
It is the rare angelic vines in thos of pure hean and noble
C I A P T I I I IJ
spirit that offer the only glimmer of light in a world that Homo
sapiens has turned into a materialistic demonoracy. Are you
awake yet or do you still sleep?
bÌaCkNagÌC,¾hÌtc NagÌC,
¾hÌCh ÎäthcKÌghtNagÌC:
It surpris many bginners that the training for Black Magic and
White Magic is exactly the same. A trained adept can use the
pwer for anything. Te choice i lef ently to the individual con­
cered. After many years of training, most adepts are not sus­
ceptible to guilt feel ings induced by church, state, and soiety.
They understand that thes three phantoms of illusion separate
you from realit and Magic. To a mgician, the color black means
"creation made manifest," or "idea tured into fac. " An anist
or inventor will have an idea, a pue thought. Tey will then paint
or build it. Black rprt the fed, physicl aricle. Terfore,
te Black Magic is concered with the physical reult as oppsd
to the pure thought, or spiritual side, which is White Magic.
LäOtctÌC NagÌC
Loking byond the obvious is what Eoteric Magic is all about.
It is the truth that you sek, and you will rapidly learn that the
apparent fac are not always tre, M it bome folly to us the
as a basis for blief. The equation that successfully explains your
true relationship to life-nergy is:
You= Your Blief Paters= Energy
Tis apparently simple sttement explains all of lif's problems and
also gives you the key to a vast resre of power.
1. I I 0 T I I I C l A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A
You
You have a subonscious mind that is capable of great things,
miraculous things. How dos it work? Perhaps the bst way to
understand the subonsious is by equating it to a vast computer.
First, it makes no moral j udgments abut right or wrong, go
or evil. Just like any computer, it simply acts on instructions and
se ks to carr these out to the lener. If you consider the fac that
the same computer can run an entire facor or detonate a hydro­
gen bomb, you will son grasp the idea.
Your subonsious mind is nothing lesthan a tol to b usd
to create whatever you wish. The problem is that people have
lost sight pf this simple truth by allowing othe� less informed,
priests andor leaders to think for them.
Your Belief Paters
Blief alone makes your world what it is. You have been con­
ditioned to believe in i l l usion. let me teach you to believe in
reality.
Regardless of other pople, your blief and image panerns
will cause your subconscious mind to bring into your l i fe al l
manner of physical facts, which directly relate to these bliefs.
This is the basis on which sientific Magic bcomes a reality. Put
quite simply, thoughts produce things, or loked at another way,
ever dominant thought caus an effe. Note that I spcify dom­
innt thoughts, for if ever feting thought had pwe� life would
indeed b a far greater problem than it is at prsnt.
With any computer, the typ of program usd will deterine
how it fncons. Eacly the sme happns wit your subonsiou
mind. Given a program (blief), it will ac on it without heittion.
Now can you M why things go wrong in your life? Te problems
.9
are cte not by exeral forc, fate, G's will, or even cuO
they are causd by incore proramming ( wrong blief).
Your subonscious mind is capable of many things. In the
f i nanc, it can and do af the physicl side of life through
bliefs. It is impssible to overestimate the pwer of the subon­
sious mind. Not only will it carry out every command you give
it but it will also answer all questions. It is this latter fact that we
make use of in Esoteric Magic.
Ene
Your ability to manipulate energy paters extends to all physi­
cal mate� fom the reeneration of by tissue to causing some­
thing physical in response to your desires. Your beliefs act as
instructions to your subonsious mind, so obviously you will
caus the physical world to reac according to thes bliefs. By
changing bliefs, your future is in your own hands, for you are
bund to change the future.
Magic concede that the ver roks have no slidity other than
the illusion created by pure energy dancing in a paricular pater.
Troughout histor, the finest crafspople have ben thos who
commune with the energy that gives the illusion of tactile reality
to metal, stone, wood, textiles, and everything else. A master
crafsprson is therefore a tre magician. Tis is why you should
familiarize yourslf with basic crafs until you feel and respnd
to the soul of the tols and materials. In Magic, we sek to displ
the material illusion suffciently to exprience the Magic within.
You have at your dispsl vast reres of pwer. Lok at the
power of nature, in panicular the enormous energy at work in
the heavens. Te Sun is a prime example. It bums billions of tons
of irs own fuel every day, yet it never gets coler. Imagine if you
tå I I O T I I I C M A G I C A IO T i l C A I A L A
could haress this amount of force for only one sond. There is
a vast amount of enery in the univers, and it is not byond your
reach. Far from it. It is pan of your existence, and your subon­
sious mind has access to this power. Your subonsious mind
deals with energy; it knows ever conceivable combination, and
it knows how to use these to alter circumstances according to
whatever instructions are given to it. You can rest assured that
in the creative sheme of life there will never b a lack of energy.
If it ever did dry up, then the universe as we know it would b
truly inen and lifeles.
Universal energy is not chaotic; it conforms to ver precise
laws. If it were truly chaotic, then l i fe would be i mpossible.
Cbbage se ds would tm into diamonds. But tis cnnot happn.
A cabbage is always a cabbage. Its strcre is deerined by pre­
cise laws. How would you prform a miracle and change a cab­
bage into a diamond? The answer lies in changing the energy
panem, not by invoking chaos (or the gos). Although you do
not, as yet, have the knowledge to do this, it is not byond the
realm of possibility. Afer all, a ver talented man changed water
inf wine by knowing abut, and applying, the law of transmu­
tation.4
Your subonsious mind knows every panern of energy in
existence, and it also has the ability to change thes. Wen given
an instrcion, in the for of a blief, it frt lote the targe, re­
ognizes its energy panem, and then proeds to change it M that
it confors to the new instrucion.
In order to understand te natre and working of this energy,
we must find some means of dividing it into convenient units.
There are sveral systems that anempt to do this. The bt by far
is the Cabalistic Tree of Life. This incredible system helps us cat­
egorize energy-and indeed everything elsin life.
Åhc NagÌCaÌÅtÌdcDt
We gain access to the knowledge and pwer of the subonsious
mind through:
1 . the mind
2. the emotions
3. the imagination
Tes are the pints of the magical trident. The trident's handle
equates to the will. The us of thes three approaches will b dis­
cussd in detail later on, but briefy, to acivate the subonsious,
frst there has to b an intention. This is then directed into sub­
consious levels through any or all of these three access points.
Sustained will is equivalent to blief, and blief always ge reults.
LauäcaDdLÛcCt
All dominant thoughts or blief that exist in your subonsious
mind are causing things to happn. Thes may b good or bad
and may b completely unknown to your consious mind. It is
ver easy to blame exteral forces or supposd demons. In the
same way, it is easy to credit some bneficial angel if and when
something pleasant happns, but the plain truth is that you are
causing thes things to happn, and every cause must have an
effec.
You may, by free choice, caus things to happn by using this
same law. In this case all that needs to b done is to give your
subonsious mind a new instrucion in a way it can understand.
Te tehnique usd to do this are classifed as Magic. Caus and
effect is therefore a just and correct law, for it seeks to give to
each individual that which he or she conceives.
W I S O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A
All thingnimate and inanimate, abtac and concrtere
one substance. Everhing came from the one source; therefore
everything contains l i fe and is linked together. If you touch a
spider's web, the vibration resonates through the web. If you are
on the web, you feel the vibrations. To touch the web of life is to
snd out a mes ge to everhing in cretion. To snd out a thought
is to vibrate the web of life that connes every living creature and
life energy through the laws of caus and effe. Like atracs like,
and caus is always matche by efe. A sustaine thought always
reache everhing in creation that is in keping with that thought,
and by virue of this fac so do cosmic energy and universal intel­
ligence respnd to your thoughts. Effon is therefore rewarded by
the repns of energy; ever caus must have an effect.
Relve her and now to mke Uof the law of cus and eff
by concentrating on thos things that you tuly wish to have. B
psitive. Do not dwell on problems; only se k their soluton, and
do not retric your thoughts to that which se ms obvious. Rais
your si ghts and your thi nki ng above the obvi ous and l i fe
eere will rpnd to tis new moe of thinking. B bld, b opt­
ms, b enthusi and dwell on what you deir. Your thought
have an efe on invisible levels of life byond the obvious.
bymbOÌÌämaDdthcbubCODäCÌOuä
Having covered some of the basic truths of life, let us now stan
to build a bridge bteen consious and subonsious levels.
The language of the subconscious is symbol ism. The sub­
consious dos not understand English or indeed any other lan­
guage; it only understands symbols. There are many types of
symbols. For now we will consider the to main tps: abstract
and prsonal .

Abstac Symbols
Abstract symbols such as the Encircled Cross below are highly
potent forms that instantly convey a mass of useful information.
The more you think about them, the more information they will
give you. This information comes directly from your memory­
in other words, your subonscious mind. By using magical sym­
bols, you can obtain magical information in great depth, bcause
your subonscious has no limits. It is also important to remem­
br that you use a symbol; you do not make it an object of wor­
ship or consider it to b holy. By all means, treat symbols with
respct, but never turn them into idols.
Figur l. T Enirle Crs
M
Æt
åW
W
W&W
C0g
M
fl.
W
1 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A
Personal Sybols
Unlike the former, prsonal, or telesmatic, symbols are prsoni­
fications of some desirable quality or power. An archangel or
planetary deity is an example of this type of symbol . While
prsonal symbls are usful in Magic, they must b kept in pr­
spctive. Always remembr that they are symbols: they do not
exist other than as symbols within the imagination of the prac­
titioner. The danger with this typ of symbol is that the practi­
tioner stars to blieve in the symbol as a reality in its own right.
If man and woman build pwerfl telemarc image (symbls) of
the worst kind, the law of caus and effect will bring a wicked
harest. Until the image of G is changed, humankind will con­
tinue to suffer throug its own blief. The message is simple: Do
not use telesmatic image unless you can build them with desir­
able qualities.
ÅhcNaätct bymbOÌ:Åhc LDCÌtCÌcd LtOää
It is unfortunate that the presnt trend leads the eager neophyte
toward the us of the Pentagram and Hexagram. Te corre pro­
cedure is to start with the Encircled Cross, which, apar from
being the master symbol, is the symbol from which all others
emanate. As a basis for magical development there is no other
that is bter.
The Encircled Cross is the real Magic Circle in which you
fon on inner levels. Bfr you cn us it suc flly, you have
to understand it. The old idea of the magician standing within
his protective Magic Circle while fighting off demons is incor­
ret. First, there are no such things as demons (telematic images
that epitomize neative qualitie). Scond, and more to the pint,
the circle is valueless unles it is built in the mind. Painting a circle
C I A , T I I I II
on the foor (or buying one in cheap plastic) is simply pointless
unless you wish to regress to the dark ages.
.
This symbl, together wirh a few of its main atributions, is
gven in figure 1 (se page 1 9). Do nor b pur off by irs simplic­
it. This symbl, if usd correctly, can develop into a highly com­
plex and all-mbracing magical system. Get to know it.
Åhc ÍctÍcCtÌODOÍNagÌC
Read through this chapter at least once a day and think carefully
abut the ideas contained herein. These ideas may defy conven­
tion and prhaps sem oversimplifed, but they are correct.
Here is another magical formula:
Peace = Power
It is almost impssible ro prform a magical act if your mind is
flled with everday thoughts and stress. I cannot emphasize rhe
imponance of the pace = power equation ro strongly. Access
ro the subonsious is restricted in proponion ro acriviry. The
high pint of any ritual is reached in a state of absolute calm, for
ral pwer lie within the sr, silent center within us. Te antcs
of thos would-b magicians who insist on cavoning around the
temple are in direct oppsition ro the rrurh. You do not have to
work yourself up into a frenzy ro rais power, quire the revers.
You must slow down.
Relaxation, especially preritual relaxation, is vital ro your
suc
cess. Spend some rime each day learning how ro relax the
b
y and the mind. There are many techniques rhar assist relax­
arion.
Regular pracice with rhe Encircled Cross will help build a
b
ridge bteen you and your subonsious mind. Without this
aa II O T II I C M A G I C A •D T M I C A I A L A
brdge, contac with this sat of pwer is stricly limited, so prac­
tice ofen.
You will ned a candle and sme general incens or jos sticks
for this exercise. Enter your temple or place of work ( see pp.
2325), bum some incens, and sit quietly and relax while clear­
ing away all thought of everyday mater. Afer a suitable prio,
bgin to contemplate the idea of pace = power. Let the words
tranquillit, clm, stillness, and silence come into your mind as
you let go and deply relax. Take your tme and allow inner pace
to tke the place of noral acivit. Silent stillnesis the key to real
pwer and truth and is therefore well wonh the time spnt in dis­
covering it.
When you have reached a satisfactory state of calm, light the
altar candle, which now symbolizes this inner pace and eternal
source of pwer. Contemplate the idea of using a candle in this
way. Symbolism is very important in Magic, for symbols and
symblic acs spak volumes to your subonsious mind.
Now imagine that you are taking a jourey into inner space.
You get smaller and smaller until you can M the individual cells
within your by. Cntinue geting smaller until you can M mol­
ecules, atoms, the pans of an atom, and so on, until you can go
no farther. At this point you have reached the silent center of
power. Now imagine a pint of light forming and geting larger
and brighter. Move your atention to your hean area and imag­
ine that this light emanates from your hean. It grows and con­
tinues to get brighter until it radiates all through your by.
Do not let logical thinking get in the way; simply use your
imagination without tring to b rational, critical, or analytical.
Logic, as you will disove� has only a limited pan to play in mag­
ical working. I should also mention that it is not necessary that
you strain to visualize. If you can visualize, well and go. If not,
IJ
then do not tr to sustain vivid pictures; instead, simply let the
mind consider and refe on each idea in the same way that you
do this naturally in everyday maters.
In the next pan of the exercis, you will erect the true Magic
Circle, the Encircled Cross, within your mind. It is quite simple.
Star by imagining that a shaf of light proeeds from your hear
to some convenient point immediately in front of you. This is
magical e

st. Imagine the same thing happning to your right.
This is magical south. Next, M a similar bam of Hght go from
your hear to a similar distance bhind you. This is magical west.
Finally, complete the cosmic cross by imagining a bam of light
going out to your left. Tis is magical norh.
Staring from magical east, imagine a circle of light connect­
ing each of thes four points in tum. You now have a complete
Encircled Cross, or Magic Circle. Contemplate this symbl for a
while, allowing ideas and impressions to aris in your mind. In
conclusion, reverse the proedure, finally allowing the light to
disappar within your hear. Extinguish the candle and retur to
normal.
Keep a magical notebok in which you reord any imprant
thoughts, feel i ngs, experiences, and ideas. No need for long­
wi nded essays; brief notes wi l l suffice. These notes wi l l be
extremely useful at some future date. In the meantime, pracice
this exercis ofenit is the firt step in building a pwerful mag­
ical system that is truly your own.
Åhc�agÌCaÌÅcmQÌc
Privacy is a prerequisite to succesfl magical pracice. You simply
cannot achieve the correct state of mind if you are constantly
subjeced to distracions and nois. You must have somewhere to
work that is removed from everyday life. Circumstances will dic­
tate where it will b, depnding on how much space is available.
In the final analysis, you must decide on the typ of temple you
ned. Blow are a few sugestions for temples and equipment.
Peraent Temple
A spare room is ideal . Put a lok on the door and curtain any
windows in the interest of security and secrecy. In all cases, keep
your magical work and your temple sret. There are still enough
ignorant bigots in existence who will try to make life uncom­
forable, so do not take risks.
Tempora Temple
If there is no prmanent free space, then us whatever means you
have in hand. A litle ingenuity works wonders. Ohen you can
adapt a bdrom or even the garden shed. Take your time, think
thing through, and work out a suitable compromis. Again, su­
rit and privacy are esntal-ither put a lok on the dor invent
some suitable excus to kep pople away, or simply insist on pri­
vacy. You cannot fully concentrate on what you are doing if you
are in constant fear of someone disturbing you.
Temple Equipment
A temple, in es nce, is nothing more than a workrom. You only
need useful equipment in a workroom. The golden rule with
equipment is do not bring it into your temple unless you have a
go reason for doing s. In addition, make cerain that you fully
understand its purps. Failure to do this ohen results in temple
that remble junk shops rather than well-ordered place of work.
ªJ
You will ned an altar. This is simply a work surface. It can
b an elabrate double cub or simply a small cupbard or coffe
table. The choice is yours. Altar cloths are quite usful, as they
bring color into a rital. An incens burer, candles, and candle
holders are also basic equipment. The choice of colors, shaps,
and siz is again a mater of choice. Again, think carefully bfore
you decide, and do not b swayed by what the boks sy-make
up your own mind. Robs are optional and not essential in the
early stage. It is usually bt er to spnd rme prfecing your mag­
ical system in as simple a way as pssible. Ideas abut robs and
M fonh will gradually ocur with the passge of rime and in pro­
pnion to exprience.
Finally, a magical temple is not a place of worship. It is, if
you like, simply a psychic labrator, where you lear abut your
inherent pwer and also test out your ideas. By all means treat
it with repct and make it a spial place, but pleas do not ded­
icate it to the gos. Let sience take the place of suprstition.
CHAPTER Z
THE COSMIC PLAN, THE ENCIRCLED
CROSS, AND THE COSMIC SPHERE
The mysteries and secrets of real Magic lie in the understanding
of the subonscious mind. You give the subonscious mind an
instruction either directly (as in a correctly prformed ritual or
act of Magic) or inadvertently (through bliefs, whether they b
correct or wrong). The subonsious mind will always carry out
this direion, no mater what the facs appar to b. Tis incred­
ible par of yourslf is totally limitless, creative, and all-know­
ing. How? To touch the universl web of life is to caus vibration.
Ever cus has an efe, Mto snd out a thought vibrate the web
of life that connes ever thing, baus all things are one sntiet
bing.
bubCODäCÌOuä~LDÌVctäaÌ LDctgy
aDdLDÌVctäaÌÎDtcÌÌÌgcDCc
The fact that Universal Energy is M precis in its action sugests
th
at there is an intelligence bhind it. This Universal Intelligence
is repnsible for creation as we know it, for it shap iner mater
W II O T III C M A G I C a • o T .l C A IA L A
into recognizable, physical objes and gives them life. This cre­
ative proess is free-fowing and unrestricted. Creation gives life
and creates freely; it dos not se k to restrict, destoy, or enforce
its will. It simply is and as such, it can only b bneficial.
A a humn bing, you have a ver spial place in the creatve
sheme, for you also have the capacit to create. By blieving this
to b true, you cause it to b true. You have the pwer to create,
and you can, and do, create using the same system oprating i n
the univers. Your subonsious mind uss Universal Energ and
manipJlates its paterns on demand. In addition, being pan of
the creative proess, it is a vital pan of Universal Intelligence. It
is nothing less than the G within having acces to all aspcts of
creation and the wonders of life's mysteries. To say that you have
a hotline to Go is therefore true. You are far greater than you
blieve yourslf to b, and you really do have the pwer to create
whatever you wish, bcause there are no limits except thos you
accept yourslf.
bubCODäCÌOuä-LDÌVctäaÌ NÌDd
Consider the very simple fact that you as an individual have to
mi nds. The first is your conscious mi nd, the part of you that
thinks. You use it all the time to obsre, to evaluate. Te other
mind is your subonsous mind. Tis is not far removed or deply
hidden, nor dos it take a great deal of skill to use. It has to
functions. First, it loks afer all the automatic functions in your
by (such as breathing, heanbat, tisue reeneration, growh of
hair). Te sond function is to store inforation in your memor
and to ac according to your wishes.
You have the capacit to b whatever you want, to have what­
ever you desire. You are in contact with the whole of creation.
C N A P T II I
W
Everone has a subonsious mind with exactly the same capac­
ity for handling pwer or communicating over vast distances. If
you put al l of these minds together-wherever they many be,
either on this planet or any other in the vastness of creation­
you have a Universal Mind. Through this Universal Mind you
are able to draw on all the thinking that has gone bfore, for all
memories are stored within.
Perhaps you have read or heard of the great symbolic library
of knowledge called the Akashic Reords. According to ancient
mystcal doine, the name stems fom the Sanskrit word aka,
meaning . primary substance," or that out of which all things are
formed. Therefore, we can say that the Akashic Records are the
indelible and eeral reords of the Univerl Mind, containing all
knowledge of the past, prent, and future. Of course, these are
not materially writen accounts, but rather they are an expres­
sion of the totality of universal wisdom.
It is easy to see that the Akashic Record is simply another
way of expressing the fact that, through the universal linkage of
minds, nothing is ever forgoten. This record can b read liter­
ally like a book. Of course it must b done through your own
subonsious mind using snsible tehniques, but it is there to b
explored by anyone who takes the time and trouble to lok in
the right way. In truth we are al l linked together through this
mind, and we have the abilit to span the vastness of time and
explore the enormous reseres of knowledge and pwer that the
Universal Mind contains.
The entire sheme is represnted by the triangle in figure 2.
Here, the tiangle is bing usd to reprt an idea-it is a symbl.
Study it carefully.
J
I I O T I I I C IA GI C A I O T i l C A IA LA
Figr Z. T Ulvenl Tranle.
bymbOÌä
ll
lfi
The key to the subconscious, especially from a magical point
of view, lies in the us of symbls. Any valid symbl acs as a link
between you and this powerful part of your mind. Symbols are
the keys that unlok the door to power and knowledge if used
correctly. Let us now explore a single symbol and see where it
leads.
Te Encircled Cross
Leaving aside Pentagrams, Hexagrams, and other highly dubi­
ous ancient designs of guaranteed efficacy, look at the master
symbol, the Encircled Cross (see page 31 ). All other symbols are
WM0!W
Wæ0¦ AWm0
M¶Oÿ! W
T&WMlf! C0g
M 0H:HÎÎW
ØW&W
HmM Î M
8MM@mm
MWÆM
TW&@&m!V&V
M@K&ÎW&þ0! O§
WM! N
Wæ:Wm
W¶Oÿ!
Mmf
T&WW:MW
WM æ
Çm
8�WÆ
f0mMMm
Gt&VlQ
MWW
TW&@&m! m
M Wª&þ0¦
W
WM! M
Wæ! åþQ
¶l
W ¶Oÿ¦Ow
T&WfMR åW
MM:Wm
Wæ0!MmM
W¶Oÿ! m
T&WMlf W&m
f0mMM:
WH.WW
8�Æt
f0mMM:W
Nw&tM
MWåg
TW&@&m!Yæ
M 0MflMfÇm
� fIM
åDNwN&tMne
MW 8m
TW&@t&m!m
M@lMÎW&§¦ W
Figur §. T Enirle Crs wit Compn.n
MÎW&þ0!åW
M
I I O T II I C • a G I C A li T i l C A I A L A
contained in this symbl, thereby making it a fting staring pint
for your search.
There are three ways in which you can examine any symbl:
1 . Think abut it on a consious level.
2. Contemplate the symbl.
3. Meditate on the symbl.
Consious thought only deals with the obvious, but it dos have
its uss. S, taking the Encircled Cross as a staring point, let us
see what obvious facts come to light.
Tere is a central pint from which radiate four ars, and the
whole is surrounded by a circle. Te angle bteen the arms is
ninery deree, and there are four quadrants. Tis appar to sum
up the deig and do not reveal any profound trths or usful
inforation. Now let us take thing a stage furher using contem­
plation.
As this is a universl symbl, you ought to b able to relate
this to life. The numbr four brings to mind:
• The four points of the compass ( north, east, south, and
west).
• The four sasons (winter, spring, summer, and autumn).
• The four periods of each day (dawn, noon, dusk, and
midnight).
• The four suits of the tarot ( Swords, Wands, Cups, and
Pentacle).
• Te four phases of the Mon ( New Mon, First Quarer,
Full Mon, and Last Quarer).
• The four Elements ( Air, Fire, Water and Enh).
• Te four fundamental force that gover the univers (ele­
tromagnetism, strong nuclear force, weak nuclear force,
and gravit).
• The fourfold desriptive division of mater (space, time,
mass, and energy).
• The Tetragram,• the fourfold name of the Hebrew God
( YHVH) (pronounced Yo-Heh-Vav-Heh).
• The four magical weapns (Shield, Sword, Ro, Cup).
Tere are many more fourfold atributions; however, let us now
take maters a litle funher using meditation.
Take the symbl and think at and wth it. First, think abut the
list of previous atributions and try to relate the to the symbl.
Clearly, the points on the circumference of the Encircled Cross
reemble the pints of a compass ( nonh, south, east, and west).
Now, fit the four prios of the day (dawn, non, dusk, and mid­
night) on the Encircled Cross. There is a connecion bten the
rsing Sun at dawn and east, so dawn equates to the easter pint
on the circumference. It naturally follows that as the Sun is at its
znith at non and is therefore giving out maximum heat, s non
must equate to the south pint. The sun sets at dusk in the west,
leaving the darkness of midnight to nonh. A similar exercis can
b done with the four sasons. Tr this for yourslf.
Te Four Elements of the Encircled Cross
I
n
Magic, you will fnd many reference to the numbr four from
t
he
Tetragram ( four-letered name of G) to the four worlds of
5
I I O T I II C M A G I C A N D T M I C A IA L A
the Cabalist to the enigmati c four elements of the wis. It is said
that creation bgan when God utered his name (the Tetragram:
YH). Te fourfold name created all. The obvious interpreta­
tion of this is that everything in creation contains the four ele­
ments, and therefore, the elements rle all that exists. Te sheme
is easily explained by the symbl. If the central point is taken to
represent God beginning creation, power then radiated out in
four distinc diretions (the arms of the cross), finally creating all
that is and ever will b (the circle). The pints at which the arms
join the circle are tered the crdinal pin� and at each pint you
have an element. The corret placing of thes elements is given
in figure 3 (sepage 31 ).
You now have four points around the circle at which you
can group together, or categorize, everything in existence, each
point bing ruled by an element. Obviously, it would take more
than a single human life to produce any in-depth list of physi­
cal objects and events that equate to the elements. This, in any
case, is not necessary. All that needs to be understood is that
vast groups of correspondences do indeed relate to each point
and its ruling element. Also, when you stand within your sym­
blic Encircled Cross, you are automatically in touch with ever­
thing in creation, grouped under four cardinal points and their
ruling elements.
S far you have taken the symbl and loked out at the world
now you will view the symbl from a different angle-loking
in. Look at the Encircled Cross in light of what has been said
l
abut the Go-enter radiating outard. Each arm of the cross
represnts a path. Naturally, this is two-way. If you now remem­
br that your own center or Go within, is your subonsious
mind, the symbol stans to reveal its power
I
n practical terms.
Te relationship of your subonsious mind to G and Universl
C I A , T II I
W
Energy has already ben disussd. Let us take the same idea and
equate it to the Encircled Cross symbl.
Te Center of the Encircled Cross
This center point equates to God-power, either universally or
internally through your subconscious mind. It is your seat of
pwer through which you create by linking into Go and pwer.
From this center radiate four paths that connect to everyday life.
Tat fnal conneon is named a crdinal pint and euate to one
element.
The Paths of the Encircled Cross
Center and circumference are conneted by four paths, aN each
path works in two ways. First, you can direct the power con­
tained in the center along the path in order to affect physical
changes. Second, you can use a physical object as an object of
contemplation or meditation with a view toward tracking back
along a path in order to disover the iner trth bhind this obje.
In the later method various objects and ideas correspnding to
the nature of the ener bing contemplated are used in rtual sit­
uations to act as a fous for the mind, which is then stimulated
by their presence.
In dealing with the elements, you are faced with a profusion
of choice as to which blong wher on the cirle. To avoid having
to make long lists of probabilities, it would b far bter if you
could epitomize each element and all that is ruled by this power
by the use of a symbol. The idea bing that one symbol would
then represent an element in totality. Fonunately, this is not as
dif
ficult as you may suppose.
J
II O T II I C • A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
The Four Weapons of the Encircled Cross
Ancient tradition furishes four valid symbls. There are Sword,
Wand, Cup, and Shield. They are correctly placed as in figure 3
( sepage 31 ).
Each symbol, like the paths, can be used in two ways: in
and out. For instance, the Sword can b usd to dire the energy
of Ai r or i t can be used as a symbol for contempl ati on or
meditation in order to track back to central truth. It should b
stated that a physical represntation of each weapon is not nec­
essary at this stage. It is far more imponant to work with the
symbol in the mind first. It's ridiculous to purchase a so-called
Magic Sword in the hope rhar it will in itself cause great things
to happn. It is the inner realizations thar matter, for without
these, a physical Sword is usless. The same applies to any piee
of magical equipment. First you work with the idea, gradually
building up inner awareness M that when you do acquire a ritual
item you will have a personal relationship with it. This modus
operandi should al so be appl ied to rhe other three magical
weapns-the Ro, Cup, and Shield. I will say more abut the
in subsequent chapters.
Åhc LOCttÌDcOÍLOttcäQODdcDCcä
The grouping together of similar ideas and physical items is a
valuable magical technique that needs examination. You have
probably heard of lists of correspndences or seen the printed
in books. Aleister Crowley's 777 was an anempt to categorize
cenain items and ft them to the Treof Life.: By far the oldet ide
is the spculation that everything in creation is ruled by rhe plan­
ets. In actual fac, the planets do nor, as such, rule anything. This
is an unfonunate choice of words. It would b more correct to
state that there is a similarity bteen the natre of a planetar
energy and a physical fac. For example: Gold is ruled by the Sun.
Here, the nature of the metal is similar to the nature of the planet.
Tere is an affinity bteen the to.
Tere is a mistaken idea that if you bring toether a few items
that correspond to a panicular planet, this, by itself, will atrac
the supposed pwer of the planet. This is not strictly true. Wile
it can b argued that the materials may well vibrate at the same
frequency or, in some cass, may even appar to emit energy, the
gathering toether of sympathetic materials will not in itslf caus
energy to fow. For instance, the gathering together of gold, sun­
fower seds, frankincense, and a Hexagram in some ritual situ­
ation will do absolutely nothi ng. You are the only thing that
causes power to fow. Never forget that items used ritually are
not magical-they are simply concentration aids.
Your Encircled Cross is the real Magic Circle in which you
symbolically stand during magical work. Up until now, it is just
a symbolic circle. To make it usable, you have to relate it to life
and the universe. The dotrine of correspndences will sre you
well. If the Encircled Cross embraces everthing in creation, then
all things must relate to the symbol. In fact this is so.
Åhc LDCÌtCÌcd LtOää
bcCOmcäthc LOämÌCbQhctc
Up until now, your Encircled Cross has ben to-dimensional; it
has ben a fat reprentation of a thre-dimesional realit. L us
now move away from fat circle into the idea of Cosmic Sphere.
To do this you have to extend the Encircled Cross in this way.
Imagine to more radii emerging from the center. One gos
v
enically up, one venically down. These are now encompassd
I I O T I I I C M A G I C & l D T i l C & I & L &
W
W
,
I
W I

I
I
, , ­
/
FlgN q. T Comic Sp.
P
,
æ
O
by to more circles, giving the three rings of Cosmos. To aid visu­
alization, these are shown in figure 4, above.
You now have a total of one center, three rings, and six noal
points. To make your cosmic scheme complete, you need atri­
butions for the upper and lower points. With the elements, you
are dealing with the expression and subsequent manifestation of
power in four distinct ways. The upper and lower points equate
to supply and demand. Looking up, you find God, or the All-
C M A P T II I
§
Father who supplie pwer. Te All-Father give out and is there­
fore psitive. Te lowermost pint is obviously the revers and s
equates to Mother Nature, or Eanh Mother. She is receptive to
power and is therefore negative. The word . negative" is not
meant in any derogatory sense. Naturally, there is a path from
the center to each point that works both ways once more, and
there is als a symbl. Te uppr pint is symblized by a Crown
and the lower is represented by a Cub.
You now have a complete three-dimensional Cosmic Sphere that
has a central pint of power and a pripher that encompasss
everg in caton. Te simple Encirled Croshas now bome
a Cosmic Sphere; all that remains is to individualize it. This is
done by patient practice, including in it only those ideas that are
valid and true for you.
CHAPTER J
SYMBOLISM, THE FOUR ELEMENTS,
AND THE FOUR MAGICAL WEAPONS
As a student of Magic, you could b excused for thinking that it
will take years to son out the confusion and contradictions that
now exist in moem eoterics. Years of tonured study need not
b ns , prvide that ther is a plan of acion using valid sym­
blism. Te entire proes can b equated to learing a language.
The hard way is to buy heaps of boks and then, all by yourself,
try to make some sns out of it all. The easier way is to find a
teacher or enroll in a course that helps you understand the sub­
jee by taking you through successive stages, from first principle
until you gain proficiency. S it is with Magic. You have to stan
from basic principles, using a sensible plan of action. This takes
time, but it is well wonh the effon in terms of real understand­
ing and self-advancement.
bymbOÌä ÌD TOutÍÌaDOÍÅCtÌOD
Magc works bu of your inherent abilit to us the pwer and
knowledle contained within the subonsious mind. In order to
M
I I O T I II C • A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
contact this pwerful pan of yourslf, you have to convers with
it in a language that you, and it, can understand.
Te only language that gets reults is that of symblism. lme
and time again you will M symbls bing abused, M in order to
avoid time-wasting practices, let us lok at symbols in a realis­
tic light.
There are thre typs of symbols:
1 . Abstract: Usually geometric shapes such as the Pentagram,
Hexagram, and the Encircled Cross, together with circle,
square, triangle, and so fonh.
2. Personalized: Gos, archangels, angels, spirits, demons-in
fact any tangible bing of humanoid form, built up over cen­
turies of adoration, terror, sexual sacrifi ce, blo, and other
familiar magical trance techniques.
3. Physi cal : All magical equipment, such as weapons, altar,
candles, and even the temple itslf.
The use of abstract, geometric symbols is viral in any magi­
cal system and they are meant to b worked with on inner levels
of awareness in order to gain subonsious respnse.
There are numerous prsonalized symbls, ranging from the
Christian Go to the lowliest of spirits. Never make the mistake
of presuming that these things exist as living entities-they do
not! A symbl, whatever it nate, acs as an interchange be
you and the typ of energy that you are seeking to contact, be
this for direct use or for the purpose of acquiring knowledge.
These symbols do have a use if they are treated sensibly. All to
ofen, however, they are not!
Pernalized symbls, or telemarc image as they are know,
do have a use in the sheme of things. For instance, if you wish

to approach a cenain tp of energy, let us say the element of Air
1 tink you will agethat it is difcult to conver with it symbl,
the Sword. If, however, you imagine that there is some form of
int
elligence bhind this element (which there is), it is far easier to
del with this in human terin other words build up the image
of a bing with whom you can convers. The other approach is
to us sme of the more snsible telemarics such as the Cabalistic
archangels. Much is to b gained from this technique, provided
that you do not credit. thes imaginar bings with pwer over
you. This is folly of the worst kind bcause whatever you build
into a symbl, either abtrac, prsnalized, or physical, is bund
to have an effect on your subonsious mind and will therefore
manifet itslf in the physical world. If you must work with teles­
marc image, then do s in the light of common sns by atribut­
ing only the most desirable qualities to each image.
In Magic, much us is made of physical objects, and this is
valid provided that you again apply common sns. All to ofen,
the would-b magician rushe out to buy some essential piece of
ritual paraphernalia in the hope that this will entice power to
fow. Nothing could b fanher from the truth, so we will lok at
this aspct of Magic in some detail.
Take, for instance, the idea of a Magical Sword. Bfore you
purchase one, or, if you are really talented, make one yourself,
stop and think. What us dos this have; what dos it represnt;
and what are you going to do with it? The magical law is that all
st
arts
with thought, and so it is with physical symbols. Think
fir
st,
then act. Failure to do this will result in lack of contact and
prhaps needless expns.
We create with the subonsious mind using the four channels
o
f
cr
eative pwer s it naturally follows that to understand the
c
ha
nnels is to give ourslves more control over this pwer. This
M
I I O T III C M A G I C A N O T i l C A IA L A
is done by using a language that the subonsious mind under­
stands-the language of symblism.
The aim of the true magician is to l i nk within the self the
greater and lessr natures. To do this, many have usd symblic
weapons to bridge the gap beteen physicality and mentality.
The four principle weapons are symbolic of the elements: Air
Fire, Water, and Eanh. The symbls for the four elements are:
Sword, Ro (or Wand), Cup, and Shield.
Te Sword (Ar)
The Sword represnts the creative will and intelligence; it repre­
snts the abilit to conceive an ide and brg it to realit in action.
The first mistake is to presume that a physical Sword con­
tains power-it dos not! You will read of elabrate ceremonies
in which the magician conscrates his or her Sword, and this is
valid up to a point, but what is in fact happning is the concen­
tration and dedication applied to the ritual is fousing the mind
of the magician along cenain lines, in this cas the Sword. To a
cenain extent this is bund to get some subonsious response,
but in this day and age these techniques are unnecessary. Far
bner to update the proedure in the light of sound practice and
common sns. Tere are sveral thnique that are esy to foUow
and quite effective. First, you can work from a purely consious
level by thinking abut a magical Sword. If you were to have one,
what would b its shap, its size? What would the handle lok
like? Would it b jewelled and orate? Think about it and make
drawings until you are cenain that this is your Sword. Do not
accept the designs given in various textboks and grimoires, for
to do this is to defeat the whole object of the exercise. Lok for
your Sword and try to establish your contact with the element of
C I A P T I I J
6$
Air. Use your imagination. Your subonscious mind does not
understand the English language; it works with symbls and pic­
tures that are used imaginatively. The more you imagine, the
bter the picture, and the more cooperation you will get from
your subonsious.
Use this imaginary picture to take you furher and further
toward your own pwer. There are many techniques; here is just
one: Working within your Magic Circle of four elements, face
the appropriate cardinal point ( in this case east) and use your
imagination to M a yellow doray ( yellow bing the color of
A). Pass through this dor and Man altar. Your Sword is on this
altar. Lok around to see if anything els is apparent, prhaps a
landsap or pople. Pick up the magical Sword and feel the air
blowing around you. You are in control; you are directing the
element of Air. Allow impressions to arise from your subon­
sious mind. When you have finished, replace the Magic Sword.
Go back through the dor, close the dor, and retur to normal.
Close down the temple and write up any important points for
future reference.
Techniques l i ke this will go a long way in helping you to
understand the element of Air and the magical Sword as it applie
to you. You do not have to us this tehnique exacly as deribd.
B fexible and vary it to suit yourself. You have to relate the ele­
ment of Air to Earh life, and this is bst done by thinking about
the Sword-what it do and how it could b usd. Lok at ever­
day life and find Swords and Sword-like situations. This is not
as difficult as you may think. Again, keep notes. By working in
bth directions, inwardly and outardly, you are establishing
contact with the element of Air as it exists for you and the real­
ity of everday life. This is real Magic.
One day, you will probably feel the ned to purchas or make
4
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A
a real Sword. You will have the advantage of knowing what this
Sword is and what it means to you. It will b a true Magic Sword,
as oppd to bing basd on smeone els's mistaken ideas abut
Magic. Bcause you first worked with inner reality using sym­
bolism, your Magic Sword will sere as an instant contact, in a
highly prsonal sense, with power as expressd through the ele­
ment of Air. The choice is yours, for the Sword has two edges
and cuts bth ways. Will you cho suprstition and acceptance,
or reality and true power?
Te Ro (or Wand) ( Fire)
The Magic Rod (or Wand) ( sometimes the Spear) is somewhat
like the Sword, subject to much speculation. let us start by
looking at the reality that lies behind this imponant symbol.
The Rod represents the element Fire. Rods represent rulership,
control, authority, and power. They equate to the fixed sign of
leo, the sign of regal i ty. Note how the symbol of the Rod con­
stantly shows itself. From the baton the conductor uss to direc
the orchestra to the parliamentary mace used in England to the
staff of the wise person to the crosier of a bishop.
Unlike the Sword, the Ro must b made. The more individ­
ual each weapon, the bter, so there is no point in imitating the
designs of others or buying a ready-made Ro. Spnd some time
thinking abut the Ro-what it means, what it represnts. As
with the Sword, work with the inner reality bfore you deide on
the final design.The Magic Rod represents a powerful positive
link bteen heaven and eanh, or power and activit. The pur­
pose of Magic is the use of power to produce physical results,
and this ought to b incorprated into the Ro.
B realistic and incorprate meaningful magical pracice into
àÏ
the proess of making your Rod. It is simply no use hacking
down some convenient piece of tree and then writing obsure
symbols on it. Think. Use your ingenuity and imagination all
though the proes. Star by careflly sleting the wowhich
tp are you going to us? ( Hazel is traditional, but the choice
is yours.) What length? What natural characteristics should the
piece have?
Sle your wo, cut it to length, and then add to it. Perhaps
the tip could have some symbol of power attached to it, such as
a small cross or a gemstone, or bter still a meteorite. Affix a
symbl of Earh to the opposite end, such as a plain black stone
or an Encircled Cross. Lok at the length of wod representing
the connecting link bteen these to points. You could paint
it white to represent light and paint a band at the halfway point
to represent the Sun. Or, you could paint alternate bands of
colors to represent the planets. Staring at the top, paint black
(Satr), blue Uupiter), r ( Mars), gold (the Sun), gren (Venus),
orange ( Mercur), and finally silver (the Mon). This loks very
impressive and is symbolically correct. Power starts at the top,
works its way through the planets, and impacts itself into Earh
realit. When working with this Ro in planetar Magic, hold the
Rod i n di fferent positions, dependi ng on the planet being
conj ured.
There are many other pssibilitie, such as the Spar concept.
Your Ro could b painted red to represent Fire. A metal tip is
fted on one end, black to represent power entering Earh exis­
tence, while the oppsite end could b painted gold or perhaps
have a small gemstone st in it to represent the power of light.
Te possibilities are endless, but you must decide, and you must
mke this imprant symbl, for it is prsonal involvement that
p
rouces a true Ro of pwer.
.
I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A
Te Cup (Water)
The Magic Cup presents the essence of life, the overfowing of
divine love. The Cup refreshes, rejuvenates, revitalizes. It is the
divine mother, the grand lady of Nature. The Cup is supplica­
tion, humility. The magical operations undertaken are prayer,
purification, and healing.
The Cup is not a weapn at all; it is a container. However, it
is no les a ptent symbl than the other thre. Te Sword and Ro
are active, for they help us do things, either by thought or by
acion. Te Cup and Shield are passive, for they reeive. Te eter­
nal waters of life are contained in the Cup, which you drink from
whenever you have need. The Shield receives your eanhly plan
of action or belief patterns that mold your life.
The Cup is the only container on the Magic Circle. Cups con­
tain, but contain what? The answer is: everything. The element
of Water symbolizes consciousness, and those who have spent
time on magical maters will realize that consiousness is con­
tained in everything in the univers. Consiousness is that mag­
i cal something that renders the inert into the l iving. Without
consiousness, or life energy, an object cannot exist. Everything
must contain consiousnes, even a semingly dead piece of rok.
The supposed dead rok is very much alive. Its atoms and mole­
cules are in constant vibration and movement, even though we
cannot se them.
The Cup contains everythi ng; everything contai ns con­
Siousnes; and consiousnes respnds to magical intent through
the mind, the imagination, and the emotions. Working together
in their most powerful and purest forms, the mind, the imagina­
tion, and the emotions create love. just as Nature bstows abun­
dant water without which life could not exist, Mjupiter bstows
C I A I T I I J
49
total abundance, without strings or conditions. This is love in its
highest form. S ofen eanhly love is completely misundersto
and psive. Real love gives freedom. Real love implie no con­
ditions. To give a Cup is to love completely. You are symblically
giving that prson the means to acquire his or her highest aspi­
rations, without conditions, without bundaries.
Spnd sme considerable time working with this symbol and
atuning to it by any means that ingenuity can sugest. Think
abut your Cup. Get to know your Cup in your own way. Lok
for Cups in everyday life and meditate on the symbl, gradually
building up a prsonal familiarity. Do not copy other people's
ideas. Imitation never is effective in magical working.
The idea bhind the Cup maters, not the actual physical rep­
resntation. Do not rush out and buy expensive gold and silver
plate or b disppinted if someone give you a Cup made of pt­
tery or plain glass. The inner reality, the ability to work with the
symbl through the physical object, is what really maters.
I often think that give and take are much misunderstood.
Wile it is wrong to constantly take without giving, it is equally
wrong to give and not to take. If someone offers you a gift, take
it! Not only will you make them happy, you will also opn chan­
nels for funher giving and taking. Quite often, the inabilit to
accept gifs is only the rip of the icebrg, and a deep subonsious
problem prevents you from reeiving life's bnefits. For life itself
neds to give. If you do not take, you effecively blok up the cre­
ative proesand har yourslf. Aways accept, even if you cannot
us the gif. You can always give it to someone else.
Your Magic Cup is your link with life and its natural abun­
da
nce, so us it as such. The Cup has many magical uss. Here is
iust one sugetion. Fill the Cup with go, dear water, and think
a
nd
meditate on al l I have said. Contemplate abundance and
5
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
allow it to fow into the water. Drink the water and let this abun­
dance fow into your life. Life holds this promise to those who
seek realit through valid symbls such as this. From the lowli­
est of cuppd hands to the Graal itslf lies a path of bneficence
far byond expctations for those who seek to receive. So ask
freely through the Cup and allow life to fulfill its purpos of cre­
ative, never-ending abundance.
The Shield ( Eh)
The Magic Shield represents i nert matter, the material world,
with all its hardships and strgle. It is the darket state of bing.
Its us is to represent ethereal qualities upn the material plane
and is analogous to salt, which presrves fesh and thus material
existence.
What exacly is a Magic Shield? What do it do and how do
we use it? Very few magical boks atempt to answer these ver
pracical questions, preferring instead to prptuate meaningless
suprstition.
The Magic Shield blongs to magical norh and the element
of Earh. Do not take the word Erh to literally-) do not mean
soil or planet Earh. The true element of Earh is inert matter,
that is, mater without life or for-although it is not pssible on
this planet for anything to b truly iner, for everything contains
life-energy and as such is already molded by Nature. A fair anal­
ogy would b to equate mater with a lump of day. As it stands,
it is quite useless, it has no form. However, by molding the day,
we can prouce anything from a fat plate to a statue, according
to our will, our creative abilities, and of cours our imagination.
We conceive an idea and tum it into physical reality by molding
the day to our needs. We give it form.
J.
Supps we are way back in rime. Tere is lots of freh water
but we have no .means of drinking other than by using cuppd
hands. All we have is formless clay. First comes an idea: a vessel
or container inspired by our cuppd hands. This first seed idea
equates to the element of Fire. Now the imagination is brought
into play as the idea is shapd in the mind, until a clear picture
exists. Tis imaginative proess equate to the element of Water.
Te element of Air is brought into play by taking the clay and by
using skill and ingenuity to shap it into a physical representa­
tion of the mental picture. The final outcome is the vessel itself,
and this equate to the element of Enh. An inen, shapless mass
has now become a useful vessel. Bth equate to Eanh, yet they
are different by virtue of the fact that an idea has changed the
shape of the day and given it form. The element of Earth is
directly connected to the material side of l i fe, and to control
Enh we must shape it accordingly. We must impress on it the
pater of our true deires. Tis is where the Magic Shield comes
into the picture.
If we wish to build a house, we draw a plan. If we want to
build an electronic circuit, we prouce a circuit diagram. Or if
we wish to express an idea, we write it down. All of these are
Shield functions, bcaus we are bringing ideas into physical fac
by producing a plan of action. In Magic, the Shield represents
inen mater and the deig repreents the plan of acion. In other
words, it is a symbolic represntation of that which we wish to
bring into physical realit. For example, supps our intention is
to incrs our erg. Firt we colle the fact, and the we pro
duce a design to represnt this. The traditional planet for money
i Venus, who color is gren and who metal is coppr. A Shield
represntation of this would therefore b a green Shield baring
the symbol of Venus in copper-colored paint. The four sevens
$
8 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
from the tarot deck could b affixed at the cardinal points, to
represent the four worlds, and the intention could b written
along the edge. Here you have a prfecly sane and snsible Shield
that represents an intention and a plan of action.
The only problem with this panicular scheme is that you
would need a new Shield for other intentions. A time-onsuming
and costly proess. The alternatives now given are far more suit­
able. The first thing is to acqui re a suitable Shield. Now, for
heaven's sake, if you are going to make a Shield, at least let it
lok like a Shield. A realistic size is abut eighten inche in diam­
eter. Tis can b cut from stiff card, plywo, or hardbard. Paint
one side black to represent matter and the other side white to
represent power. Either use the white side to project an imagi­
nar picture onto the surface (which with practice is not as dif­
ficult as you may think) or paint on it a universal symbol that
covers all pssibilities. The design is entirely up to you and your
requirements, but a useful sugestion is presented in figure 5.
This panicular design has the advantage of incorprating all the
elements, planets, and signs of the zoiac, therefore covering all
possibilities. It requires a litle skill and patience to make, but it
is well wonh the effon. Not only is it fully functional in a prac­
tical sns, but it is also a valuable symbl for contemplation and
meditation in its own right and will reveal much to those who
take the trouble to work with it.
The Shield itslf is no guarante of success. The Shield is not
magical; it is only a fous for your mind. However, the more you
think about it and work with it, the more magical your mind will
become, for one enhances the other. All that nonsense about
buying magical weapns made to the spcifcations given in some
grimoire and then expcting power to Aow into your life is j ust
that-nonsnse.
L
~
w- 2
Ju
p
�+
)WW
h
MWm
¯ª·¬
� M
q J W&m Q
Æt
� YW
\
N
n ¯WÆ
�Mn � m=
Fgr §.T Mgic Sie.
$6
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
A true magical weapn is a tol. It has to b first conceived
in the mind and then brought gradually into physical bing using
thought and skill. You not only prouce an individual weapon,
which will act as a fous for your mind and a control symbl for
pwer, you also follow the example given in the Shield, namely:
conceive, create, craf, and consolidate.
CHAPTER +
MEDITATION, THE COSMIC SPHERE,
AND THE INNER TEMPLE
In all forms of real Magic, ir is rhe inner work ( for example, med­
itatve work prfore i rhe imagnaton) rhar ge reult. Magic
wirhour this inner work is pintles.
NagÌCaÌNcdÌtatÌOD
Meditation enables you ro penerrare i nner secrets rhar are
obscured by conscious rhoughr. Magical meditation is a rool
and bars litle remblance ro rhe strange, psudo-Ester meth­
os rhar have bome rhe norm. In magical meditation, fous rhe
mind on an idea or symbol and al low rhe mi nd ro bring up
usful facs or realizations. To aid concentration, bring rogerher
words, colors, sents, sounds, and so fonh, which correspond
ro
rhe aspect under investigation. This is rhe true purpose of
rit
ual.
ler us continue our disussion of meditation with rhe Magic
Sword. Fi rst, throw our any i deas rhar rhe Sword is used
to
command demons or spirits and so forth. This is purely
"
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A
suprstition. The Sword is the control symbl for the element of
Air and can b used in to ways:
1 . As a meditation symbol.
2. As a means of directing thos energies that equate to the ele­
ment of Air.
Te Sword represnts all that is Air. However much depnds
on your ability to understand and contac this element. In a nut­
shell, if you do not know much abut the element, then the Sword
will b of litle use. The proess of building up control over this
element is then tofold: frt, ler abut the element, and sond,
lear about the control symbol.
Learning abut the element (or any typ of energy) requires
that you us obsration and meditation. In the frt instance you
will need to lok around at everyday objes and situations while
looking for Sword-like similarities. This takes a little practice,
but is well wonh the trouble. Keep a magical notebok in which
to reord any obsrations and lists of acquired atributions. Tis
need not b done at spcific times or as a ritual; instead it should
bcome a habit of looking at life along a spcific channel, in this
case through the element of Air.
Obsration loks at the physical side of lif, through a narrow
slit, to help the mind fous and thereby understand a specific
moe of power. With meditation, you use a narrowing down of
prspctive, this time by using a symbol in order to get the sub­
consious mind to throw out meaningful image and ideas. In the
case of Air, you use the symbol of the Sword. To do this, erect
the Cosmic Sphere, as described ( see figure 4, page 38) . Then
fous the atention on magical east. Imagine a yellow doray
with the symbol of Air on it. Pass through the door and see a
JI
Sword suspnded in the air. From now on, let your imagination
work for you. Do not visualize, but rather allow images and ideas
to arise quite naturally. This takes a little practice and may at
f b disppintng i Uof acal inforaton. However pr­
svere and you will lear much in the way of real information as
to the nature of this element and the purps of the weapon.
Do not expt instant enlightenment and a wealth of power­
ful magical secrets to pur fonh. This is not the way it usually
works. Quite ofen, the student must stan with litle, working
slowly and patiently toward the acquisition of knowledge and
pwer.
Record any impressions in your notebook. Use brief notes
only; there is no need for long-winded essays. All you need is
something that will stimulate the memory at some future date.
Also, it is ofen difficult in the initial stages to understand your
impressions and the images they evoke. This is due to the fact
that you are dealing with the subonsious mind, which, as you
know, dos not spak English (or any other language). You will,
however find these notes very valuable someday. Regular medi­
tation along a spcific channel such as this dos far more than
provide usful noteit help you to atune to that eery in a way
that is not immediately apparent. Put another way, it helps you
get the feel of that energy by familiarity.
The subconscious mind works in two ways. First, it feeds
back inforation likely to b of us, and sond, it provide pwer
that can b directed according to will. Naturally, the more you
understand the typ of energy bing worked, the bter the reult.
Also, knowing how this energy manifests in terms of rulership is
bound to increase success.
It is always the rule that those who know are bound to b
more adept or successful than those who only think that they
5
I I O T I I I C M A G I C & l D T i l C & I & L &
know. Imagine that you buy a Magc Sword, stnd i an Encircle
Cross symbl that you just painte on the for and simply exp
the gods to bestow numerous bl essi ng at your command.
Ridiculous! Now consider that you take time to proprly ere
an Encircled Cross, develop it into a Cosmic Sphere (a proess
you will learn in this chapter), dire your full atention toward
magical east, and use the control symbl of Air (the Sword) to
conj ure energy (dire it) toward your intended goal. Which teh­
nique is more likely to prouce results?
LtcCtÌOD OÍthc LOämÌC bQhctc
The Cosmic Sphere is a vital step in your magical work. Pracice
this exercise often, preferably once each day, until you are
proficient.
You will ned:
• Five candles: One white to represnt the center, one each
of yellow, red, blue, and green to represent the elements.
Place the white candle on the altar. Place the other candles
on the altar or adjacent to the appropriate temple wall.
• An incens burner. Place it in the south (fire).
Bgin by relaxing and clearing the mind of everday thoughts.
Light the central candle, which symbolizes your own center of
power; pause and contemplate this for a while. Imagine the
Universal Triangle in front of the central candle and again briefy
contemplate the relationship bteen your subonsious mind,
Universal Energy, and Divinit.
Imagine a shaft of light, rising upward, forming the path
bteen center and Crown. Similarly, pause and tr to feel that
W
power is spiraling downward into the temple. Now imagine a
shaf of light traveling dow, eventually terminating at the Cub.
Pause and imagine that pwer is now spiralling upward into the
temple. The next stage is to etablish the cardinal pints. Imagine
a shaf of light proeding toward the east; light the yellow candle,
and then imagine that a Sword appars bhind it. Do the same
with the other three points in turn, using the images of Magic
Ro at south, Cup at west, and finally Shield at norh. If you are
uncerain as to the shap, sie, and deig of the wepns, spnd
sme rme prior to this exercis thinking abut the symbls. Make
drawings, contemplate the items, and try to build up an imagi­
nary picture in your mind.
You have now etablished the six nol pint. All that rmains
i to conne the toher by using te tple ring of como. Str
at the apx (Crown) and imagine a circle of light taveling through
south, bas, north, and back to top. This is Ring 1 . Ring 2 (the
Magic Circle) bgins at east and travels clokwis through south,
west, north, and back to east. Finally, Ring 3 stars at top and
travels through east, base, west, and back to top. The Cosmic
Sphere is now complete.
Burn some general incense and spend some time contem­
plating these noal points and their connecting paths. Consider
these carefully, fix them in your mind, and allow ideas to arise
uninterrupted. Gradually bcome more relaxed, and then con­
centrate on one aspct only. This can be a point or a path; the
choice is up to you. Hold the symbl in your mind, for example,
the Sword, and then let the imagination take over to see what
happens. Perhaps you may find yourself walking toward the
Sword, picking it up, and looking along the blade toward the
point. Do not strain; allow imagery to work in its own way.
Magical meditation, such as this, will reveal much. At first, the
W I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T N I C A I A L A
images and ideas may not make any immediate sense. Do not
spnd to much time trying to rationalize them; instead, make
brief notes for future reference. Let me assure you that eventu­
ally they will prove to b very valuable indeed.
Meditting on a path is also quite simple. Take hold of one of
the symbols (magical weapons) and imagine that you are walk­
ing along a path toward the center. This is only one pssibility­
what is more imponant is that you become involved with the
Cosmic Sphere in your own way by using your own ideas and
leting your imagination work fully.
At conclusion, do down by reversing the proedure. Stan at
nonh, exnguish the cndle, and imgne the shafs of light disp­
parng into the center. Cntinue this through wet, suth, and es.
Finally, M the verical shaf rr to center extinguish the cen­
tral candle, and leave the temple to wrte down any obrations.
ÅhcLOämÌCbQhctc
bcCOmcäthc ÎDDctÅcmQÌc
Ere the Cosmic Spher as derbd abve. Te thre rings of the
Cosmic Sphere form the framework for the Inner Temple. No
to pople will have the same ideas or visual images of an Inner
Temple. Each one is different by vinue of the fact that no two
people are the same. It is therefore not possible for me to give
you an exact guide as to what shap or form it will take. I can,
however, help you find your own way by using this spcially con­
structed exercise. This exercise will help you contact your sub­
conscious mi nd in a special way, which wi l l then cause the
subonsious to give you ideas and images from which you can
build this vital state of inner awareness.
Find somewhere quiet, preferably a spare rom, or if you are
õ,
lucky enough, a temple. Relax and clear the mind of everyday
thoughts, then prfor the following exercis. D not tr to visu­
alize or strain in any way. Simply think of the inner jourey while
letting your imagination work for you.
Breathe slowly and gentl y and rel ax, leaving behind al l
thoughts of everday l ife. Let nothing concer you other than the
exciting possibil ities that lie ahead as you journey to a special
place in the deepst recesss of your mind. It blongs to you and
no one else. None can enter this place, except those few you
chos to invite for reasons of your own. In this place, you are in
control, you are the master, you direct, and you receive. Inside
this place, there are natural forces in abundant supply. They are
yours to us, your to understand, for they are pan of you-they
are life force and they give for under your direcion. Relax and
let the vast ptential of your subonsious mind work for you,
for this is the secret of all magical work.
Imagine bfore you a dor that leads to your Inner Temple.
It is not difficult to enter bcause this is your dooray to your
own inner reality. No one can prevent access to this inner realm,
and there is nothing to fear, for nothing harmful can ever exist
here. In your imagination, walk toward the dor, reach out your
hand, and touch the dor. It opns quite easily. Pass through the
dor and find yourself in a large square rom.
Emblazoned on the for is the symbl of the Encircled Cross.
It se ms to b made of pure light, and its color changes constantly
in what appars to b a random patern. Yet the pattern is not
random, for the colors change in conformance with the tides of
nature. Move to the center and lok around. St in the middle of
each of the four walls is a dooray, and you can pass through
any one of thes as you will. A small circular pol of water rests
in the center of this Inner Temple.
õ I S O T I I I C M A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
Now dire your atention abve. Sete symbl of the Crow
and let your mind consider that which is G. Power fows from
this point as you will. Sethis as bright light puring downward
in abundance.
Now direc your atention toward magical east. Immediately
in front of you there is a yellow dor with a Sword st above it.
On this dor you se the tarot card 10 of Swords. Touch it and
it opns, rveling a path tat leads toward the rising Sun at daw.
You feel a gentle breeze blowing sofly against your skin. Now
allow the light that came from abve to enter your Inner Temple.
This light is yellow.
Direct your atention toward magical south. To your right,
there is a red dor with a Magic Ro st abve it. On this dor
i the tart crd 10 of Wands. Touch this dor and it opns, reveal­
ing a path that is lit by the midday Sun. Fel the warmth of the
summer day. Allow red light to enter the Inner Temple.
Now direc your atention toward magical west. Bhind you
is a blue dor with a Cup set abve it, and on this door is the
tarot card 10 of Cups. Touch this dor and it opns, revealing a
path that gently leads down to the sa, lit by the sting Sun. Feel
the col of the evening and allow the blue light to enter through
the wester dor.
Finally, to your lef, the nonh, is a green dor with a Magic
Shield set abve it. On this dor is the tarot card 10 of Shields.
Touch this dor and it opns, revealing a path lit only by starlight.
Feel the pace and tranquillit of the night and allow bright gren
light to enter through this dor.
All four dors are now opn. G back to the po l in the center
of this temple and meditate on this pwer and its purps. Lok
into its depths. The po l will give you answer to your quetions.
Allow images to come into your mind. ' The duration of the pol
C I A , T I I .

meditation can b entirely up to you, although five minute usu­
ally suffices. After sufficient time has passed, M each elemental
colored light pass out through each of the elemental dorays,
realizing that it will now work its way into physical existence,
epitomized by the lowermost point of the Cosmic Sphere, the
Cubic Black Stone. Bfore you is another dor with an Encircled
Cross cared deeply into the wood. Touch this dor, M it opn,
pass through it, and you are back in your own world once more.
Close down the Cosmic Sphere and make notes.
Others have sarched and found their own place. Now you
must do the same. Tis task is not difficult; in fact, it is far easier
than you think. All you have to do is desire and you will find this
place. I cannot desrib it for you, for you are the only prson
who knows where it is and what it looks like. It may b a cave,
a scret grove, a temple st on top of a mountain or deep bneath
the eanh. Sek and you will fnd it. You may retr as ofen as you
wish, for this place blongs to you. It has many secrets and con­
tains much in the way of practical knowledge in magical maners.
S ofen the image from the depths of our subonsious mind
appar to b difficult to translate bcause we are learing a new
language, that of symbolism. But if you prsvere, you will even­
tally lear the ways of the inner mind. When you ar fmiliar with
this inner jourey and have found that spcial place, your own
Inner Temple, you may ritualize this by ereing the triple rings of
cosmos, as desribd, and then us your imagination to enter the
now familiar Inner Temple. By prforming your magical work
within this framework you will notice a distinct improvement,
bcaus you are dealing direcly with your subonsious mind in
a highly personal way. If you have the will and the patience to
fnd it, the Inner Temple will teach you many things in a way that
is difficult to desrib. Once you find it, keep it to yourself; keep
õ
6
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
it a scret, for this place is not meant to b the subjec of general
disussion.
bccÌDgÅwOÅÌDäat
LDCcÌDTOutÌD ä Lyc
How is it possible to see the Cosmic Sphere in the mind's eye
while imagining something else, such as opening the Cosmic
Sphere and imagining the four dorays inside the Inner Temple?
It is all a question of memory. To imagine several different
things all at the sme rme is difcult if not imps ible. FoMrely,
you do not need to do this. As you build up the Cosmic Sphere,
you establish each pan in your memory. You move on through
each successive stage, concentrating only on whatever is neces­
sary. For example, you imagine the central light, then your imag­
ine the first of the six arms. There is no need to keep the image
of the central light constantly in your imaginaton bu it exist
in your memory. You use this and similar proedures in every­
day life. For instance, supp you wer standing in a rom facing
a window. You would se the window quite clearly. Now if you
turned around to face the opposite wall, you would se the wall;
however, you would still know that the window existed, bcaus
you had just M it. You could rll it in your imagation bu
its image is stored in your memory. In a similar fashion, having
bcome familiar with the rom, you would know what the rom
looked like in totality without acually seeing it physically.
It is exacly the sm wt t C Sphing your img­
ination to build up an imagar rom in your mmor. All tough
the building up proedure you establish each stage bfore moving
on to the next. Terefore, you are fre to concentrate on the pol
bcaus you know the Cosmic Sphere exists in your memor.
PJ
Bcaus this Cosmic Sphere is imaginary it would b easy to
dismiss the entire concept as bing wonhless, but this is not the
cas. Any delibrate ereion of a symblic paner will affect the
subonscious mind, bcause you are using what is, in effect, a
pwerful language that the subonsious mind understands. It is
therefore necessry to treat the symbls with resp and prac­
tice using them ohen. It should als b bre in mind that sym­
bols are not holy or sacred, so to worship them is sheer folly.
Likewis, they are not meant to b wor as oraments or lucky
charms; pople who do so show a marked lack of understanding
as to the real nature of symbls.
CHAPR 5
MAGICAL RITALS
I
A magical ritual is simply a way to fous the mind, the emotions,
and the imagination on a spcifc intention, b it purely practical
or esteric. Rituals therefore help us to concentrate along a spc­
ified channel of awareness. A fair comparison would b to the
us of a radio receiver. You us the tuning knob to slect a sta­
tion with great accuracy, and then you enhance this signal by
adjusting the tone and volume controls. A magical ritual works
the sme way by helping the magician to home in on sleed pat­
terns of energy.
There are sveral general phass to a ritual. First, and most
impnant, is to clarify your intention. Tere is a very go reasn
for this. A halfened intention simply do not get dow to sub­
consious levels, bcause the normal consious barriers are still
there. Prior to the ritual, think through your intentions carefully
and note any doubts and uncenainties when they come stream­
ing up from subonsious levels into your consious mind. You
must bypass these things, so think around them psitively until
M I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • D T M I C A I A L A
you get your intention absolutely and uterly clear in your mind.
When you prform the ritual, your mind will not b swamped
by negative thoughts, doubts, and uncenaintie. Your mind must
be crystal clear; otherwise you stand very l ittle chance of
succeeding.
Rearding intentions, it is really imponant to stan small and
gradually build slowly and cenainly on each success. Until you
practice Magic, you can not truly blieve. And until you truly
blieve, you can not us Magic. S by staning with small magi­
cal oprations it is easier to trick yourslf over the threshold of
doubt. That way you stand a far bter chance of success.
Nex, plan the rital. Tat means atending to all the bits and
pieces that will b usd, such as candles, incense, color of altar
cloths, and M fonh. Once the details are soned out, everything
should b very clear in your mind and you should b very confi­
dent abut what you are doing.
Next, enter the temple and relax. Clear your mind, and when
you are fully relaxed, stan to bring the mind to the intention.
Now you are ready to opn up the temple using the cosmic rings,
perform the ritual, and then close down the ritual in the cus­
tomar fashion.
LÌÍc´ä LDctgÌcä
A we are dealing with eteric mater, the bulk of your work will
b concerned with investigating life's energies and disovering
inner tts. Ter has to b a system of clasifing energe M that
they may b identified more easily. The ideal system of classifi­
ction is the Cblistc Treof lf, of whih mor wll b sid later.
In the meantime, we will consider a simpler sheme basd on the
planets.
"
ÍÌaDctaQKÌtuaÌä
Following is the general proedure for Planetary Magic.
Atending to the Outer Work.
I order to aid concentration and help create the corret atmos­
phere or moo, it is necessary to bring into the temple physical
objes that help suget the planet bing worked with. In the cas
of Mercur, for example, this could b done by using the corre
planetary color. An altar cloth of plain white with the planetar
glyph painted in orange is usful, also orange, mercurial incens
and prhaps an altar symbl of the Cduceus. Tere are no hard
and fast rle to follow, for it is all a quetion of individual choice
and prnal involvement with the rite. Tere is no substitute for
careful planning, individual effon, and ingenuity. Halfheaned
atempts and blind acceptance of the writen word are bund to
pu po r rut Mplan cy a g involve CWi it d
take the edge off your enthusiasm for a while. Te effeive rituals
8thos you devis for yourlf. Te eteric tro want prepack­
aged rituals and is prtually anxious abut "doing it right. " If
that is still your problem, then you have not be n paying atention.
Atending to the Inner Work.
Ritals that do not contain the inner work in the imagination are
really quite pointless. It makes no di fference how much equip­
ment you us or, in the cas of ready-made sripts, how well you
spak or intone the words. Unless the imagination is usd and is
on target, the whole affair will b a waste of time and effon. Te
general proedure ought to b:
1 . Opn the temple by using the cosmic rings, thereby estab­
lishing the Cosmic Sphere.
)0 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A
2. Us the imagination to M and enter the Inner Cubic Temple.
3. Fous the mind on the appropriate planet by using the faces
of the Cub.
4. On completion of work, clos down by using the imagina­
ton to leve the Cub and then clo dow the Cm Spher.
Bfore working with the planets in detail, it is always a go
idea to pracice this proedure and bome familiar with the inner
cubic structure. This can b the basis of a meditation in which
you explore the Cub by turing your atention toward each face
for a few minutes. Let impressions rise up in the mind and, of
cours, kep brief note of thes excursions. When you are famil­
iar with the Cub, you may then proeed with the more spcific
work conneted with each individual planet.
NagÌC¾OtdäaDd ¾OtdäOÍÍOwct
Bfore moving on to a complete planetary ritual, we ought to
look at spech and thos so-called words of power. Don't pre­
sume that the spaking of cenain ancient words or divine names
will, all by itslf, caus pwer to fow or caus miracles to happn.
No mater what the bo ks sy, this is nonsns! No word or state­
ment contains pwer-pwer lies within the mind of the prson
who speaks those words. just like equipment, words are tols
and are usd for the sle purp of aiding concentration. Let me
give you an example:
Say to yourlf, either out loud or in your mind, "I fel go."
Now say this several times with feeling. In other words, mean
what you are saying.
I feel good. ( Repat this several times.)
C I A P T I I g )l
Can you see the difference? You use your emotions to put
pwer into te words. Finally, rpt the words sveral tme and
use your imagination to M yourslf pulsating with energy and
gooness. Do this with convicton for a minute or so. There is a
considerable difference bteen the original approach and the
fnal one. The words have not changed, but the inner work has
given power ro these words. This is the real secret of words of
pwer. The difference in magical work is astonishing.
This is an impnant thing with rituals. If words are going to
b used, they should b meant. Words of power work because
the prson puts feling, blief, and imagination into thos words.
Nonmagic words-the voabulary of the human race-hinder
real communication. They are used to conceal facts, propagate
illusion, and replace reality. Humans are brn thinking in pic­
tures and snstions. We are then conditioned to think in words.
Magic words emanate from the hean. Dead words and illusion
are bor of the intellect.
For instance, a prson faces a panicular quaner and says, . I
delare this quaner opn. " It is one thing to say thos words and
not think abut them, but it is another to vividly M that dor­
way opning up, that color puring into the temple, with feeling
and imagination.
NaätctKÌtuaÌ
Here is a master ritual that can b usd for all planetary work. lr
needs a go deal of practice to make it work. You do nor need
to
use all of these sugestions or even the words, because your
individual choice is more impnant. Change or moif whatever
y
ou wish, but do remember that the basic format should be
f
ollowed:
?8 I I 0 Y I I I C M A G I C A M D Y I I C A I A L A
1 . Opn the temple by using the Cosmic Sphere of three rings.
2. Enter the Inner Temple, which, in the initial stages, consists
of the Cub.
3. Perform the main magical work.
4. Clos down the temple.
Bfore starng, the intention should b clear in the mind and
all equipment should b in place. Spnd some time relaxing and
clearing the mind of unwanted thoughts, and then gradually bring
your atention to bar on the work to b prformed. To aid con­
centration, it is bter if the temple or workrom is in darkness,
with only a small candle buring along with sme neutral incens
or joss sticks. Tis helps to create the right atmosphere for mag­
ical work and is far bter than using ordinar elecric lighting.
When ready, stand up and say:
Blessed be the inner light, mediting all that is and wilever
be.
light the central candle.
Us your imagination to M a bright light building up within
your hean. Se a shaft of light ris venically upward from your
hean and say:
Blessed be the Crown of creation.
Imagine the Crown.
Now see a shaft of light proeeding downward from your
hean and say:
Blessed be the throne of Earth.
Imagine the Cub of Enh at base.
C I A P T I I g
Now imagine a shaf of light proeeding toward magcal east.
Sethe symbl of the Sword and say:
Blessed be the porl of Air.
Light the easter candle.
Imagine a shaf of light proeding from your hean toward
magical south and sy:
Blessed be the poral of Fire.
Light the souther candle.
Imagine a shaf of light proeding fom your hean to mag­
ical west and say:
Blessed be the porl of Water.
Light the wester candle.
Finally, see a shaft of light proeeding from your heart to
magical nonh and say:
Blessed be the porl of Erh.
Light the nonhern candle.
Now say:
I now declre this teple duly open.
The next stage is one of entering the Inner Temple. Imagine
a doray in front of you and say:
Let the dooray to the Inne Teple be opened.
Sethe dor opn and imagine that you step through this into
the Inner Temple. Say:
Before meMercur. (sethe orange wall)
?6
I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A
To my right-Mars. ( sethe red wal l )
Behind meJupiter. (sethe blue wall)
To m lef-Venus. (sethe green wal l )
Above meStur. ( sethe black ceiling)
Below methe Moon. (sethe silver for)
In the center, the altar of the Sun. This should b imagined
as a cub of solid gold that appars to radiate golden light.
Light planetary candles and incense followed by the main
by of the work. In the initial stage, this may b simply an exer­
cis in exploring this Inner Temple in the imagination. Lter on,
you will of course concentrate on one planet. You may find it
helpful to fous your atention toward the appropriate wall (or
for/ceiling), loking for symbls, or simply leting ideas arise
from the subonsious mind. There are no hard and fast rules,
j ust follow your instincs and let your imagnaton lead you rather
than tring to b logical .
At conclusion, extinguish the planetary candles and say:
Let there be peace within this plce.
Sethe dor pas through it once more, and le it clos bhind
you. Extinguish the easter candle and say:
Let there be peace to the east.
Sethe Sword disppar. Now extinguish the suther candle
and sy:
C M A P T I I g
Let thee be peace to the south.
See the Ro disappear. Extinguish the western candle and
sy:
Let thee be peace to the west.
Sethe Cup disppar. Exinguish the norher candle and sy:
Let thee be peace to the north.
Sethe Shield disappar. Now say:
Let thee be peace above.
Se the Crown disappar.
And let thee be peace below.
Se the Cub disappar. Finally, make the closing statement:
I now declre this temple duly closed.
Extinguish central candle and leave the temple to consider
ideas that have arisn and write up any note for fture reference.
ÍÌaDctatyLOttcäQODdcDCcä
THE SUN
Glyph: 0
Color: Gold or yellow
Metal: Gold or gold-olored
Incens: Frankincens
Altar symbl: Hexagram
Magical direction on Cub: Center
Tarot cards: Air-6 of Swords; Fire-6 of Wands; Water-6 of
Cups; Eanh-6 of Pentacles
)å I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
THE MOON
Glyph:
]
Color: Silver
Metal: Silver or silver-olored
Incense: jasmine
Altar symbl: Cresent Mon
Magical direction on Cub: Blow
Tarot cards. Air-9 of Swords; Fire-9 of Wands; Water-9 of
Cups; Enh-9 of Pentacles
MERCURY
Glyph: þ
Color: Orange
Metal: Brass
Incens: Lvender
Altar symbl: Caduceus
Magical direction on Cub: Est
Tarot cards. Air-S of Swords; Fire-S of Wands; Water-S of
Cups; Enh-S of Pentacles
VENUS
Glyph: 0
Color: Green
Metal: Coppr
Incens: Ros
Altar symbl: A Rose or a Dove
Magical direion on Cub: Nonh
Tarot cards. Air-7 of Swords; Fire-7 of Wands; Water-7 of
Cups; Eanh-7 of Pentacles
MARS
Glyph: d
Color: Red
Metal: Iron
Incens: Bnoin
Altar symbl: Pentagram
Magical diretion on Cub: Suth
I
Tarot cards. Air-5 of Swords; Fire-5 of Wands; Water-S of
Cups; Enh-5 of Pentacles
jPIER
Glyph: 2
Color: Blue
Metal: ln
Incens: Sandalwo
Altar symbl: An Equal-Armed Cross or a Blue Square
Magical diretion on Cub: West
Tarot cards. Air-4 of Swords; Fire-4 of Wands; Water-4 of
Cups; Eanh-4 of Pentacles
SATRN
Glyph: q
Color: Black
Metal: Lead
Incens: Musk
Altar symbol: A Black Triangle
Magical direction on Cub: Abve
Tarot cards: Air-3 of Swords; Fire-3 of Wands; Water-3 of
Cups; Eanh-3 of Pentacles
|B I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A
NEPE
Glyph: $
Color: Gray
Metal: None; coral or anything from the sa is usful
Incense: Ambrgris
Altar symbl: Trident
Magical direcion on Cub: West or is the Cub itslf
Tarot cards: Air-2 of Swords; Fire-2 of Wands; Water-2 of
Cups; Eanh-2 of Pentacles
URANUS
Glyph: q
Color: White or transparent
Metal: Platinum, uranium ( aluminium or zinc may b usd)
Incens: Civet
Altar symbol: The Spinning Cross or a White Chaos Star
Magical diretion on Cub: East or the idea of the Cub
Tarot cards: Air-Ace of Swords; Fire-Ace of Wands; Water-
PLUO
Glyph: '
Ace of Cups; Eanh-Ace of Pentacles
Color: Violet or luminous blue
Metal: Tungsten ( i ron may b usd)
Incens: Peat Moss
Altar symbol: Phonix
Magical direction on Cub: West or the center
Tarot card: None
CHAPER 6
THE CABALISTC TREE
OF LIFE
I
Sooner or later, every serious student of Esoteric Magic will
encounter the mysterie of the Cabalistic Tre of life. Tis system
is by far the bst symblic basis for growth available toay. Te
problems existing within the system stem not so much from its
structure as from the way in which it has ben altered to suit pr­
sonal fetishe. Let us now lok at the Tree of Life from frst prin­
ciples in an effon to establish the reality of the system and show
its undoubted value in contemprary Magic.
The Tree of Life is a plan of potential-your potential. It is
not a holy symbol to b placed on a wall or altar and prayed to,
nor is it a symbolic ladder by which we evolve. It is simply a
plan of energy flow, rather like a circuit diagram or a Cosmic
Sphere plan that helps us loate where we are at any given pint
in time.
There are to ways in which to view this symbl. First, it is
our own plan for success (whatever success means to each indi­
vidual), and scond, it is a plan of the cosmic sheme as a whole.
W I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
There are to distinct ways of using the Tre of Life: practically,
to solve life's problems, or esoterically, for those who wish to
study the greater sheme of things. Te Tree of Life is higly indi­
vidual, and ech prn must relate to the symbl i his or her ow
way. Naturally, there is a basic framework based on cosmic law
and truth, but then it is up to you to disover the ptential of this
system by using your own atributions, which fow freely from
your own subonsious mind. L us now lok at this basic frame­
work.
If you are attempting to understand the workings of the
cosmos, how would you do this? Well, the simplet way is to split
this up into manageable units that can then b exmined in detail.
Perhaps the best way of looking at this is to equate the entire
cosmic sheme to pure white light. The color white is the sum
total of all other colors. Only when you us a prism do you M
these colors. It is exactly the same with the Tree of Life; it helps
us understand the whole by loking at the lesr pars. Everhing
that has, is, or will ever b can b found within the pater of the
Tre. Such is its power.
Åhc ÍÌtätLcääOD
Look at the diagram of the Tree of Life given in figure 6 on page
81 . The Tree of Life consists of ten spheres plus Daath, tenty­
two traditional paths, and three columns of pillars. What else
can you se? In learing the serets of the Tree, the first lesson is
one of observation.
When you started to study this book, you were confronted
with a symbl: the Encircled Cross. As a simple diagram, it could
quite easily have ben lef without as much as a scond glance;
however, as you now know, it can b expanded into a Cosmic
C M A ' ' I I 6 ••
MÎMm
Figurt 6. Te Tr of Life.
W I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A
Sphere and an Inner Temple. In shon, when someone takes the
time and trouble to lok bhind the obvious, many mysterie and
real magical secrets are duly revealed. Symbols are not to be
prayed to, hung around your neck, or proppd up on an altar­
they are tools. The first lesson is always one of looking at the
symbl to sewhat come to mind rather than accepting the com­
monly held view that such things are sacred or holy or must be
revered in some way.
When using a symbl as a means of disover, remembr to
pints:
1 . All symbols confor to universal laws and therefore exhibit
thes laws.
2. To b fully effective, all preonceived ideas should b pushed
aside, thereby allowing the symbl to communicate in an indi­
vidualistic way.
Loking at the Encircled Cross once more, you can se that
it clearly exhibits cenain laws, as in point one, above. Notice
how the circle encompass all. Everhing exist within the circle.
Notice how the circle indicates the never-ending cycle of cosmic
activity as sen in the sasons of the year or the revolution of the
Eanh around the Sun. Within the circle is the cross of the ele­
ments with its central pint of power. All matter respnds to the
elemental forces and contains the fourfold division. Everthing
in creation conforms to the symbol of the Encircled Cross and
the symbol itsel f displays the way in which creation works.
Naturally, all magicians who wish to be truly creative and/or
desire to know about creation us this symbl as a pint of con­
centration, contemplation, or meditation, for, as a basis for mag­
ical work-it cannot b btered.
C I A P T I I 6
In learning the secrets of real Magic, point to is the key.
By allowing the symbl to spak, fe fom suprstition and unre­
alistic atributions, the truth, as it applies to you, is bound to
manifest.
ÍÌtät ÍtÌDCÌQÌcä
With thes facts in mind, lok again at the Tree of Life diagram.
The entire Tree of Life repreents all, that is, everything in exis­
tence on ever level. It is a complete plan of life and of life's ener­
gies. Nothing can therefore exist outside the Tree-plan, or, put
bluntly, if it dos not fit on the Tree, it cannot exist.
Tis rle is unalterable, but it do provide to valuable ways
of using the symbol.
1 . We can fit any object, sitation, or eventality onto the Tree,
thereby understanding it bter.
2. We can us the Tre to explain the causs bhind the thing.
ÅhcÅhtccÍÌÌÌatä
Bfore taking a detailed lok at the spheres and paths, we ought
to lok at the entire sheme in a general sns. The spheres are
arranged in thre columns, or pillars (sefigure 7 on page 84).
Why three? Why not to or four? One thing that you will
lear abut the Tree of Life is that not only will it answer ques­
tons, it also p quetions, and by thinking and sarching with
your mind you get not only more meaningful answers but also
first hand knowledge about the real Tree of Life.
What do the numbr three conjure up in your imagination?
T
hre is the numbr of stabilit. A table with only to legs will
0q I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A
fall over. Add one more leg, making rhree, and ir bcomes srable.
After rhis you can add as many legs as you like and ir will nor
make much difference-rhree represnrs srabilir. S we can con­
clude rhar rhe enrire Tree of Life resrs on a prfecrly stable con­
figurarion of rhree pillars.
BCK
--------
·
I
Pillar
<s>
I
(I)
Figur ).T Tr Plllan.
Õ
--------
·
Mddl
Pillar
(Dt)
(6)
(•o)
I
I
I
I

--------
Righ
Pillar
(a)
b
)
·--------
C M A , T I I 6
P$
We live in a three-dimensional world of height, length, and
width. Do you know which of thes blongs to the appropriate
pillar? Tink abut this; in fact, take every idea that contains the
numbr three and se how it fits on the pillars. This is the right
way to use the Tree by prsonal involvement.
The pillars are thre distinc ways in which the magician may
find reality and us power. The right-hand pillar is positive and
male-oriented; the left-hand pillar is negative, or receptive, and
female; while the middle pillar is neutral . They should be con­
sidered as a general background to the Tree rather than being
taken to literally.
Te Rigt-Had Plla
This represnts male ptency and is therefore positive. Although
ts pillar is surounted by the father principle (sphere 2), it is als
the path of the Orphic ( us of the emotions). Tis apparent para­
dox shows how the Tree of Life not only explains life but also
pss quetions. Te answers to the quetions are found within
the Tre by thinking abut the things. Tere is always an answer
to the mysterie, and the exercis of slving riddle such as the
will teach you more abut the Tre than any long-winded expla­
nation. Sek and you will find.
Te Lef-Had Plla
Here you met the female reeptivit and all that is classified as
negative. The word "negative" does not imply negative traits
su
ch as evil or Salled Black Magic. Although thes things exist,
they have no place in the geater sheme of thing. Te Tre of Life
p
oints only to freedom and truth. Although this is the female
W I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
pillar, it is also the path of Hermetic students (thos who us the
mind) .
.
There is an apparent contradiction in which the female
principle appars to b related to a male moe of acion (using the
pwer of thought). This is yet another riddle to b solved. A due
to the solution will b disovered by loking at the lower sphere
(sphere 8) and by thinking abut polarity ( Female path-Male
mode of expression) . Give this some thought; in other words,
bcome a true Cabalist-ne who seks to know the Tree of Life
by disovering answers to thes impnant questions.
Te Mddle Plla
The center pillar, by its very nature, sugests balance. It is also
neutal. Of derbd as te path of t mystc, this path equate
to the use of the imagination. The mystic lives in a calm, tran­
quil world, using the imagination to prob the screts of life, the
universe, and everhing. In Magic, you us the same principle,
for the imagination is the key to all power. All great works are
prformed by controlling and direing the mind and emotions,
then using the imagination. This is the principle of the magical
trident and the scret of the pillars.
ÍutthctLODäÌdctatÌODä
1 . All three pillars rest in the tenth sphere of Malkuth. All three
paths originate in sphere 1 , Kether, and fnd fruition in sphere
10, Malkuth. The obvious lesson is that there are only three
ways in which power may find its way into Eanh-existence
(sphere 10, Malkuth). While it is pssible to b biasd toward
one path, according to your needs or psychological make
up, all three paths are usd. This is aptly seen in the Zoiac
C I A P T I I 6
scheme of the Triplicities: cardinal, fixed, and mutable. It
can also be seen in the Christian religion as Father, SOn, and
Holy Spirit; in Witchcraft as The Crone, Silver Lady, and
Mon Maiden; or in Magic as All-Father, Earh Mother, and
Child of Light.
2. There are many important geometric configurations to be
found by relating the spheres into patterns other than the
main sheme. For instance: The male path of power flows
not only down the right-hand pillar but also along the path
formed by spheres 2, Chokmah; 5, Geburah; and 8, Ho.
Likewise, the female power follows the path of spheres 3,
Binah; 4, Chesd; and 7, Netzach.
3. The Tree of Life must always b fexible. Remembr that the
diagram is a flat represntation of a three-dimensional real­
ity. It is a common mistake for students (and teachers) to
forget this imprant pint. Call to mind the Cosmic Sphere.
It consists of three rings. These rings equate to the three pil­
lr on the Tre of Lf. D you know which one? Te answer
to the riddle lies not in the fat diagram of the Tree but in the
three-dimensional reality of the Cosmic Sphere.
In order to discover the secret, we must briefly enter the
realms of astrology. The Zodiac teaches us that there are three
qualities: cardinal, fixed, and mutable. Cardinal equate to male,
for it is assertive and i nitiatory in its action. Fi xed signs are
steady, unchangeable, and therefore neutral. Mutable signs are
changeable, adaptable, and therefore female. By relating these
qualities to the rings in the Cosmic Sphere, we can disover how
the
rings correspond to the pillars on the Tree of Life (see figure
8, page 88) .
W I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T M I C A I A L A
Ring 1 : Connects top, south, base, and norh. It equates to
the cardinal signs and therefore belongs to the right-hand
pillar.
Ring 2: Connects east, south, west, and north. It equates to
the fixed signs and therefore blongs to the middle pillar.
Ring 3: Connects top, east, base, and west. It equates to the
mutable signs and therefore belongs to the left-hand pil lar.
I
I
w I
I
, , ­
,
/
#
,
TQ
&
Figur a. T Rin o t Comic Sp.
MÎMt •
, . . , , . . 6
ÅhcÅhtcc-LÌmcDäÌODaÌÅtcc OÍLÌÍc
Once you establish the pillars, relate the remainder of the Tree
to the Cosmic Sphere. Bfore doing this, it is necessary to famil­
iarize yourself with the spheres of the Tree of Life. A table of
these can b found on page 91 . It is by no means comprehen­
sive, for there are many possible atributions and assoiations.
However, as with al l magical matters, it is far better to starr
with a few simple facts and then add to the basic scheme in the
light of knowledge and common sns. A litle well-understood
information is always far better than endless reams of non­
related i nformation. Time is saved and confusion is avoided
by adopting this approach.
In dealing with the sphere it is bst to continue with the idea
of simplicit frt, followed by thinking carefully and quetioning.
The basic guidelines are easy to follow. Each sphere is a spcific
tp of existence that is govered by a specific energy patern.
Perhaps a good example would b a village in which there are
eleven hous. Ech hous contains a family and its blongings
and has its own system of hous rules. No to houss or familie
are the same, yet together they make up the village as a whole.
If you consider the village to b the entire Tree of Life and each
household a sparate sphere, you will soon bgin to understand
how the Tre of Lf works. Ech sphere has four worlds, or levels.
Te are:
The Divine level.
The Archangelic level.
The Angelic level.
The Physical level.
W
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A
This arrangement does not really tell us much; i n fact, it
inevitably gives the wrong impresion by causing pople to think
that they have to bow to some god or try to evoke an angel to
get anywhere. There are no gos or angels, but there are images
that can, if you are well-versd in the tehnique, b quite usful.
By far the bst way of using each sphere is by frst examining
the physical end and realizing that there are three more state of
existence bhind it. The four worlds equate to the four elements
( Air, Fire, Water, and Erh). From a pracical point of view, Fire
equates to ideas and pwe. Water equate to thinking abut thos
ideas, Air equates to using that energy, and Earh equates to the
physical end result.
Twenty-to traditional paths connect the spheres. The paths
are not simply deoration or some sor of saffolding to prop up
the spheres; they are distributed in a special way and are very
ptent channels of energ fow. Te Tree could not fnction with­
out the paths (in the sme way that elerical compnent would
not work without connecting wires or printed circuits). Students
of the Cabala usually make one of to classical mistakes: either
they avoid the paths ( preferring some fantasy world within the
sphere), or they nail themslve to the crosof pathworking (which
is another word for self-deluding drudgery). If you wish to use
the paths correcly, first you must lear about the spheres as they
really are, and then you must lear abut the paths as they apply
to you. Study the diagram of the Tree of Life, think abut it, get
to know it.
C I A • T I I •
9
Åhc bQhctcä OÍthcÅtcc OÍLÌÍc
Sp Nam Cor Rulin Plan
l. Kether Transparent Uranus
Z. Chokmah White Neptune
3
·
Binah Black Satur
Daath Ultraviolet Pluto
4
·
Chesd Blue J upiter

Ceburah Red Mars
6. Tiphereth Cold Sun

Netzach Creen Venus
8. Ho Orange Mercury

Yeo Silver Mon
l0. Malkuth The Colors of the Elements Earh
ÅhcPcgatÌVcVcÌÌä
There are to ways in which we may view the Tree of lifein its
ow right as a pure abtract symbl, or as a practical living struc­
tre that will enhance our live. Tis chapter is concered with the
later, although of necessity we must examine the structure in
order to understand it and thereby make use of it. Traditionally
there are ten spheres, together with that mysterious nonsphere,
Daath. The Neative Veils are abve the Tree, and some expla­
nation of thes is necessary bfore moving on to the main struc­
ture. I have mentioned abstraction, and in realit the only way
to
view the Negative Veils is by using abstractions. It is bst to
view these veils as yet another sphere, a sphere of nothingness.
Nothing exists in exactly the same way as something; without
n
othing we could not have something. It is the spaces bteen
the leters in a word or the silence bteen notes of music. It is
W
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T M I C A I A L A
the background against which all of manifestation is viewed. In
the science of numbers, zero is just as important as any other
numbr. One with a zro added bome ten. I our ccle of breath­
ing there is a point at which we are not breathing; it lies bteen
the in-breath and the out-breath. Nothing exists in its own right,
and the meditation of nothing is most rewarding for thos who
pursue this line of light.
We have to b careful in defining nothing, and not confus it
with the absnce of something. For instance, if we star with a
plateful of fod and eat it all, we say that there is nothing left,
but this is not strictly true. The fo has simply changed loa­
tion, and eventually through the action of body fuids it will
change state. Howeve. it exsted, and it still exists, albit in a dif­
ferent form. Mater can neither b created nor destroyed. This is
a physical law that is indisputable. You cannot reduce something
that exists into nothing, or no thing. You cannot banish it fom
physiclit; all you can do is alter it stte of exisence. You cannot
create mater; all you can do is alter its natureither physically
or by using the principles of Magic. Nothing exists, in its own
right, and is unalterable, yet everything that dos exist has come
from nothing in the first place.
The way to understand the zero sphere is to imagine it as the
sphere of pure potential-untappd, undisturbd, and unrecog­
nized. It exists, but it is not yet realized. Its practical application,
howeve. is enormous. The nearer we get to zero, or stillness, the
nearer we are to that ptential. Compare this approach with the
more ppular puruit of cavorng around in a plastic circle. Ever
ritual should star by using the pwer of stillness, hence the idea
s
given to you abut preritual relaxation and the common concept
of pace and pwer. During the high pint of a ritual, when we
are directly instructing the subonsious mind, it is imprant to
W
push aside all distracting thoughts and feelings, which get in the
way of stillness. The more we relax, the more we approach still­
ness, and the bter the result. Te same can b said abut med­
itation and contemplation. Stil l ness, or the abi l ity to reach
nothingness, is the way to true power. It is fiting that the zero
sphere should b the sphere bfore the Tre of Life.
Kether-Uraus
Te frst sphere on the Tre of ufe is Kether, the sphere of origins
and binnings. How do anything bin? Quite simply it bgins
in the mind as a thought, and by thought I mean original thought,
the typ of thinking that is uniquely yours and blongs to no one
els. There is a world of difference bteen consious thoughts,
in other words thinking about something, and pure original
thought. This typ of thinking is difficult to desrib. It has to b
obsered and understo if you are to gain the full value of the
Kether. Ever new invention, piee of music, and line of potry is
the direct result of original thought. Everyone has this capacity,
but few use it, thereby robbing themselves of the opponunity to
b themslves. Kether is the sphere of bing.
To b yourslf and realize your full ptential, you must strive
to b original. Now can you M why the search for the real self
is M imponant? At bst, most humans are a por refection of
everyone els's ideas. Confusd and blind, they desprately tr to
mke this image real wt preicable consquence. All filure and
lack in life is largely due to this fact. It is inesapable.
Accept nothing without thinking abut it frt. It was by lok­
ing upward at our own galaxy, the Milky Way, that humankind
r
eally bgan to think abut its place in the univers and its rela­
tio
nship with the stars. As yet there was no order or disernible
94
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T i l C A I A L A
pattern, but there was the beg
.
nning of many ideas and postula­
tions. Original thinking was bing applied~mething had causd
these stars to appar, and that something was deemed to b Go.
Later on, humankind was to discover that Go also lay within
their own being.
From a purely practical point of view, the sphere of Kether
should be used in all self-searching operations. It will prove to
be of the utmost value for finding who you are and what you are
capable of. In addition to using a visual image of galaxies of stars,
you can use other attributions, such as a single point. All lines
FlguN §.T Cho Star. A sinularit wi •lgh arw symblizin IIM
an gnmec lp WaWtln fm t slnl• sr•.
W
and geometric shaps emanate from a single point. The Chaos
Star is a go example of this ( se figure 9, page 94).
just as the sphere of Kether indicates bginnings, so dos the
Chaos Star symbolize the bginning of manifestation and cre­
ation. The Chaos Star reprents the singularity of the big bang,
which manifeted from a pint sure. Tis can als b se n from
a more mystical-religious-metaphysical viewpoint in the Bible.
"And G sid, let there b light: and there was light" (Gen. 1 :3).
Te light is the vast explosion of the big bang, when everything
exploed in all direions at once. Te Chaos Star symblize this
pint of bginning, and its eight arrows depict the ac of creation
going out in all direions.
Kether blongs to Uranus. The planet Uranus symblizes the
pwers of intuition and original thought. Uranus also indicates
how a prson will deviate from the norm in a binh chan, and its
aspcts will tell if a prson will b constructive and inventive or
if he or she will b eccentric and disruptive. In any case, it shows
how such a prson will exert his or her ability to be different.
One funher atribution of Uranus is the crown, which is placed
on the head of every true king. Such a king would rule his land
with power drawn from the abilit to b original and from the
abilit to b slf-motivated in the truet sns of the word. A man
st apan from the common herd by right.
Chokah-Neptne
At the head of the right-hand pi l l ar of the Tree is sphere 2,
Chokmah: the pillar of psitive action and the idea of the uni­
v
ersal father. Potential has now bcome polarized into male and
fmale, and in Chokmah we are dealing with the forer. It should
always b understo that humankind is a mixture of male and
"
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
female. There is no such thing as total male or total female on
planet Eanh. Kether represnts power, movement, and acivity.
Chokmah reprets pwer bing direed along a spcifc cour.
The single pint has bcome a straight line or circle. The random
paterns of galaxies have now resolved into the structure of the
Ziac.
The planet Neptune is given to Chokmah. Neptune rules
our ability to b inspired, and inspiration carries with it a qual­
it of emotion that uplifs the soul. Humankind was inspired by
the order contained in the stars to do great things and forge
ahead using power free from restrictions. How often have you
heard of an inspired work or act? It is the Neptune ability within
us. Neptune can raise you to the heights of inspired thoughts
and actions or it can lose you in the maze of unreality and over­
idealistic impracticalities. Always there is a choice, and the right
choice is based on the wisdom of correctly applied power. The
original idea has now bcome a dynamic force fowing through
corret channels. However, power without a target and without
form is of no real value, so we must look at the next sphere on
the opposing pillar to continue on this journey to physicality.
Dinah-Satr
Sphere 3 is named Binah and is the natural domicile of the Great
Mother. The Great Mother gives binh and implies limitation. It
is for this reasn that Satr is given to this sphere. Neptne is fu­
idity, Satur is solidit. The key word of Binah is understanding
,
and it is regretable that Satur is so litle understo, bing clas­
sifed as the great malefc. Without limitation you would not ha
ve
form, there would b impossible situations, and you would ha
ve
neither a by nor anything to stand on. The lesson of Binah is
C I A P T I I 6
t
"all is as it should b." I other words, if you originate disordant
and destructive ideas at Kether thes will find power and pssi­
ble funher confusion at Chokmah and then will eventually find
form as restricion in Binah. You as a human bing are responsi­
ble for who you are and all that manifest around you without
exception. The truth of the mater is that you create your own
troubles and exprience the negative effects of Saturn. No one
else is respnsible. The reverse is also true: originate from true
slf-seking, wis ways and you will achieve prfect results. The
law of caus and effet ceass to b a curs, and burdens bcome
achievements, due to understanding. As a funher pint of contac
and contemplation, your straight line or circle has bcome a tri­
angle of teeul side. Te more astte of you will have notced
that the minimum numbr of three suppns is necessary to pro­
duce a stable strucure, for a table with only to legs is bund
to fall over.
Chesed-Jupiter
Sphere 4 is name Che and is the sphere of abundanc. It is als
the home of jupiter, the planet of joy, wealth, and opponunity
for expansion. The position of this planet in a binh chan will
indicate how that prson is likely to receive or b denied these
bnefits, but as always choice is the keyword. Everone has this
p
int of contac with abundance, yet few realize its ptential, due
to the wrong choice. If you are not experiencing lasting abun­
dance do not blame fate or class yourself as unlucky, this is not
tr
ue. Abundance exists for everone, al l you have to do is find
the key to unlok the dor.
Chesd is expansion in ever sns of the word and expan­
sio
n implies a free and unrestricted flow. When you are truly
f
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T i l C A I A L A
attuned to Chesed, you can never want for anything; you are
scure bcaus abundant supply will always exceed the apparen
t
lack. Envy and greed similarly pint to a complete lack of under­
standing of reality. Wanting to have what smeone else has is the
wrong approach, and it distracts your thinking. If you wish to
bcome rich, then never bdge the rich their wealth; instead,
use this to inspire you to be wealthy-not in exactly the same
way, but in your ow way. Think rich, think wealth, think abun­
dance.
Remember, ask and it will be given. Nothing will ever be
denied if you ask and blieve in the laws abundance. Depnd on
thes laws and trust your inner powers of plent, then allow this
pwer to fow. Remembr that you are dealing with the principle
of generosity and that this works bth ways. A wise prson can
b truly generous, for they will never fear lack-there is no such
thing.
Gebura-Ma
Gburah is the sphere of energ and acion. Wasted or out of con­
trol energy is usually due to lack of understanding. It results in
anger unwanted force, antagonism, and even war. To ever acion
there is an equal and opposite reacion, according to the laws of
physics, and this is true on all levels. Life's energies should pro­
duce acion along the right paths, provide that you ti frt and
then act.
Mar is the planet of Gburah, and Maran energy needs and
implies control, for every action must cause a result. Btter to
plan and organize, rather than bing impulsive, for we are always
responsible for our actions, b they in the mind or in physical
terms. Cause and effec are linle understo, so we give usless
W
excuses to cover up our lack of control, or we have a convenient
get-out claus s that we can blame something or someby els,
usually the gos, fate, detiny, or if you really want to indulge in
passing the buck, karma. The laner excuse is now an accepted
blief panem by millions of pople who have not even thought
about the concept, who have failed to realize the true implica­
tion of what they are blieving in. Any problems are truly yours,
you caused them in the sme way that you are now learing how
to caus fr ber things to happn. Tinking is the caus. Wrong
thinking prouce undeirable effes. Change your thinking and
you are bund to change your life for the bner. The key to the
energies of Geburah is stop, think, and then act in a responsible
manner.
Tphereth-Sun
From Geburah we return to the middle pillar, the sphere of
lphereth and the pwer of the Sun. Its symbl is rhe six pinted
star, which consists of two perfectly interlaced triangles. The
figure sugests balance and the harony of opposites, the key­
words of this sphere. liphereth is right at the heart of the Tree
and is connected to every other sphere (except Malkuth) . just
as the Sun is at the center of our solar system, so liphereth is
the center or nerous system of the Tree. It is in this sphere that
we must seek to b what we will, in other words, be ourselves
while drawing on the energies of al l the other spheres. Those
who seek knowledge of the central ego and self should always
lok toward liphereth.
Balance and harmony are correct life expressions. A far cr
from reality, most of life's tragedies and inner conficts are due
to trying to b something that we are not. B yourself and all els
10 I I O Y I I I C M A G I C A I D f i l C A I A L A
will fall into place in prfec harmony. Again, the concept of right
thinking must be applied, for to indulge in negative and non­
balanced thinking is to go against what you really are. So not
only do you get the results of such thoughts you also prouce a
dash of interests with resulting inner tension. By seeking within,
by using your subonsious power corretly, you restore the bal­
ance and you bcome your self.
All natural healing of unbalanced conditions blongs to this
sphere, for what is disase and disomfon but a lack of balance?
The solar energies restore balance by adjusting the energy pat­
terns so that they once again conform to the way you should b.
Apan from healing, whatever is put into the subonsious mind
will bome a realit. By se king the tuth abut what you are and
what you need, M shall you have all that is right and propr. A
ppular misonception is to view yourslf as a typ, for instance:
"I am a Sagitarian" or "I am nervous." If you tell yourslf these
things often enough, you will become these things. Fonunately,
choice can always be exercised, and the proess is reversible.
Therefore, Tiphereth embraces all that you may bcome, so it is
a mistake to narrow the field of possibilities and restrict the self
in these ways. Use Tiphereth as your sphere of guidance.
Netch-Venus
Sphere 7 is named Netzach and contains those energies atrib­
uted to Venus. In Cabalistic lore it is named "Victory," a strange
name to assiate with the planet of pace and love; at frst glance
you would think that this would be attributed to Mars. So we
should look a litle deeper. Netzach is the sphere of attraction
and desire pwer. Popular misonception may sugest that yo
u
should gain victory over your desires. This is simply incorrect-
M
on the one hand, such a victory would be oppressive, which is
hardly Venusian, and on the other hand, you can no more tm of
desire power than you can stop breathing prmanently. It is the
vicor over misireed deires that is imprant. To desire is not
wrong; it is what you desire that matters. There is victory in
attracting into your life all those beautiful things you wish to
have. There is vicor in replacing lust with love, and there is vic­
tory in achieving or having the unobtainable. To stoke up the
fires of desire power is to want with all your hear. The real vic­
tor is to desire all the things that you wish to have purified of all
harful ides. You can have whatever you deire but take care not
to do this in the wrong emotional or mental state.
To deire money is not wrong, but to b gedy or deire sme
one else's money is wrong. The energy is bing misdirected, and
the laws of abundance have not ben realized. Likewis it's wrong
to desire another person without consideration of the other
person's needs and feelings. Life is ruled by give and take and
sharing. You cannot force some one els to love you or conform
to your ideas. True love is binding bcause the laws of atraction
complement each other. Anything els is just a por compromise.
Rituals for love often fail for this reason, for it is not love that is
bing sught, it is invariably contol over sme one els. Far bt er
to sek lasting love in pastures new than to tr to force another
bing to conform to an unobtainable ideal. The laws of Netzch
teach give and take, rather like a fower. A fower needs to have
its seds ferilized, so it atracts inscts by giving color, sent, and
honey. S it is with humans; we atract in proprion to what we
g
ive out. If you express disharmony and greed, you atract these
into your life. Purify your emotions and feelings and use desire
pwer to bring into your life all thos things you really ned. Such
is
the lessn of Netach.
M I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
Ho-Mercr
Sphere 8 is named Ho, and its planet is Mercury, the "messen­
ger of the gods .. Mercury rules communication, the way you
speak and think, and it is the planet of the conscious mind.
Correctly controlled emotions are essential if desire pwer is to
work, and in this sphere you have to lear how to use the mind
as a tol for achievement.
The conscious mind is a tool. In the right hands it is a tool
for learning and applying that knowledge for advancement. It
can be a source of trouble, complaints, and utter confusion if
it is rigidly educated to the wrong standard set by the self,
because it is then at variance with the self. When used to plan,
compare, examine, and make decisions around the needs of
the slf, it is funcioning corretly, as a tol instead of an encum­
brance. The ability to think and then di rect the subconsious
mind is magical, but the need to indulge in book learning is
largely self-defeating unless such a person has no other ai ms
in l ife.
There is nothing wrong with knowledge if it can be applied
or if it satisfies a need, but it is the ability to think in simple
terms that gets results, and that is what matters. It is essential
to control the mind by seeking peace and then direct it into the
appropriate channel. In other words, a mind full of confusion,
darting about from one fact to another, will not produce con­
crete results or infl uence the subconscious mind beneficial ly.
A quiet, orderly mind concentrating on the objective enables
you to plan out your campaign of action and helps you to sort
out the wheat from the chaff in magical terms. As you think,
so you are. Quiet, calm, contemplative thinking gets results.

Yeso-Mon
Much as ben said and writen abut the Mon and its magical
lore, probably baus the Mon rle our imagination. ( will not
duplicate effon in the mane� but rather concentrate on the more
usful magical pssibilities. There are three paradigms in which
t suboniou mind my b infue: Tg, which i sphere
8, Hod-Mercur; emotional desire, which is sphere 7, Netach­
Venus; and the pwer of the imagnaton, which blongs to sphere
9, Ye-Mon. Te bst plan of action is to us all thre in pro­
pron to your nes and abilte. Sm prefr to Uthe mind, and
they are classifed as hermetic or inhibitor; others prefer to stoke
up the emotions, and they are classifed as orphic or excitator. By
themslves neither of the will get reults. You have to us sme
blend and you have to U the imagnation. You have to M in your
mind's eye what you want, or nothing can happn. For the lan­
guage of the subonsious is in picre and symbls.
Yeso and the Mon also gover our repns to life and our
habits, so it naturally follows that progress is made when you
disard thos habits that are unprouctve or bad. This area of life
is well wonh a study in its own right, and you will b surprisd
just how habitual you really are. One of the keys to getng results
is knowing that when new thought bome habit, it works auto­
matically. Te les n is plain to M ¦ Change your thinking, encour­
age new more desirable habits, and everything changes for the
bter, staying this way automatically.
Makuth-Eah
Malkurh is bth the sphere in which we stan our upward search
for prfection and the sphere in which we exprience physicality.
M6 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
All the previous spheres find expression i n Malkuth, so it stands
to reason that if there is imbalance in these spheres, the result
will automatically b undeirable conditions on the physical plane.
Humankind instinctively looks skyward for inspiration and
answers to its problems. We lok to the stars and to the gos for
help. In a way, pople are right to lok upward, for the problem
exists in higher spheres, but not as karma or the anger of extra­
terrestrial bings or UFO-related entities. It exists in the misdi­
reed enery paters within the sphere of the Tre of Life. Te
are not external to us, they are pan of us, for each of us are our
own Tree.
The lesson of Malkuth is therefore quite simple-uter con­
ditions are the result of inner thinking, and therefore the solu­
tion to the problem is within the problem itself. Not only is
Malkuth equivalent to the physical world, it is also that ideal­
istic state we visualize as the Inner Temple. Its symbols are the
Encircled Cross, the double cub, and the four elemental gate­
ways of power. Through these doorways we contact and use
the power of the Tree of Life and allow that power to produce
physical results. The whole of the Tree of Life rests in Malkuth
and finds its eanhly fulfillment therein. To work effecive Magic
we must start at Malkuth and its Inner Temple, opening these
doorways to the vast storehouse of power available from the
rest of the Tree. Unless this sphere is organized, understood,
and worked with in a sane and snsible fashion, physical results
will either b unrewarding (at bst) or unchangeable (at worst).
By building up the Inner Temple along correc symblic lines, we
form stable ground for the rest of the Tree to grow and bear
fruit.
Daath-Piuto
There is a barrier bteen the power of Daath and yourself­
that barrier is fear. Nothing prevents growth more than fear.
Always rememb� in reality there is nothing to fear except fear
itself. By fear I do not mean the normal protective fear we exp­
rience during moments of danger; I mean unfounded fear, fear of
G, fear of the unknown, far of pushing ahead baus it might
not work, and so on. You have the pwer to do anything, to b
whatever you want to b, to have whatever you wish; let no one
tell you otheris. Results depnd on psitive thinking and blief
in what you are doing; fear destroys creation bfore we can even
stan. Wen you bat fear you acquire much more than the pwer
to create; you acquire slf-determination and total freedom from
the imaginar demons that plague humankind. To sek the pwer
of Daath and its planet Pluto you will have to overcome these
fear and tabo s. The path is not easy, but you can succeed if you
are determined enough. The solution to a fear is like a problem,
within the fear itself; once baten, you are unafraid and nothing
can stand in your way.
Daath-Pluto contains the power to transform your life. By
bating fear, superstition, and taboos and by shining light into
the darkest comers of your mind, you will exprience this trans­
formation. In ancient times an initiate was put through fear­
some tests and ordeals to see if he had the necessary qualities
expected of such a person. Today's initiations contain a poor
refection of this idea. Facing up to and beating fear is vital to
slf-development, although we no longer ned the lion's den or the
pit of fire. We need to sarch within for the caus of fear, and use
the power of Daath to shine the powerful light of cosmic truth
M I I O T I I I C M A G I C & • D T . l C A I & L &
onto the caus and M them for what tey 8- lgt always ilu­
minates darkness, and so it is with Daath. Once a thing is in full
view, we can see it and understand it, thereby equating it and
eventally transforming it. To live is to b feand to b feis the
reality of life. The Tree of Life is your plan of freedom.
bummatyOÍthcÅtccOÍLÌÍc
Blow is a summary of the imponant principles of the Tree of
Life. It explains the essential information that you should not
forget. After you have carefully read this chapte� tr to reall as
many of the outstanding pints as you can.
At the top of the Tree we have sphere 1, named Kether. It rep­
resents the bginning of something and M equates with original­
it and individuality. It is the sphere of new ideas. As this is the
first sphere, all the others emanate fom and are contained within
it. It contains all there is, and as such it represnts pure poten­
tial. At the physical end it is bt reprented by the plane Uranus.
A photograph of the galaxy will give you a prfe idea of the all­
ness and dynamic pwer that is Kether. Its symbl is a crown. As
for color, while white is traditional I prefer to use transparency,
rather like clear glass, for although Kether contains all the colors
they are not as yet manifest.
Sphere 2 is named Chokmah; its keyword is wisdom, and it
represnts the All-Father principle. From a physical pint of view
its planet is Neptune and its color is pure white. Te Zoiac also
fits well into this sphere, for is not the sience of the stars noth­
ing more than pure wisdom?
With sphere 3 we move to the oppsite pillar and the Great
Mother. This sphere is named Binah. Its color is pure black, and
its ruling planet is Saturn. It may seem strange that the appar-
ently restrictive planet Saturn should equate to a mother, but
remembr that in its correc aspct Satur is the planet that gives
fon, and birh is the giving of fon. The keyword for this sphere
is understanding.
Back on the right-handed pillar once mor we arrive at sphere
4, Chesed, the color blue, and the planet jupiter. Here we are
dealing with limitless and abundant expansion in keeping with
the idea of the fortune-bstowing god of the vine. The keyword
is merc, but pleas do not confus this with the version dished
out by Christianity. This sphere repreents pure mercy, free from
religious overones.
In direct opposition we have sphere 5, named Geburah. Its
color is red and its planet is Mars. The keywords are ;ustice and
might. Like Saturn, Mars often has a bad reputation bcaus it
rules agression and war ( among other things); however always
remembr that although everhing fits on the Tree, it is far bter
to exclude negative atributions and seek the positive possibili­
ties instead. If you lose your tempr, you ruin your chances of
controlling pwer by losing control and thereby dissipating that
pwer. This sphere therefore represnts energy, enterprise, and
initiative.
On the middle pillar we arrive at sphere 6, named Tiphereth.
Lok at its psition. It is central to the whole Tre; therefore, like
the center of the solar system, it bcomes the light within your
inner slf (in human tens). Middle pillar sphere are to abstract
to have colors; however, the colors yellow or preferably gold may
b usd. The keywords are beaut and harmony.
Our next sphere is number 7. Its name is Netzach and its
p
lanet Venus. Its color is emerald green. Venus is the principle of
atraction. It is our prsonal magnetism that helps us bring into
frition the nicer things in our live. Victor, which is the keyord
M I S O T I I I C M A G I C & • o T M I C A I A L A
of this sphere, may at first seem quire odd until we realize that
by controlling our emotions and redireting them as desire pwer
we are bound to gain victory over circumstances.
Sphere 8 is named Hod; irs planer is Mercur (the symbol of
the mind), and irs color is orange. Mercury rules communica­
tion-the way you spak and think. The major lesson you can
lear from Mercur is to reorganize your thinking into simple,
realistic paters, moving away from the more chaotic fors of
the accepted norm. The training of the mind is an essential pan
of all real Magic. Flexibility, adaptability, and communiation
are the keywords of this sphere.
Sphere 9 on the middle pillar is named Yesod, its color is
silver, and its planet is the Moon. The Moon is responsible for
our imagination-hat pwerful magical tol that gives us access
to the subconsious mind represented by Tiphereth. By using
the imagination, we shap all that is around us. litle wonder
that the keyword-foundation-is so apt. We have the ability
to build whatever we wish in whatever way we wish in our
imagination.
Finally, we reach sphere 1 0, Malkuth, and this is the Eanh
sphere. The end product of all that has gone bfore: magically, it
is the sphere of the four elements. By using these elements we
apply power to physical mater and shap this according to our
needs. Malkurh is our ideal world in addition to bing the Inner
Temple, yet another idealistic stare of existence in which we work
all meaningful magical rituals. Te difference bteen the ideal
world of Malkuth and planet Enh is blatantly obvious to every­
one. There is a world of difference, yet the scret of Malkuth is
in bringing the ideal into physical fact. Such is Magic on a prac­
tical level, for Malkurh is in reality the sphere of pracicality. With
regard to colors, there are of cours four, one for each element.
C I A , T I I 6
These are yellow for Air and east, red for Fire and south, blue
for Water and west, and green for Earh and norh.
Åhc ÍOäÌtÌODä OÍthc bQhctcä
When thinking about the spheres, bar in mind their position.
For instance with sphere 4, Chesed, we have the expansion of
Jupiter, with the underlying tone of the right-hand pillar, in other
words, psitive outfowing with generous and kind emotions. Or
with sphere 5, Geburah, the us of energy based on our abilit
to receive it using the power of the mind. Lok at the diagram
of The Tre of Life in this chapter ( figure 6, page 81 ) ] read this
chapter many times; and think abut the spheres, the numbrs,
and the ideas given to you.
Relating thes to the Cosmic Sphere is not difficult. Sphere
1 , Kether, belongs to the uppermost point, whi le sphere 1 0,
Malkuth, blong to t bs. Tis ft i well with the age-ld idea
of God above and man blow or, put in practical terms, initial
pwer and final prouct.
Sphere 2 is likely to give most Cabalistic thinkers something
of a problem; however, this is solved by giving the entire outer
structure to this sphere. The reason is simple if you remember
that, although the ruling planet is Neptune, the other main atri­
bution of Chokmah is the Zodiac, which, in OM¿ implies the
.
idea of the three rings.
We are now left with sven spheres, excluding Daath. These
blong to the faces of the Magic Cub, using the ruling planets.
For example sphere 8, Hod, equates to the eastern face of the
cub, while sphere 6, Tiphereth, naturally blongs to the center.
Here we have a prfect sheme. In the center is the Sun, around
which are arrayed the planets. The whole of this magical solar
1 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A
system is, as one would expct, surrounded by the stars in the
form of the Zodiac. All that remains is to loate that enigmatic
sphere of Daath. Despite the ideas and taboos found in other
MUC of inforaton, Daath, toeher with it Pluto rler equate
to transformation that leads to ultimate pwer and total realiza­
tion. The myth of the Phonix affords valuable clues as to the
correct loation in that this mythological bird is consumed by
fire in order to be reborn. This, together with the vast power
potential of Pluto, must mean that Daath is to b found at the
center also, within the Sun.
ÅhcMcxagtam
As you have come to obsere, symbl diagrams are inevitably a
flat representation of a three-dimensional reality. The simple
Encircled Cross is represntative of the Cosmic Sphere, and now
the Tree of Life can b sen to b an extension of this sheme. As
a student of Esoteric Magic, you should lok at al l other sym­
bls in this light, for there is much to b gained and leared from
symbols.
Te Hexga� M bloved of the Glden Daw, is ye another
plan of a three-dimensional configuration. Do you know what
this is? Consider figure 10 carefully.
Note that there are six pints. What dos this sugest? The
answer is the Cub ( six faces). There are other clues, some of
which are to b found in the Tre diagram. That is, provided that
you allow this to b flexible. Notice the arrangement of spheres
( and planets) around the center of the Tre (Tphereth-Sun).
HOD (Mercury)
NETACH (Venus)
BINAH (Satur)
is opposite to
is op
p
site to
is opposite to
CHESED (J upiter)
CEBURAH (Mars)
YESOD (Mon)
lll

M
Wm¡
nt(Sn)
WÚÌ
Figur l0. T Hgam.
This, of course, agrees with our conception of the magical
cube. If you now look at the Hexagram, adding the appropriate
spheres and planets, you will see that not only dos it agree with
the cub plan but the Tree of Life as well. The Hexagram is there­
fore a fat representation of the Cub ( see figure 1 1 , page 1 1 2) ,
or Inner Temple.
Also notice that the Tree of Life constantly sugests the idea
of polarity. This can be seen not only in the pillars but in many
other areas as wel l . Look again at the Cube and Hexagram.
Mercury-Hod is representative of the conscious mind, while
Ill I I 0 T I I I C I A G I C A I 0 T I I C A I A L A
W
G
MWm
O
®
Ju
p
Æ W W
0 0
0
YW W WN
M
0
Wq
Figur 11. T Mgic Cu.
jupiter-Chesed equates to the deepr mind. They are both con­
need with the mind but from a different pint of view. Likewis,
Venus-Netzach and its assoiations with attraction, desire, and
female qualities is exacly balanced by the male-dominated pwer
of Mars-Geburah. The essential part of this idea is one of bal­
ance. This is indicated quite clearly by the middle pillar and the
C M A P T I I 6 IIJ
sphere of Tiphereth, which is central to the entire Tree design.
You will also note that Tphereth (Sun) is also placed at the cen­
tral balancing pint of the Cub.
ÍamÌÌÌatÌzÌDgTOutäcÌÍ
wÌththcÅtcc LÌagtam
Continue with your work on the planets. Te information gained
will b of value in helping you understand the Tree in a prsonal
sense, for each planet relates directly to a sphere. Familiarize
yourslf with the Tree diagram. Make sketches or draw the Tree
of Life carefully onto a card. This may b usd as point of con­
centration during subsquent rital work. Color the spheres using
crayon, poster paint, or felt-tip pns. Obviously, it is impossible
to us transparent ink for Kether or ultraviolet for Daath, s the
may be left blank and the actual color presumed for the time
bing. In keeping with go magical practice, get involved with
this simple task, take your time and us your ingenuity to create
a pesona/ Tree diagram you can b proud of. The more you put
in, the more you get out.
CHAPTER ¯
MOWTO EREC AND
AT TO EACH SPHERE
In order to make us of the Tre of Life, it is essential that a real­
istic approach b usd, fre from over complexity, incorret atri­
butions, and other nonrelated ideals. It is also essential that the
Tree paradigm b pesonal rather than general. Only by adopt­
ing a prsonal approach can the tree truly reveal its meaning.
There are many misonceptions concering the Tree of Life,
and prhaps the greatest is the idea that this is a son of ladder
that has to b climbd in order to evolve. Blief paters such as
this do nothing for the an and practice of Magic and are, in any
cas, completely fals. The only real evolution is one of ridding
ourslves of such slf-retricive ideas. Forget abut evolving and
accept the more corre concept that you are evolved. Tis is most
imponant, for failure to realize this truth is bund to limit your
lif
e and, of cours, restrict the pssibilities offered by the Tree.
One example of this is the preumption that the supals (sphere
1, Kether; 2, Chokmah; and 3, Binah) are not accessible to the
student. They are presumed to be beyond him or her. This is
tM I I O T I I I C M A G I C & N O T M I C & l & l &
absolute rubbish and is based on the outmoed system of grades
advoated by the Order of the Golden Dawn. In this system, the
novice was initiated into each sphere, gradually climbing the Tre
e
as the Order sw fit. The higer the sphere, the more diffcult the
task-r so we are lead to blieve. Naturally, the higher spheres
were resrved for individuals of rare talent and powerful abili­
tie. Let us forget all about rising up the Tree by means of grades
and meaningless initiations. Instead, we will us the Tree as it is
meant to b usd-as a plan of ptential and a means of slf-dis­
covery.
The Tree consists of ten spheres (eleven with Daath) . Each is
different, bing a spcifc cateorization of energy, and each con­
tains its own inner truths directly relating to the individual. In
order to gain access to the knowledge of a sphere and, of course,
to the power therein, it is essential that you learn how to erect
each sphere and how to equate to it meaningfully. Not an easy
task if you blieve traditional source. Forunately, the task is not
as difficult as you would think; in fact it is quite easy, provided
that cenain guidelines are followed.
Each sphere, by its very nature, is a three-dimensional con­
figuration rather than the convenient fat circle given in the Tree
diagram. You work within this rather than on it or outside it.
Also, although the Tree of Life shows these spheres as being
separate, connected by paths, this is not strictly true and can
easily lead the student to presume that the spheres are in fact
sparated by space. By far the bst way of loking at the spheres
is to ignore the way in which they are spread out, for this is
only a convenient way of representing a complex arrangement.
Instead, adopt the idea of one structure in which all the others
may be found, rather like a room with different colored win­
dows or perhaps a house containing several roms. The main
C I A P T I I ¶
'U
stucture has already ben given to you. It is the Cosmic Sphere
of three rings. This equates to the lowest sphere on the Tree of
Life, known as Malkuth or the Kingdom. Malkuth is the sphere
of the four elements and the ideal world. Let us examine this
in
a litle more detai l .
The Cosmic Sphere, which we will refer to as Malkuth from
now on, contains everything. Therefore, the entire Tre of Life
my b found within its strucre. Tis has already ben disussd
in the previous chapter in which the spheres were alloated to
the noal pints and to the inner cub. The Tree of Life symbl
i a fat reprentation of this three-dimensional strcure, which,
in tum, is the Cosmic Sphere of Malkuth.
Malkuth is the sphere in which all Pracical Magic is worked.
Note how this is done by using an assortment of words, ges­
tures, symbols, and physical objects backed up with the power
of the imagination to help attune the mind to the task in hand
and, of course, the energy being used. The accent is on con­
tacting or attuning to a specific type of energy, usually epito­
mized as planetary. What are we actual l y doing other than
bringing this energy into our consciousness? We do not travel
to a planet or to some remote part of ourselves to do this; we
allow it to fow by recognizing that it exists and thereby allow­
ing it into our l i fe. This proess can easily be seen in the flat
Tree diagram in which the entire Tree of Life impacts, or finds
fruition, in the base sphere of Malkuth. That is the function of
this sphereo act as a pint of impac for energy. Bfore energy
cn fow, we must first recognize it, using symbols and so forh,
and then allow it to flow into our life. In Malkuth this is done
by attuning this sphere to the energy required and then allow­
ing this to enter into the sphere of Mal kuth through the four
elemental gateways.
m I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T M I C A I A L A
The sphere of Malkuth can therefore b atuned to anyhin
g
that lies abve it-in shor, the entire Tree of Life! To do this
is
not difficult, but it dos, like all magical work, need some con­
sideration and practice before it can b truly effective. We will
consider this atunement in a moment but, for now, let us rerum
to Malkuth itself.
Bfore your magical work can b effective, it is essential that
the Cosmic Sphere b constructed carefully and practiced until
it is sond nate. Afer all, if the bas sphere is smewhat shaky,
then one can hardly exp the rest of the Tre to b stable. Trees
ned rots in deep ferile earh lest they blow over or stare. It is
the same with Malkuth.
The beter the base sphere, the better the Tree scheme. So
resist the temptation to rush ahead hoping to find shorcuts to
knowledge or presuming that Malkuth, bing the lowest of the
spheres, is hardly worh any detailed consideration. This would
b a prime mistake, for Malkuth is the key to the entire Tre and
the only real gateway to pwer.
You have ben given many useful ideas with regard to the
sphere of Malkuth. Thes should b worked with and extended
in any way that you fel is right, for prsonal involvement is 8
major factor in successful master of Magic and the Tre of Life.
By all means us thes ideas to the fullest, but do remembr that
it is your own ideas that will ultimately prove to be the bst. B
guided by feel, and do not b afraid to tr out new ideas. It is
beter to try, even if you do make mistakes, than not to try at
all. Keep a magical notebok in which to record any impresions
or ideas reeived either during meditations or at any other times.
B methodical and practical; it is bound to pay off in the end.
Atuning the sphere to Malkuth (as oppsd to consideration
of the entire sphere) is a simple affaia provided that cerain rules
C I A P T I I )
l
i
are followed. These rule apply equally to all other spheres. First
must come cler intenton. I other words, know which sphere you
a
re working. This may sound obvious, but all to ofen there is
prumption rather than asrion. A cler well-thought-ut inten­
tio
n is a major key to successful Practical Magic and is no less so
in eteric maters. Once the intenton is clear organize the temple
in such a way as to enhance this purpse. Bring in the appropri­
ate correpndence to help fous the mind along the chosn path
or energy pater. In the cas of Malkuth, this would mean bring­
ing in thos objets that will sere to remind us of the nature of
this sphere.
Bfore you stan to purchase masses of equipment or cluter
the temple up with all manner of atributions to b found, stop
and think. Simplicit is always the bst way to get results. In fact,
one or to well-hosen items are bund to b far more effective
tan a whole hot of ods and ed acquired fom dubious sur.
Take nothing into a temple unles it is understo. Sund advice
indeed.
With this sphere, you are mainly dealing with the four ele­
menrs. These may be represented by the four weapons or their
equivalent. Do remembr that it is not vital to purchase, say, a
Magic Sword. Thes things cost a small fonune. Instead, use a
substitute such as a small knife or dager. This may be prson­
alized according to your needs. Alternatively, it is possible to
obtain inexpnsive reproduction swords or find real swords in
sond hand shops at moerate price. It is not the cot, or indeed
the shape and size that matters at this stage. All that you are
loking for, in this case, is a symblic representation of the ele­
ment of Air. Think about this. Use your imagination and apply
that all-impnant prsonal touch, even if the ideal Magic Sword
is not at hand.
lW
I I O T I I I C • & G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
A Magc Ro or Wand should b made. Agin, u you imag.
inarion to determine what you would like to M as a represnta
­
tion of the element of Fire. By thinking in this way, you are bund
to arrive at a succession of designs that will teach you far more
than simply copying something out of a bok. Magic Cups can
als b puhs quite cheply. Tey cn b made of m or eve
glass. Once again, it is all a question of choice, based on your
own thoughts. Finally, the Magic Shield should b made by your­
slf using meal, wo, or CW stif crd. Te deig is ver ipr­
tant. Forget abut Pentagrams and other trendy designs. What
do you think should be emblazoned on the Shield? When you
have decided on this, find some way of transferring this design
onto the Shield. Ter are mny ways. Felt-rip p or pster paints
are among some of the pssibilities. Also remembr that it really
dos not mater if you have an anistic touch or not. What dos
mater is that you tr in your own way to reprouce the ideas in
your own mind. To tr is to succed, no mater what others may
think, and, in any case, any sincere, original effort is wonh a
thousnd imitations or copies made without so much as a sond
thought.
ÅhcÅatOt
Perhaps the most versatile and usful of all magical tools is the
tarot. Although it is not the purpose of this book to enter into
detailed disussion of this intricate system, I will advance a few
usfl ideas that you, the student, may care to expand in your own
way. Tarot cards fit the Cabalistic sheme with a precision that
cannot be described as accidental . In brief, the seventy-eight
cards are divided into tenty-to mior cards and fify-six minor
cards. The major cards blong to the paths that are disussed in
Ill
te next chapter. For now, we will confne ourslves to the minor
ca
rds only.
The minor cards are divided into four suits of founeen cards.
Naturally, each suit equate to one of the four elements. Leaving
aside the coun card ( Kings, Quens, Knights, and Pages), we are
lef with for cards, ten for each suit or element. It is the numbr
that gives the due to the corre arrangement on the Tre of Life.
The suit indicates the correct magical direction by its weapon
and element. For instance, the 1 0 of Swords blong to Malkuth
(sphere 10) and to east (Swords). Likewise, the 8 of Cups blong
to Ho (sphere 8) and to magical west (Cups).
The complete arrangement of the minor cards is given in the
following table:
SE W S WT NOT
Swords Wands Cups Shields
Kether Ace Ace Ace Ace
Chokmah Z Z Z Z
Binah 3 3 3 3
Cheed
4 4 4 4
Geburah
5 5 5 5
Tlphereth 6 6 6 6
Netzach
7 7 7 7
Ho 8 8 8 8
Ye
9 9 9 9
Malkuth l0 l0 l0 l0
No tarot card represnts Daath.
To us the tarot in Cabalistic work is quite an easy mater,
for it lends itlf easily to this. In the cas of Malkuth, the four 1 O
could b placed on the altar aliged to their repctive direcions,
or could b placed on the appropriate wall or quaner within the
lW I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I D T i l C A I A L A
temple. They may be used as symbols for contemplation or as
astral doorays through which one passes in the imagination.
The sene depiced on a card may then b explored to M what
impressions aris in the mind. Other ideas include their us as an
onoff switch for each element. In order to do this, one has only
to educate the consious mind in the basic idea that face up opns
the elemental gate while face down closs it. Ingenuit will sug­
gest other uses.
In order to atune the Cosmic Sphere to another sphere, one
simply has to change the physical corrpndence and, of cours,
the inner imaginative assoiations. The corepndence of a par­
tclar spher 8 t subje of muh dbt and heted exchange
but this ned not interfere with your work, for most of the atri­
butions are, to say the least, highly dubious. Far bter to apply
common sense and simplicity.
The most obvious link with each sphere is through its ruling
planet, and M it is to the correpndence of the planets that you
must first turn i f you are to successfully contact each sphere.
However, the planet is only pan of the picure, one level, so to
spak. There are three more.
Ech sphere consists of four worlds. According to tradition, these
are:
Atziluth The world of origins, or Divine level
Briah The world of ceation, or
Archangelic level
Yetzirah The world of foration, or
Angelic level
Assiah The world of expression, or
Physical level
(AirThought)
(Fireesire)
(Watermotion)
(Earh-Physical
Object or Situation)
C I A , T I I y l8§
The pwer of each sphere may therefore b tappd by bring­
in
g it through each of the worlds to its ultimate fuition in Assiah
( the physical ) . Natural ly, each world may be explored and
a
pproached direly, for, depite opinions to the contrar, there are
no br e be you and a parcular level-U are opn to you.
Bu
t how to approach, understand, and eventually us each level
is i ndeed a complex problem-r so it seems. Leaving aside
psudoreligious atitudes and assoiated dogma, the answer, as
always, is contained in the Tree of Life.
There are four worlds. These equate directly to the four ele­
ments in the following way: Te Divine or G level bt blongs
to the element of Air by vinue of the fact that the cosmic circle
originates at east ( origination bing the keyword). To south and
the element of Fire must go the creative world of Briah. The for­
mtive world of Yeirah blongs to wet and the element of Water
and, fnally, the nonh and the element of Enh blongs to Assiah.
Although there are other suppd traditional arrangemen� each
with their own merits or dogmas, thes assoiations are correct.
Naturally, each student must accept or deline the invitation to t
out this carefully delibrated system.
The erection or attunement of each sphere is bst done by
atending to the physical end first, using suitable correpndence
and then working through each of the four levels, either from top
to btom or in reverse, depnding on the nature of the work in
hand. Perhaps the easiest way to derib this is to give an exam­
ple. Let us consider a meditation of the sphere of Yeso.
TcäOd-NOODNcdÌtatÌOD
Gather the appropriate correspndences, in this cas thos of the
Mon. This would involve using silver candles and altar doth, a
l8q
I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A I D T I I C A I A L A
mirror ( indicative of the reflecive Mon), a go lunar incense
,
and the four 9s of the tarot. Having atended to these prelimi­
narie, all that remains is to opn the temple in the manner given
in the Master Ritual. The high point of the ritual would b the
atunement to Yesod followed by a meditation. This is done in
the imagination in the following way:
First, dire your atention to the Crown. Tis is the symblic
point from which all power flows and also equates to the All­
Father. Imagine that the Crow is stdded with ten jewels, one for
each planet (or sphere) in the appropriate colors. In the case of
Yesod, this would b a silver jewel or prhaps a pearl. Se this
begin to glow with bright silver light and i magine that this is
moving downward into the temple. The power must then be
allowed into the temple through the four elemental gateways,
starting at magical east, the Divine level of Atziluth, and pro­
ceeding around the circle, through each level (or world), finally
terminating at magical norh ( Assiah). By far the bst way to do
this is by imagining that there is a doray in each wall of the
inner, cubic temple and that, at your command, each one opns
allowing the silver light to enter. The exact manner of doing this
is largely a mater of choice, but it is always a go idea to bring
in the control symbol of the magical weapns. For instance, at
magical east, imagine that you are holding the Sword (do this
physically if you have a real Sword) and that as you pint this at
the dorway, it opns.
Suitable words may b spoken as long as they are yours and
they do not contain undesirable elements, such as subservience
to the gods and so on. Simple statements of fact are bst, such
as, . Through this poral, under the control of this Sword, do
I
contact the (name level) of the sphere of Yeso to make manife
st
its presence within this temple. May this be so. " Shor, simple
C I A P T I I y
.ªJ
sta
tements of fact are wonh far more than any long-winded and
half-understo invotion direed at sme distant deit or other
ent
ity. Deal with power directly until you fully understand the
a
n of building and using telesmatic images. In any case, avoid
the traditional images and names, for these are largely corrupt
and unusble without considerable moification.
Notice what has been done so far. You have contacted and
invoked the positive ( Al l -Father or God) aspect and power
descended in a clokwise direction. To balance this out, invoke
the negative, or receptive, female ( Eanh Mother) . Direct your
atention to the lower pint, as symblized by the magical Cub,
and M this glow with silver light. Allow this light to ris upward.
Again, this can be seen to enter the temple through the four
gateways, this time in counterclokwise direction, starting at
east.
Forget all thos silly stories abut counterclokwise rotation
around the circle bing evil or having anything to do with Black
Magic or Witchcraft-his is nonsens. Clokwise rotation rep­
rents male, counterclokwis represents female. Those unfor­
tunate souls who leap around their circles in a counterclokwis
direction, hoping to contact the Devil, have not even begun to
understand the first principles of magical work!
All that remains is to concentrate on the center. There are
many ways of doing this. Ingenuity, personal involvement, and
p
ractice are bound to sugest god ideas. Here are some ideas
that you may care to try out.
The whole point of a magical meditation is to gain useful
inf
ormation that will b of value, not only in magical work but
in life as well. There is litle pint in prforming meditations out
of sme sens of duty or bcaus it seems to b the done thing.
Meditate for a purpose. B pragmatic. In order to remove con-
lW I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A
fusion and, at the sme time, gain the maximum amount or relat­
able information, it is necessary to narrow down your awareness
to within definable limits. This is done by continuing to us the
coret atributions in the imagination and by confning the med­
itation to thos areas likely to be most prouctive. In a gener
al
sens, the center and the four gateways provide the bst means
of contacting the realit of a sphere and so should b usd until
other ideas emerge.
The center can b represented by a golden cube, usually in
the form of an elabrately cared altar, although there are other
variations. By changing the color of this altar to the prime color
of the sphere, you have a very potent symbl. Hold this in your
mind and then allow ideas to arise around it. It is pssible to take
this funher by adding other compatible symbls that are in keep­
ing with the nature of the sphere under invetigation. In the cas
of Ye, this could easily b reprented as a creent Mon that
lie on or abve the altar. Other symbls may als b usd. Again,
thes are all a mater of prsonal choice.
However, do chose carefully. In panicular, do not use the
atributions given in books unless you are completely satisfied
that thes are right for you. Bter to keep things simple than to
cluter up the mind with a variety of dubious and unrelated sym­
bols that have n
-
t ben thought through.
The other main area of concentration is that of the four gate­
ways. These may be seen as doorways within the inner cubi
c
temple or as separate temples each containing one of the four
weapns. Each separate temple could b explored and is likely
to reveal much in ters of eteric knowledge. I addition, us th
e
symbls of the tarot. Ech card, if usd within a correly atuned
sphere, will reveal far more than by using any other metho. In
C I A P T I I y l©
sh
on, you will see more bcause your mind is already concen­
tted along the right line of awarenes. Us in conjuncon with
the gateways, they for an admirable bas from which to explore
the fascinating realms of the inner mind. They may be seen as
actUally bing on the dors or they may b used as a basic sene
into which you enter and subsequently explore. The choice is
yours.
Do, however, keep in mind your loation within the Cosmic
Sphere, for it is quite easy to bcome lost in assoiated ideas and
side-tracks. This is prhaps the greatest sret of successful med­
itations, for all to ofen the novice allows the mind to wander
aimlessly, rather than keeping it within the limits needed to pro­
duce wonhwhile results. There is no need to strain over this. All
that is necessary is to use the symbls as controls. For instance,
if, during a meditation on Yesod, you are exploring the gate­
ways, keep in mind where you are. This is quite easy, provided
that you use the appropriate symbol. With the eastern gateway,
you would, of course, limit the awareness to the yellow dor of
Air using the symbl of the Sword. Awareness may b narrowed
down funher by using the sphere atributions. If, for instance, the
sphere being worked was Malkuth, then you would bring in
additional symbolism to suit this. A good idea would b to see
a number ten on this door or prhaps the 10 of Swords. If the
sphere was Yesod, you would use the numbr nine and the 9 of
Swords and so on.
By using these ideas and building on them in your own way,
you will have a perfect system of self-discovery. Now we will
lo
ok at an extra dimension t
h
at is guaranteed to personal ize
your work and thereby reveal far more than was previously
p
ossible.
la I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
LÌäCOctÌDTOut
ÍctäODaÌ aÌCaLÌtcCtÌODä
Here are some useful attributions connected with the four ele­
ments. In addition, you will see a list of the ten planets under
each element. Now is your chance to get interactive and disover
your prsonal planets and their diretions. To find your prsonal
magical directions, you will need a copy of your binh chan.• The
bt way to obtain this is to order your chan calculations from an
astrological serice. You will then know where the zoiac signs
and planets are placed by studying the Triplicities table in your
chan. This will show you how many planets you have ruled by
each of the four elements of Air, Fire, Water, and Eanh. Then
study the aspts table, which will tell you what planets are ruling
in what signs. Staning with the first hous ( Arie) in your binh
chan, you will study each hous in tum, until you have covered
the whole of your chan from Aries through all telve signs of
Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Sorpio, Sagitarius,
Capricorn, Aquarius, and Pises.
To begin, find Aries in your chan and see if there are any
planets in this sig or hous. If there are any planets in this hous,
then they will all manifest through the south and the element
of
Fire, for Aries is a Fire sign. This always dictates which magical
direction you should work. Now fous on the second house,
Taurus, and M if there is a planet or planets in this sign. Then
move on to Cancer and so on. If, for example, you were to find
more than one planet in a hous or sig, all of the planets would
manifest through that house's direction and element. I hop you
can se the patern here.!
C I A P T I I ¶
A
Symbol:
I
1 I
Magical direction: East
Magical weapn: The Sword
lme of day: Dawn
lme of year: Spring
Zoiac signs: Libra, Aquarius, Gemini
Keyword: Communication
,W
Human assoiation: Thinking and the realm of mental activity
Tarot card: 1 0 of Swords
Personal planets ruled by the Sword and the Air element (circle
appropriate plane(s) fom you bin chan): Su, Mon, Mer,
Venus, Mars, jupiter Satr, Uranus, Neptne, Pluto
FE
Symbol: I 1 I
Magical diretion: South
Magical weapn: Te Ro, Wand, or Spar
Tme of day: Non
Tme of year: Summer
Zoiac signs: Aries, L, Sagitarius
Keyword: Direction
Human assoiation: Desiring and the realm of creative activity
Tarot card: 10 of Wands
I
J I I O T I I I C I A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
Personal planets ruled by the Rod and the Fire element (circle
appropriate planet(s) fom your binh chan): Sun, Mon, Mercur
,
Venus, Mars, jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto
WATR
symbl:
I
vi
Magical diretion: West
Magical weapon: The Cup, Hom, or Chalice
lme of day: Dusk
lme of year: Autumn
Zoiac signs: Cancer, Sorpio, Pises
Keyword: Receptivity
Human assoiation: Feeling and the realm of the emotions
Tarot card: 10 of Cups
Persnal planets ruled by the Cup and the Water element (circle
approprate plane(s) fom your bin chan): Sun, Mon, Mercur,
Venus, Mars, jupiter, Satur, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto
EAT
Symbl: I V I
Magical diretion: Nonh
Magical weapn: The Shield
lme of day: Night
lme of year: Winter
C I A P T I I y
Zoiac signs: Capricorn, Taurus, Virgo
Keyword: Having
Human assoiation: Acuality and the realm of physical fact
Tarot card: 1 0 of Pentacles
l§l
Personal planets ruled by the Shield and the Enh element (circle
appropriate plane(s) fom your binh chan): Sun, Mon, Merc,
Venus, Mars, jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto
In Magic, and in l i fe itself, we are constantly dealing with
plarit and its various ramifcations. The main concern is, how­
ever, our relationship with life energies as indicated by the plan­
ets and, of course, the ruling sphere. This gives you to ways
to lok at the maters, for there is you and there is energ. Bth
are sparate, yet both interac, and through this interaction you
create whatever you will. The nature and fow of energie is indi­
cated by the movements of the planets and their interacions in
terms of aspcts and so fonh. It is not the purpos of this work
to enter into the complications of this, although it is panly cov­
ered in chapter 9. For now, we will concentrate on cenain prin­
ciples that may b used to enhance your magical work.
Each planet has a natural affnity with an element and there­
fore has a natural magical direcion within the Cosmic Sphere:
PE EL MGIC DIRCIO
Sun Fire South
Mon Water West
Mercury Air Eat
Venus Earh Norh
Mr Fire South
Jupiter Water West
S tum Earh Norh
l§ I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T i l C A I A L A
Uranu
Neptune
Pluto
Air
Water
Water
East
West
West
By equating the planets to the sphere, you can give prime magi­
cal diretions. Thes are:
W
Sphere l, 8
S
s.
6
W
2
,
4
. 9.
Daath
NT
3
.
7
Malkuth has no prime direction bcause it contains, and is the
reeptacle for, all the spheres.
In dealing with cosmic energies as they exist in their own
right, it is therefore bter to use thee directions, due to natural
afnit. For exmple, should you wish to explore the natre of the
Sun, you would us the principles given, concentrating and using
the prime magical direction of south. In brief, this would consist
of fousing the mind on the Crown and allowing golden ligt to
enter the temple staning at magical south, continuing in a clok­
wise direction. The female ( receptive) pan of the sphere would
b brought into play by fousing the mind on the lower Cube
and then allowing golden light to enter the temple, again staning
at magical south, in a counterclokwis direction. The sphere is
now atuned not only to Tiphereth but to the Sun as it exists as
a source of energy outside of yourself. By using this metho of
atunement, it is possible to explore and understand the planets
and ruling spheres in terms of ptential.
Power, energy, potential-all it what you wil l-is, for the
ske of simplicit, sen as bing . out there" exening an infuence
on ourselves and on eanhly matter and so on. The opposite side
C I A P T I I y t§§
of the coin is the effect that this has on each individual. Every
human bing has access to pwer, even though they may not b
aware of this. This can b disovered through that prson's binh
chan and, as far as Eoteric Magc is concered, it can b relved
into planetary affinities with the four gateways once again. This
time, however, the accent and the usage is different, for here we
are dealing with the way in which pwer is accepted by the prn.
On page 1 31-1 32 you are gven lists of planets that are ruled
by the directions and the appropriate elements. These are very
imponant bcause they are taken from your binh chan, which,
in turn, is nothing less than a map or plan of your inner poten­
tial and abilities. These directions are to b usd when atuning
the sphere in a prsonal snse and for any meditations and mag­
ical workings involving you rather than pure energy. For exam­
ple, suppos that you were exploring the sphere of Netach from
a prsonal point of view, prhaps to disover something about
yourself or how this sphere affecs your life and so fonh. Once
again, the proedure of using the upper Crown and the lower
Cub in a clokwise and counterclokwise directions would still
apply, for these are invariable principles. However, the prime
magical direction would b changed from the natural to the per­
sonal. For instance, if a student had Venus ( the ruling planet of
Netzach) ruled by the Air element and the Magic Sword, then
the natural magical diretion of nonh would b replaced by east.
The use of the two alternative schemes gives each student
even more pssibilities, while using natural correspondences in
te bst pssible way. All that you need to remembr bfore stan­
ing a meditation is which end of the plarity you are intending to
use or explore- you or it. In other words, do you intend to use
the sphere in a prsonal sns, or are you interested in the sphere
in
its own right? This must always b considered, for all magical
l@ I I O T I I I C • A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A
work is concered with either the subjeive (slf) or the objeive
( it) approach. As always, you must know what you are doing
bfore you do it.
Naturally, the next quetion is bund to b, . Can I combine
the to? " This will b covered in chapter 8 in which we lok 8Î
the real pwer of the Treethe paths.
CHAPER 8
A REALISTIC GUIDE
TO PATHORKIG

I have lost count of the numbr of magically minded pople who
have never bthered to work with the paths, either through lack
of knowledge or basic information or as a result of having suc­
cumbed to what must surely add up to propaganda issued by
lodges and devotees of dogma. Pathworking, we are told, is an
abolute mut for all srious magcal practitioners, yet the manner
in which ts is tught ( and I U the word "taught" loly) is litle
bter than the absurd practices of spiritualists or those strange
limbtisting exercis pracced by tho who subrib to pudo
Easter meditations. Instead of using the paths as dearly defned
bundaries within which you may gather spcific information,
the accent is ofen more toward "let us M what happns." Real
magicians do not open themselves up to random probabilities in
this fashion, nor do they adopt what is litle bter than a hotch­
ptch of symblic forms prented by so-alled expns, living or
de
ad. Instead, they adopt the much more sane approach of using
good techniques and realistic imagery coupled with common
IJ I I O T I I I C a & G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A
sns. Let us lok at the paths in detail and then formulate a real­
istic technique for their exploration and use.
To bgin with, the Tree of Life spife tent-to paths, bur
there are far more. Given that everthing in existence must b con­
tained within the Tree plan, there is an anomaly bteen what is
actually happning in life and the suppsed totality of the Tree.
It is this ver fac that demands a complete rethinking of the paths.
Let us consider a typical path-path eleven-which lies
been sphere 1, Kether, and sphere 2, Chokmah. From a plan­
etar pint of view, in other words, the Assiah level, the only true
path to actually exist in physical terms, is that created when the
to planets are forming an aspect in the heavens. Any astrologer
will tell you that when an asp is fored ben to (or more)
planets there is a fow of energy. The nature of this flow is simi­
lar to the combined effects of the planets forming the aspect.
Aspcts are an astrological and astronomical fact-they happn.
Where then, when a planet such as Uranus forms an aspect ro
the Mon, is the equivalent path on the Tre of Life? Apparently
it dos not exist! Yet this cannot b M¿ for all is contained within
the Tree plan. To find the answer, we have to lok at how rhe
path structure originated.
To cut a long story short, there are twenty-to traditional
paths for the simple reason that the Hebrew language has only
tenty-two letters. Why Hebrew? Well, long ago when it was
necessary to hide magical workings from the demon-possesse
d
church, there had to b found a suitable writen vehicle for knowl­
edge. The only suitable language byond suspicion and yet of re
al
value was Hebrew. Latin or Greek could not be used becau
se
priests could read and understand this without difficult. Hebrew
was not widely understoo, yet for the simple reason that it was
considered to be the biblical language, it was respectable and
IJ7
byond suspicion-an ideal way in which to communicate ideas
without atracting unwanted anention. The tradition of Hebrew
is still with us, even though it has largely outlived its usefulness.
Mny pople still anach geat impnance to Hebrew and thereby
los the realit of the Tre. Apan from making the Tree inflex­
ible, there can b linle snse in trying to spak and understand a
language that is not your native tongue, other than for purely
academic reasons.
If we take all the possible permutations of the known plan­
ets, we arrive at the true number of paths on the Tree of Life.
This amounts to no less than fihy-five! However, while it is
wel l to bear i n mind that these paths do exist and, at some
future date, you should bgin to make a study of these, for the
sake of convenience we wi l l confine ourselves to using the
accepted, traditional path arrangement. There are two good
reasons for doing this. First, it keeps the number of options
down to snsible propnions that the student can manage in the
initial stages of magical work; second, it would serve no useful
purpose to anempt to place al l the paths onto the existing Tree
design. To do this would simply serve to make the Tree virtu­
ally indecipherable. We will therefore stick to the traditional
arrangement in this chapter.
By definition of the reality expsd by the movement of the
planets in the heavens, a path is a link between planets, along
which energy flows. It is the reality of the conjoined spheres as
expressed through their union. A fair comparison would b the
the wire that connecs to electrical compnents-without the
wire, no pwer can fow and each compnent is therefore unable
to flfill its function. Spheres can exist without paths, but with­
out the linkage afforded by the paths, they are rendered inoper­
ative. Such is the pwer of the paths. The lesson is simple. If you
IJ I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A
would sek the real pwer and ptential of the Tre of Life, learn
to understand the paths.
Like the spheres, each path has its own symbols and corre­
spondences. There is only one set of atributions that is of any
real valuethe right one! Although I may b blabring a pint,
it cannot b stressed to strongly that most of the ideas, atribu­
tions, and symbols commonly associated with the paths, are
absolutely useless. They stem from to main sources. First, the
Order of the Golden Dawn and its devotees blieved it and then
presumed to inform everyone about their disovery. The attri­
butions of the Golden Dawn are nonsns, in paricular the colors
and the tarot cards alloted to the paths. It is well known that
this Order made cenain that the truth of the maters was never
revealed. This was parcularly the cas in the later years when
doa and te ne to tow snd in the eye of nephye bame
more imponant then helping them to find reality. In any case,
quite a lot of these suppsed atributions were arrived at using
methods similar to those used by a trance medium. To say the
least, they were unsientific and are bst forgoten.
The reality of any path lies in the combined effect of the to
spheres psitioned at either end. From this simple truth we are
able to build up a snsible st of meaningful atributions that will
srve us well. Let us take, for instance, path eleven once more.
This path joins sphere 1, Kether, with sphere 2, Chokmah. B
y
loking at the physical level, the planets, we can deduce a great
deal. First, the color of the path will be the combined color
of
the to planets. In shon, it will b a combination of tansparency
and pure white. The best desription is translucent white, and
the nearest equivalent would b something similar to the effe
ct
obtained by diluting milk with water. Another way of doing th
is
is to imagine that the colors do not completely mix so that one
is

suspnded within the other-rather like globules of oil in water.
All that mater is that you have sme means of erecting this com­
bination in your mind and, al l things being equal, it does not
mater what form this takes, as long as the idea of combination
is adhered to. Us whatever suits you.
As fnher example: Path thinen, sphere 1, Kether to sphere
6, lphereth, would b a mixture of transparency and gold, while
path tenty-one, sphere 4, Chesed, to sphere 7, Netch, would
b turquois (combined blue and green) or any of the variations
of the to colors arrived at by using the ideas given previously.
Paths to or from Malkuth can b a problem, for this sphere has
four colors, those of the elements. Tis may b solved by using a
rich brown to represnt Malkuth.
Now let us turn our atention to the tarot. While the pedi­
gree of the tarot is debatable, this dos not impair its practical
use. Versions of the Major Arcana featured in the ancient an of
memory were assoiated with the Coptic, Greek Onhoox, and
Roman Churches, where they remained, fragmented but recog­
nizble, until reent inj udicious moerization of litrgy and tra­
dition. Whether denigrated by religious zealots as . the devi l 's
picture galler" or hailed by magical practitioners as the lot bo k
of Toth, the tarot's place in Magc remains assured. A the Minor
Arcana cards fit the spheres, so the Major Arcana cards fit onto
the Paths. By far the bst arrangement to date is that given by
W. G. Gray in his notable books Magical Ritual Methods and
The Talking Tree. • This arrangement is as follows:
PAT
I I
1
2
1
3
SE TAOT TUM
Heirophant
Herit
Star
l�
I I O T I I I C M A G I C " • 0 T I I C A I A L A
1 4
2"
J udgment
1 5
2
4 Empror
16 z Temprance
17

5 Dath
18
3
Hanged Man
19 4
-5 Jutice
20 4
-
Strength
21 44 Empres
22 5- Tower
23
s-a
Dvil
24
64 Lover
25 6-8 Chariot
26 6� Sun
27 7-8 Wheel of Forune
28 7� High Pietes
29 7-0 World
30 8� Magician
3
1 8--0 Fol
32 9- 1 0 Mon
The tarot trumps, l i ke the Minor Arcana cards, form an ideal
fous for meditation or contemplation, either within a ritual
framework or at odd moments when time prmits. Naturally,
knowing how the cards relate to the Tree of Life is bound to
enhance your understanding of the cards in a way not pssible
to thos who know nothing of this assoiation.
The actal magical working of a path is a relatively simple
afair provided that you are familia with the tehque for ere­
ing the Cosmic Sphere and atuning this to a panicular sphere.
Without this knowledge, and lamentbly this is the nor for most
magcal oprator, pathworking is bund to b a labrious, unre­
lated exprience, giving ris to much confusion, contradiction
,
and even wild speculation on the messages resulting from thi
s
C I A , l l l 8
.M
lack of a cohesive bas plan. At bst, it will take years to disover
anything worthwhile. At worst, it will simply add to the delu­
sions of those who chose to carry on in an unsientific manner.
Each path is a combination of two spheres, so the logical
approach must be one of erecting each sphere followed by an
atunement to the path. Perhaps the easiest way to desrib this
is by actual example, so let us presume that the intention is to
work the tenty-sixth path from sphere 6, lphereth, to sphere
9, Ye. Here are sme usfl ideas that may b usd or expanded
on in your own way. They are for guidance only and are not to
b taken as a rigid framework.
btcQLDc-thc LOttcäQODdcDC0ä
Obviously, an entire range of altar cloths to cover each sphere and
path would b extremely expensive to buy or time-consuming
to make. A beter solution is to have a plain white cloth and, if
possible, vary this by using either colored cord or strips of cloth
laid across the altar. In this case a gold cloth could be laid from
lef to right and a silver cloth laid from top to botom.
Us three candles, one for each sphere and one for the path.
The sphere candles should b in the appropriate colors, while the
path candle could be plain white. These may b lit at the appro­
prate rime during the rital and will therefore for a usful fous.
Use the all-imporant tarot cards. Place the major card rep­
resenting the path-in this case the Major Arcana card, The
Sun-in the center of the altar, being the main fous of atten­
tion, with the path candle directly bhind it. In addition, use the
Minor Arcana cards. As you face magical east, the 6 and 9 of
Swords are placed to the east, the 6 and 9 of Wands are placed
to the south, the 6 and 9 of Cups are placed to the west, and
l¿
I I 0 Y I I I C I A G I C A N D Y N I C A I A L A
final l y, rhe 6 and 9 of Penracles are placed ro rhe norrh. The
sphere 6 (Tiphererh) candle is placed on rhe left and rhe sphere
9 ( Yesod) candle is placed ro rhe righr. These may be placed on
rhe al rar or, if you prefer, on rhe appropriare quarrers of the
remple. Available space may well be rhe deciding facror i n this
mater. Blow is a diagram of an ideal alrar arrangemenr for parh
rwenry-six ( figure 1 2) .
s,.•Om
m
W
U
P•m
OmH
[;�t--�

W
Figur l8.Alar Arannn fr Pat Tw·slx.
0
Mer
CM
C I A P T I I 8
I am ofen asked abut incens for the path. Us either a com­
bination of the sphere incenss or alteratively, bum these sep­
arately i order that the ntal mingling of the sents will prouce
the desired effect. Tere is no need to purchase specially made
incens for each path.
btcQÅwothc ÎDDct¾Otk
The proedure for atuning the temple to a path is similar to that
used with the spheres. Naturally, the temple would be opened
using the now familiar tehnique given in previous chapters. The
main by of magical work now divides into three phass:
1 . Atunement of the temple to the first sphere.
2. Atunement of the temple to the scond sphere.
3. Final atunement to the path.
You will remember, from the previous chapters, that there are
to distn ways in which a sphere may b invok�ither obje­
tively or subjectively. In order to change from one to the other,
change the magical directions from natural to personal. Let us
first consider the objecive approach of working with the paths
in an exernal manner.
In dealing with the paths, it is not impnant which sphere is
invoked first; this is largely a question of prsonal choice. Let us
presume that you are staning with sphere 6, Tiphereth. Direct
atention to the Crown, M the gold jewel staning to glow, and
then allow golden l ight to enter the temple in a clokwise direc­
tion, staning from magical south. Direct your atention to the
lower pint and the Cub. Again, this glows with the same light
and is then allowed to enter the temple in a counterclokwise
I.. I I 0 T I I I C M A G 1 C A • D T • I C A I A L A
direction, once more staning at magical south. Light the candle
representing this sphere as a symblic indication that the temple
is now opn to lphereth and the Sun. If using separate incense,
bum one now.
Next, invoke the second sphere, in this case sphere 9, Yeo.
Again the same proedure: direct atention to the Crown, allow
the light to enter in a clokwis manner, staning with the corret
magical direction, then direct your attention to the Cube and
allow light to enter in a counterclokwis direction, and so fonh.
In this cas, however, the light is silver and the magical direion
is, of course, west. Again, light the appropriate candle and burn
the incense of the sphere. Finally, atune the temple to the path.
There are several ways to do this, and with practice you will
doubtless find others more in keeping with your own needs.
Keep maters as simple as pssible in order not to burden the
mind with complexities and confus your subonsious. Imagine
a doray with the numbr of the path on it andor the appro­
priate tarot trump. Pass through this dor and explore the real­
ity of whatever lies behind it, or simply al low impressions and
ideas to aris in the mind. Naturally, this may once again b sym­
bolized by the lighting of the path candle and the burning of
incens.
Other possibilities include directing atention to the center
and the inner cubic altar of gold. Alternate fashes of the path
colors may b seen around this with, prhaps, the tarot trump
lying on the top of the altar. From then on, it is simply a case of
using the mind to explore this funher by al lowing impressions
to rise up in the mind. There are many other possible variations
and alternatives, and it is sugested that you think about these
and then adopt that which appals to you bst, for the scret of

sUful Magc ofen lie in bing contented with a pancular way
C N A P T I • 8 l�
Ï
of working, rather than trying to . force" some idea to work. By
all means us the ideas given in this bok, but think abut them,
turn them over in your mind, and decide what is bst for you.
Provided that you have carried out the proedure carefully,
your mind will now b atned to the correct path in a realistic
manner. In shon, your consiousness will have ben narrowed
down to one field of infuence or tuned in to a selected band of
awarenes. At the end of the meditation, do dow in the noral
way. Tis may b given extra imptus by the extinguishing of the
path and sphere candles. At conclusion, write up any notes for
fnher consideration at a later date.
Having dealt with the subjecive typ of meditation, I should
now point out that there is the objective ( self) approach to be
considered. In order to do this, one has simply to change the mag­
ical diretion as desribd previously. You will find it interesting
to compare results obtained from the to alternatives.
In the fnal chapter we will take maters considerably funher
by loking at your relationship with the cosmic tides and how
you may use this to your advantage.
Åhc Íathä
The following list of path colors will prove to b useful. In cer­
tain instances, the sphere colors combine to form a funher color
( for example blue and yellow form green) . This may be used
instead of the more usual . oil and water" idea.
•4
I I O T I I I C M A G I C A I 0 T I I C A I A L A
Pat Min Colon Altve Color
I I Transparent/White
12 Transparent/Black
13 Transparent/Gold
1
4 White/Black Gray
1 5 White/Blue
16 White/Gold
17 BlackRed
18 Black/Gold
19 Blue/Red Purle
20 Blue/Gold Green
21 Bl ue/Green Turquoise
22 Red/Gold Orange
23 Red/Orange Scarlet
24 Gold/Green Lime Green
25 Gold/Orange Ambr
26 Gold/Silver
27 Green/Orange
28 Green/Silver
29 Green/Brow
30 Orange/Si lver
31 Orange/Brow Russt
32 Silver/Brow
CHAPTER Ý
THE COSMIC TIDES
I
In this final chapter, we lok at the spheres and paths in greater
depth and atempt to show how you may vastly improve your
work through the use of prsonal planetary attributions.
First we must return to the idea of polarity. It is evident
throughout the cosmic scheme, for exampl e Crown/Cube,
eastwest, norh/south, center/priphery, and so on. It is also evi­
dent in everyday life; in fact, nothing would happen without
polarity. We would have inertia. The study of polarity reveals
much to the dedicated seeker, but for now, consider one aspect
only-the polarity existing bteen you and life energies. By this
we mean those energies that appear to be outside of the individ­
ual and are categorized under convenient headings, such as plan­
etary or elemental.
ÍOwctaDd bymbOÌÌäm
First realize that power fows freely from a creative source. This
source is without form or direction and is unknowable in the
14 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A • 0 T • I C A I A L A
normal sns. The Cabalistic Tree of Life reoizes this by refer­
ring to the Negative Veils. Esoteric writer W. G. Gray simplifies
this by adding a zero sphere to the top of the Tre. Howeve� what
should b bre in mind is that this nothinges, this unknowable
source of pwer, dos exist and is the cause of the entire Tree.
Trying to understand this source is impossible from a consious
pint of view in that it is to abstract for the mind to grasp. Such
are the difficulties encountered when dealing with this state of
nonexistence.
In the realms of Practical Magic, whether the magician real­
izes this or not, he or she is giving form to the abstract source,
which, in turn, purs its pwer into thes thoughts. Sustain thes
thoughts and results are inevitable.
Humankind's ability to us the power of the creative source
is byond disputehat is, unles one listens to retricve doas
such as tho offered by religions. However, owing to the abstract
nature of the source and the way in which this assists manifesta­
tion through human thoughts, various typs of image have ben
used. Go is one such image. The source lends power to images
regardless of whether these i mages are good or bad, which
accounts for the misery so evident in toay's world. It is there­
fore vitally imporant to slect images that are beneficial rather
than self-restrictive. God, as such, is an image-nothing more.
lying bhind any go-image is the eternal creative source from
which true power emanates, and it is therefore a mistake to pre­
sume that Go is power.
An individual's ability to contact and make use of the pwer
of the source is made much easier through the use of images.
Gos, Archangels, Angels, and the like are all convenient images
for this very purpose. They are symbls. Likewise, the planets,
elements, and the etire Tre of life are als symb
l
by which ere-
.4 9
ative power may be recognized and used. Put simply, they are
spifc image that, if usd correcly in the mind, provide a chan­
nel for the fow of creative energy. For convenience, we adopt an
attde of mind that sugets that pwer is out thereit is obje­
tive. Most magical work uses this objective approach, but it is
only one pan of a to-pan equation.
LbjcCtÍVcÍOwct, bubjcCtÍVc ÍOwct,
aDdÅtaDäÍtÍDgÍÌaDctä
One of the bst ways of examining human ptential is to us the
birth chart. This is nothing more than a symbol ic plan of a
person's potential . It is not, as some would sugest, a map of
destiny or a guide to karma. These dogmas should be rejected
by those who truly wish to know about Magic. Litle work has
been done on the purely esoteric impl ications found in such
chans, which is a pity, for much can be gained in these maters.
One such area of research is concerned with the disovery of a
prson's ruling planets. Apan from mundane us, such as which
planet rules, say, health in an individual's chan, there are obvi­
ous esoteric pointers.
Every planet in a birth chart is a symbolic point of contact
with objective power, and much use of this is made in astrol­
ogy. You have probabl y heard of astrol ogical predictions
through the use of transits and progressions. Put simply, this
means that the astrologer calculates when a planet in the heav­
ens is forming an aspect to a planet in your birth chart. From
this, depending on the nature of both planets, certain trends
may be deduced. Notice that I say trends. This is al l that any
astrologer can do. No one can predict with complete accuracy,
for the simple reason that each individual has the right of free
15 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A I 0 T I I C A I A L A
choice as to how he or she will use these energies. Prediction
works bause most pople are predicable-not baus kara,
fate, or any other negative ideal takes control, but bcaus most
people choose to be so.
The planets in the heavens, known as transiting planets, are
the symbolic pointers to specific typs of creative energy. The
planets in the birh chart, known as natal planets, are snsitive
points that are symbolic of energy reception by the individual.
Transiting planets are therefore objeive pwer, natal planets are
indicative of subjective power. The constantly changing rela­
tionship ben transiting and natal planets is mesured in ters
of aspcts. An aspct is simply a way of measuring when a tran­
siting planet is capable of supplying its specific type of energy.
Te are measured in terms of angles. Some angles (such as 90°)
are considered difcult, while others (such as 1 20°) are considered
bneficial. However, the main point to remembr is that when
an aspct is formed, power fows from the creative source to a
specific area of life. For instance, suppos we are dealing with a
jupiter transit to a natal Sun. The effect would be that jupiter
energy would flow and connec with the prson's inner bing, as
symblized by the Sun, the effets of which would work them­
slve out in terms of the combined effect of the to planets. One
pssibility would b an increas in optimism with prhaps a mea­
sure of good fortune. Of course, this is an oversimplification;
there are many other factors to b considered. Nevertheless, the
idea of a transit supplying the power to a receptive planet in the
birh char is correct.
What we must now consider is how to use this principle i n
a magical sens. When transit planet aspects natal planet, what
dos this tell us? In essence it shows that the polarit that exists
between objective power ( out there) and the recepti� part of
C I A , T I I y
.J.
ourselves indicated by the subjective natal planet ( withi n) is
actually causing power to fow. If we look a little deeper, we
will see that the flow of power, as indicated by the aspect, is
dearly exhibited in the Tree of Life in the form of paths. What
is a path other than the channel along which power flows
beteen to spheres or two planets? Aspects therefore equate
to paths of power.
Any planet is a symblic indicator of a spifc t of energy.
It als corepnds to the Asiah level of a sphere. Now, consider
this:
Obiective Powe: equate to the All-Father psitive pan of a
sphere. A planet in the heavens is indicative of this force.
Subiective Powe: equate to the Enh Mother reeptive pan
of a sphere and is symblized by a planet in the binh chan.
Therefore, there are thre pssibilities:
1 . Objetive pwer as indicated by the planets in the heavens,
and their paths, as indicated by the foring of aspcts to each
other.
2. Subjeve pwer as indicted by the plae in the birh chan,
together with similar paths formed by aspcts.
3. Perhaps the most impnant is the combined effect of obje­
tve plane forming paths of pwer to subjeve plane in the
binh chan. Let us now consider what this means.
LäOtctÌC¾OtkÌDg
ÎDVOÌVÌDgLbjcCtÌVcÍOwct
In the first sheme, as the planets move around the solar system,
they naturally form aspcts, each aspct giving rise to a path of
l
M
I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A
pwer. For instance, when the Sun asps Mercury, path tent­
five (Tiphereth-Hod) is formed and power flows. You will note
that neither planet assumes the role of psitive or negative; both
are equal . Magical l y, this may be investigated by usi ng the
normal techniques given in chapter 8. An aspctarian may be
usd to determine when such paths are fored. ' Natrally, when
an aspect is ocurring in the heavens, the power is at peak and
the resultant magical work is bound to be more effective than
at any other time. It should be remembered that this dos not
mean that a panicular path can only b worked when its equiv­
alent aspect is formed in the heavens. Paths may be worked at
any time but are likely to yield better results when an aspect
exists.
LäOtctÌC¾OtkÌDg
ÎDVOÌVÌDgbubjcCtÌVcÍOwct
To us this technique you will need a copy of your binh chan.
Either you can prouce it yourslf or one may b obtained from
the many astrological serices available.2 Armed with this infor­
mation, you are then in a prime psition to invetigate the paths
from a prnal pint of view. Much may b lered abut the slf
by using this technique. In this subjetive approach, the pronal
magical directions are used throughout.
ÍathwOtkÌDg
The third sheme brings together both objetive and subjetive
moe of pwer and leads to true pathworking. Tere have ben
many atempts to ponray pathworking, but most have been a
copy of outmoed Golden Dawn ideas. The following sheme is
byond doubt the bst available, for not only do it rnform to
l
J
§
sensible strucure, it also takes account of what is happning in
the heavens and how this relates to you. This typ of pathwork­
ing has the advantage of linking together the psitive, objecive
power of the heavens with the subjective pan of yourself. It is
the ultimate in polarity working.
Te bt way to illustate this t of pathworking is by exam­
ple. Let us supps that you are abut to work path tenty. This
combines the spheres of Tiphereth and Chesed and the ruling
planets of Sun and jupiter. There are to ways to do this. Either
the pwer flows from sphere 6 to sphere 4, or the opposite. It is
therefore neessary to determine bfore hand which planet is to
act in the positive, objetive manner. For the sake of our exam­
ple we will assume that sphere 6 is to ac as the objective force
while sphere 4 assumes the role of bing receptive.
Attend to correspondences and other preritual matters,
and open the Inner Temple. Direct your attention first toward
the objective sphere/planet by using the clockwise spiral of
golden l ight from the Crown (gold being the color corre­
spondence of sphere 6) . See it enter the temple i n a clokwise
direction starting at magical south ( the normal magical direc­
tion of the Sun) . Allow this to build up in the imagination and,
of course, make use of correspondences such as candles,
incense, tarot cards, and so forth. The objective part of the
equation is now complete.
Now you must bring in the subjective pan. Tur your aten­
tion toward the bas Cub, which is now to ac as the symbl for
the subjective force of jupiter/Chesed. Imagine that this glows
with blue light and that it rises upward in a counterclokwise
direction. Because you are dealing with your own subjective
planet, you must now us your prsonal magical direction as the
point of entry into the temple rather than the normal direction
15.
I I 0 l I I I C M A G I C A I 0 l I I C A I A L A
( which, of course, equates to objective power) . This will vary
with different people. For the sake of our example, let us pre­
sume that your personal magical direction for jupiter is east.
Therefore, M the pwer enter the temple in a counterclokwis
direction staning from magical east. Again, allow this to build
up in your mind, bringing in appropriate correspondences and
so fonh. The remainder of the work will deal with the combined
effect as given in previous chapters.
D remembr that a pat can b worke at ay t. Howeer
if you know when thes paths are acally bing formed, these
prios will most cenainly lend weight to your effons bcaus
you will be in tune with what is actually happning as dereed
by the cosmic tides. The only way to know when thes paths are
formed is to have smeone prepare an asparian showing when
planetar transits are asping your natal planets. The alterna­
tive is to learn how to do this yourslf. Any go bok on astrol­
o will help you with this. 1
Although the greater pan of this chapter has been devoted
to paths, consider the sphere in their own rght. The, als, may
b worked from a plarit pint of view using similar tehniques.
Up to now you have used only the objecive approach, involving
the natural magical direcion of the planet. Let us now take this
funher.
As with the paths, there are three pssible prmutations:
1 . Objective, using the planets in the heavens.
2. Subjective, using the planets in your binh chan.
3. Colletive, which is a combination of objective and subjec­
tive planets.
#
Objecve Planets
Deal with the realit of the pwer of the planet (and sphere) in its
own right. Normal magical directions are used, for example,
Magical norh for Venus and its ruling sphere of Netch. Sphere
opning would consist of bth clokwis and counterclokwis
opning around this magical direction.
In dealing with the pure objecive pwer of a single sphere,
kep in mind that your work is with objecive pwer. Te normal
magical direction applies; however, in more advance work you
may chos to bring in the additional idea of the acual position
of the planet/sphere in question. For example, if you were work­
ing with the objective pwer of the Sun, you would us magical
direction south. If, at the time of working, the Sun was in, say,
the sign of Taurus, then, by virue of the fact that this is an Erh
sign, solar pwer would also manifest through magical norh.
Subjecve Planets
Te equate to the planets in your birh chan that are, of cours,
receptive in nature. In this case your prsonal magical directions
apply, which may differ fom the normal one. Neverheles, the
spcific directions should b used for this typ of working.
Here we deal with fixed planets and aspts that can b med­
itated on and worked with fom a prnal pint of view. In shor,
they are the bst way to discover self. For this, tum to your pr­
sonal planets. Two imprant points emerge. First, there is a nat­
ural linkage between a planet and its magical direction, for
example, Mercury-Sword-magical east. This relates to the obje­
tive moe of power. In other words, the Magic Sword is the con­
trol symbl for the objeive, psitive pwer of Mercur and its
15 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A I D T I I C A I A L A
sphere of Ho. Scond, each weapon ( and direcion) also has a
sond rulership, which is determined by the planetar positions
in your binh chan.
Let us suppose that your Magic Sword is ruling Venus. From
a subjective point of view, Venus and its equivalent sphere of
Netzach should b sought at the magical direction of east rather
than at the traditional (objeive) direcion of nonh. Natrally, the
Magic Sword will replace the Shield as control symbl. Such a
working would consist of using both clokwise and counter­
clokwise temple opnings around the prsonal magical direc­
tion. In case of confusion the rul
e
is this:
For objective working, use the normal magical direction
together with its appropriate control symbl.
For subjective working, use the prsonal magical direction
with its appropriate control symbol.
Collecve Workngs
The Tree of Life is said to have thirt-to paths. This may seem
a strange statement, yet it happns to b true if one considers the
effects of polarity. For instance, it is a true fac that the Sun in
the heavens must form aspects to the Sun in your birth chan,
therby foring a path. Add the ten paths M fored to the tent­
to traditional interphere paths and we have a total of thiry-to.
Think abut this. A path btween thes planets is real and there­
fore workable.
Collective working of a planet/sphere is a simple affair that
may b linked to actual aspcts bing formed in the heavens or,
as always, may b done at any time. As with other shemes, bt er
results are bound to ocur when an actual aspct is formed due
to pak energy flow. First direct atention toward the positive,

C I A P T I I g
objective planet and allow the pwer into the temple in a dok­
wise direcion. Then direc your atention toward the subjective
planet (which of cours is the same), allowing this to enter the
temple in a counterclokwis direcion. Nex, proeed as normal
with your meditation.
• • •
FINAL WORD
I
This bok has ben designed to help you build up a useful basis
for growth and to give you lots of original ideas. The success or
failure of the bok depnds on how much you are prepared to
consider and apply the ides. From now on it i up to you to con­
tinue with the work in your own way and at your own pace.
Some additional information may prove to b of value.
You will come across many ideas, concepts, and ideals in your
magical sarch. Never accept thes as gospl or reje them out of
hand. Tre knowledge is acquired by loking at everhing coming
within your awareness and then asking why? Question al l .
Remembr that the path of true Magic lies i n bing an individual
within the whole, only by questioning is this pssible.
Te sharing of exprience and knowledge is quite valid, pro­
vided that individuality is not sacrificed in favor of the herd
instinc. It is one thing to join or prhaps form a group for mutual
study or the accomplishment of a common aim, but it is another
to b a slave to feelings of bing left out or using the suppsd
H I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A
comfort of a group to bolster a lack of self-confidence. Apan
from groups, soial esoterics has litle to offer the serious stu­
dent-thes affairs are bst lef to the herd or thos who are des­
tined to b the puppts of whatever trend is in fashion.
Western minds must follow the Wester path. This, in effe,
means that you must lok at the traditions of the Wet and adopt
thos that are meaningful. This is not an easy task, for much of
our Wester tradition has ben buried under suprtition or do­
matized by would-b priests, both past and presnt. Bcoming
devotees of a guru may b a valid Ester practice, but it is the
antithesis of the Great Work here in the Wet. The real taditions
are not necessarily found in loges. In fac, I would b surprisd
if such organizations had any real insight into such maters. The
real traditions are to b found in the land itslf and can b con­
tacted and worked with by anyone who has a will to do s. How,
you may ask? The path is different for each soul. Ask and it will
b given, se k and you will fnd, knok and it will b opned unto
you. These are wis words. The key to the inner mysteries lies
within you, within your subonsious mind. Sek to know and
you will know.
Far to much emphasis is given to what are in effe psudo­
eastern practices impned and capitalized on by thos who have
need of controlling D½ of gullible pople. In Magic we fnd the
villain using the prsna of the unsrupulous hypnotist-guru who
is always on the lok out for that one prson in ever dozen with
the right combination of characteristics to make him or her the
ideal victim: a natural capacity for somnambulism with a credu­
lous atitude and a weak ego. One out of every five pople can
reach a somnambulistic trance state ( the deepst level of hypno
sis). This ability has nothing to do with intelligence or characer
any more than having red hair dos, but when combined with

J I . A L W O I O
M'
gullibilit and an underdevelopd sns of identity, we have the
psychological profile of the true bliever. These people are the
natural prey of the magical Svengali. You can never fully protet
them from such exploitation, any more than you can eliminate
pvery and crime, but you can substantially reduce the prestige
of the shady oprators who prey on them by establishing a gen­
uine Wester mystical tradition with reogized standards, which
hopfully I do by writing thes boks.
It is common sense to look at other points of view and to
compare the rites and traditions of other bodies of thought. In
shor, you must fnd your ow rots bfor you can hop to grow.
Such rots are to b found in your native myths, customs, tradi­
tions, and practices. They are also evident in the ancient sites,
not, as some would have you blieve, in the form of trackways,
but as a living, vibrant force that exists and has subtle effects on
subconsci ous mi nd levels of awareness. Look to the l and!
Redisover the folktale and ways of your ancetor and the Magc
will come uninvited.
Finally, all fors of Magc are, in esnce, praccal. Ask your­
slf this: What is the pint of a meditation if it do not give birh
to a usable idea? Meditate, by all means, then ac. Thes are not
my words but the words of one who is truly wis. All to ofen
the esteric worker lives in a cloud-ucko land of unrealit, pre­
suming that his or her inner realizations are gifs or that they are
sacred. This is nonsns. All that an esoteric worker can do is to
extrac from subonsious mind levels cerain inforation that is
likely to b of value to themslves or to the world in general. By
all means keep prsonal information to yourslf, but sek always
to apply it. All geat dsovere, inventions, and profound thoughts
come from the subonsious mind. A thought, inspiration, or a
fash of insight is nothing unless applied.
N I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A
lok at the Tree of life. Do you seits message? It is roted
in the go eanh of Malkuth where it grows and bars fruit. No
eanh, no Treeno Tree, no fruit. All must be rooted in eanh
before it can grow, and so it is with ideas. Also note that the
pwer of the Tre dCds to fnd fiton in Malkuth, ye another
pinter to the realit of life and the ned to give for to thoughts.
Without thought ther is no gowh; nothing evolve in the tret
sense of the word. Without eanh there is no growth. Consider
the analogy of trying to plant seeds without eanh-it cannot b
done. The power of thought, as indicated by the Tree, and the
projeion of thes thoughts as acalitie go hand in hand. Tey
are insparable. This is one of the real screts of the Tree of life.
What will you harest from its branche?
• • •
It is my sincere hope and wish that you, the student, find
whatever you truly sek. If this bok has in any way helpd this
caus, then I will b content; my work will b done. From now
on the path is opn to you. You will make mistakes and you will
make disoveries. Bth will help you ris abve the norm of the
herd-instinc mentalit. Do not b afraid to explore new ground,
and do not b afraid to think for yourself. You will make mis­
take, but never forget that mistake are the keys to greater thing.
Magic is a sience, the sience of using the vast potential of
the subonsious mind. Us it and it will transform your life. Us
it well and you will know.
APPENDIX:
WORKING W
TELESMATIC IMAGES
I
The presnt magical revival has ben underay for a deade, but
there are still only a few people who actually understand the
acual pracice of ritual Magic. Tis prsists in spite of hundreds
of different boks on the subjec in constant circulation. Why?
The reason is that many, if not most, magicians are naive about
the true nature of Magic. Ritual Magic is ritual hypnosis, for
want of a bter word.
Granted, there are a numbr of magicians who will grudg­
ingly concede this hypnotic definition, but in order to b a suc­
cessful moem practitioner you should embrace the paradigm!
By taking such a plunge, you simultaneously improve your teh­
nique, confirm your results, confound your critics, and make an
honest prson of yourslf.
If Magic has always been hypnotic and if the Cabala has
always taught that the inner microosm was the key to prsonal
transformation, then why, for the past hundred years, have we
skippd over or completely ignored the fundamental principles
. , , . . . . .
and techniques of Magic? Lost in a maze of quasi-Masonic initi­
ations and quasi-Freudian sxual spculations, we forgot that the
basic business of the magician is to communicate with entities,
angels-that is, components of the prsnality-ummoned to
visible apparance using a crystal ball, mirror, or bowl of dark
liquid. (Guinness usually works well ! ) '
Many magicians spnd many wear hours tring to conjure
spirits to visible apparance in smoke over the Triangle of An.
Smoke is probably the worst hypnotic foal pint anyone could
imagine. With regular practice, results can b achieved by using
a crystal or dark mirror within the Cosmic Sphere and four gate­
ways stup.
ÅQQÌyÌDgMyQDOäÌä ÌD KÌtuaÌNagÌC
The inducement of a state of magical hypnosis or moifed state
of consiousness is essential for this typ of working. With the
subsuming of consiousnes and prsistent practice, a trained rit­
ualist can quickly drop from a light (hypnoidal ) tance down into
a receptive moo. The ritualist can also answer questions in his
or her own prsona, his or her own remarks intersprsed with
the entity's comments ( depending on which is addressed, the
receiver or the entit), and do all this while standing up as an
acive panicipant in the ritual.
Te reasn that some rituals are long and drawn out is not to
concentrate pwer for the entire time. Any ritual is usd to build
up to the pak of trance, to gradually quiet the mind and reach
a level of consiousness usful for sme magical acivity. By stan­
ing at the mundane level, each step of consiousness modifica­
tion is achieved by an aconhe lightng of a candle, the buring
of incens, an anointing, an invoation, and so fonh.
A " " I I D I X
M J
The way I invoke a planetary energy is purely through the
telesmatic images of the archangels. I rarely do Practical Magic
rituals anymore, which is rather od bcause I could do more to
help my material situation and reach my prsonal and magical
goals. I supp it i ver strange not to b commanding my angels
to go off into the world and bring me back some pnnies now
and again. However, when you get really heavy with the esoteric
side of Magic, the pracical side of it really, truly sems mundane.
It cannot b explained; it is like when you just know something
you cannot explain! I have had such fantastic expriences on the
Tre, and it is just not pssible to desrib it. If you do a praci­
cal ritual, you will get practical results, but there is nothing hap­
pning inside, on other levels. With esoteric rituals there is an
enormous sns of fulfllment, joy, love, and a srenit that stays
with you. At the climax of these rites, the intense purity and
baut and pwer of feeling is just-incomprehensible.
LcttÌDgtOKDOwthcÅtChaDgcÌä
I had pictures in my mind of how the archangels should look
from reading the Ladder of Lights, by W. G. Gray, and so my
joureys on the Tree incorporated thes pictures into my visual­
izations. It is hard work, but it dos not take long bfore they
hear your call and recognize your work.2 The way I prceived
jupiter, I expcted Tzdkiel to b a well-rounded, jolly, middle­
aged typ, but when he deided to make an apparance, Tzdkiel
was really rather smallish, quite young, and had an Etian hair­
style and robs with rather ltin features. S you cannot really
go abut it with preconceived ideas!
Make no mistake-telesmatic entities are within you. One
day, a friend gave me a phone numbr of a clairoyant. 'Go and
• • • • • • • •
M her. She is brilliant! " my friend said. I phoned this lady, who
would only let me tell her my name. She knew nothing els abut
me. She only knew my friend through her services. The night
bfore I went to Mher I deided to tavel up to lphereh and get
sme sunny advice fom the arhangel Michael. I could not blieve
it the following day when he came through at my siting with this
lady. He wanted to b sure I knew who he was, and she sid, "He
is bringing you the Star of David." Whimsy, you think? Ten you
are still unaware of reality, for everhing abut you, including
yourslf, is a vehicle for divine intelligence. I was really thrilled
abut this. It proved to me that my work on the Tree was ac­
ally doing smething. You have to b patient, stle dow, b pr­
sistent, and develop your ow system from the basic information
given in this bok and from The Ldde of Lights.
I will give you an example of a lphereth ritual. ( It is go
to star at liphereth bcaus it is the sphere of slf.)
¾OtkÌDgthcÅtcc ÍÌaD
I only us incens and some music if I am working on a Practical
Magic rital ( unless I am working within Malkuth on the Tree
plan). Bcause the Tree of Life rituals are quite involved, I us
the necessary aids. I do not feel the need to dress for a ritual.
Dressing up is rather like preparing to put on a prformance,
which go against what I tr to do in a rite. I am not ridiculing
robs, for the idea bhind them is sound. They do make you feel
different, and I supps a rob could b imbued with the wearer's
pwer s that when it is wor it enhances that pwer. I, however,
feel different enough during a ritual, even without a rob; it is a
state of mind.
Åhc ÍtcQatatÌOD
Once I know what rite I will be doing next, I fix a date for it.
Prior to the date, I think abut the rite, mentally rehearse it, and
study that sphere M when the time arrives, I am totally psyched.
As I said, I do use al l the necessary aids, and I suppose I
use very l i ttle by comparison. When the time arrives, I always
have a bath. I view it as a ritual, a means of change. Whatever
you want, be it physical, mental, or spiritual, a change in per­
sonality, circumstances, fortunes, knowledge, or whatever. It
is a want for something. By having a bath, ( a) I get relaxed so
my mind can settle and think about the next hour or so, get
the rite in fous, and mentally rehearse it for the last time, and
( b) I wash away the negative obstacles, cleanse them from my
system, so when that plug is pulled, the obstacles go down to
the sewer with the rest of the grime. If a bath is impossible ( for
example on a trai n or somewhere) ' the old Yogic practice of
breathing in the positive and breathing out the negative is very
effective.•
On to the rite. I lok the dor, unplug the phone, and jam the
dor bll, then go to wherever I have decided I am going to be
on this ocasion to prform the rite. I will have laid everything
out bfore I got in the bath: The appropriate tarot cards at the
quarers, a candle of the corret color, a bowl of dark liquid, the
correct incense for the rite, and a prable cassene player with a
tap that I have prepared earlier for the ocasion.•
I decide to star at Tiphereth and go straight to the hear of
the Tree. I bought a gold piece of mounting board on which I
drew to concentric circles and a dot in the center, from which
I emanate. Then I put in my equal-armed cross. I decide that
inside the circles is my own Malkuth, my Inner Temple, but I do
a r r t W e t ¤
not want to b confined to Malkuth, so I draw in the four gate­
ways at the outer pints of the circle.
I place the appropriate tarot cards (the four 6s) at the correc
quaners, and place in the center a card that I feel reprents what
I am t to do. My bwl is placd wher I Cge into it. I light
the candle bfore I get into the bath and light the incens once I
have staned the ritual. I spnd some time, bfore I begin, con­
centrating on the intention, even if this means writing it all dow
or spaking it aloud. Whatever it take. Then I carr on with the
rite as usual.
I have found that getting through the ritual quite quickly
( without rushing) is the bst solution. No one can concentrate
for long periods of time. If you practice geting through rites
quickly, the subonscious will get used to it. Spend extra time
concentrating on the intention, but the qualit of concentration
is more impnant than the length of time put in. If you need to
use exra aids, us them-if it's a prson, use an image doll; if it
is money, use a coin. Use whatever comes to mind. Who cares
what it is? Who is going to know? It is only a mater of geting
into a habit, fnding a formula that works for you.
I have different plans for all the different spheres and keep
them like separate entities. It is impnant to contac and make
friends with the archangels. W. G. Gray gives son of basic pr­
sonalities for all of them. All these different prsonalities have
different jobs to do. Learning about them all sets the imagina­
tion on fire, and all magical work thrives on imagination. When
the imagination is fired up, it is easier to feel, espcially if you
begin to know these telesmatic entities and adopt some son of
feeling for them. Believe in them totally on the one hand, but
remembr they are only telesmatic forms of energy.
Get a copy of the Ldde of Lights, by W. G. Gray, and lear
. . . . . . . .
abut the energies before you incorprate them. Blow is a copy
of a plan I us from my ver own notebok. I had thought that
all the rituals would b exacly the same, as the basic plan would
b the same for all of them. I could not have ben more wrong.
Every ritual is completely different, which, for a stan, proved to
me that all thes energies really do have different prsonalitie. I
hop my long-winded illustrations make the pint clearly. I do
not think you could make friends with a sphere, but the teles­
matic from that sphere? Cenainly.
baäÌCKÌtuaÌ ÍOt bQhctcä OD thc
ÅtccOÍLÌÍcLäÌDgÅcÌcämatÌCÎmagcä
Typ: lphereth
Drawn on gold card.
Clokwise indicates receptivity, counterclokwis for medi­
tations, instructions, and so fonh. First, acknowledge Gabriel:
(west). Standing bfore you, he is dressed in long, fowing robes
of blue and violet; his face is white as milk, and he has ver deep­
st features. He holds a silver Chalice in the air and is surrounded
by mist. The Chalice overflows with a blue liquid. Gabriel is
archangel of the Water element. Imagine him clearly standing
before you. As you do, sense the feeling of water surrounding
you. Spnd some time on this image. Then let go of the image
and take a hal f turn to your right so that you are facing the
archangel Auriel.
Scondly acknowledge Auriel: ( nonh). He is dressed in the
colors of Nature, for he is the archangel of the element of Eanh.
His long robs are olive gren, brown with fecks of black. In his
hand is a Shield, which represents the Eanh element. You feel a
sns of growth and fenilit emanating from him. Imagine him
Q0
standing clearly bfore you. Sns the feling of standing on earh,
smell the fresh earh, and b one with the earh. Let go of this
i mage and turn another hal f turn so that you are facing the
archangel Raphael.
Tirdly, acknowledge Raphael: (east). Standing there bfore
you, he is dressed in yellow-orange and is young with extremely
intelligent eyes. He wears a shor Adantian-Grecian style tunic.
In his hand is a large Sword, and on his breastplate and cloak is
the symbl of the staff of Mercury-the Caduceus, the messen­
ger of the gos. Te symbl is the wings on the ple with tin
snake entined as they asend the ple. Raphael is the archangel
of the A elemet. Imagne h sanding bfore you. S the fel­
ing of blowing air. Once again, spnd some time on this, and then
let go of the image and make another half turn to the right so
that you are facing the archangel Michael.
Finally, acknowledge Michael: (south) . Standing bfore you,
he is dressed in golden armor and a cloak with the colors of fire,
oranges and reds. His hair is golden like burished brass, and he
wears a breastplate emblazoned with a Lion's head, the symbol
of L. I his hand he carie a Spar Imagne h as a stong. pro
tective, energetic figure. Uncompromising, but always helpful,
Michael rules the Fire element. Sns the heat and the feeling of
the empyreal fire. With the inspiration of the archangels, erect
the Triple Rings and enter your Inner Temple in preparation for
your jourey through Tphereth.
After the sphere erection, go through the dor of Assiah in
the Inner Temple and fous your atention at the pol on your
intenton. Relax and kep aim in fos and M if anyhing appar.
Move then toward the dor of Yetzirah. If a symbl appars, go
through the dor. What is happning? Notice the work force (or
Malakim) inside doing their work. Move through slowly and M
#
171
what is going on. Then comes the door of Briah; if a symbol
appears, go through the dor. Michael is warm and friendly. Se
what is going on in his world. Then move toward the dor of
Atziluth and observe Michael issuing orders to the Malakim.
Knok on the door. Any symbols appearing? We all go in and
enter the realm of the Sun's center. Lok around, note anything
imponant. We come face to face with the Eloah va Daath. We
tell him everhing we want to tell him. Listen for replie. Obsre
him giving orders to Michael. We bw and leave. We go through
Michael's realm. We drop off the Malakim on the way. Michael
instrucs them. Michael and I again enter Assiah, where Michael
leaves me to come back to my own mundane world.
NOTS
I
ÎDtrOduCtÌOD
1 . Te Heretic Order of the Glde Daw was one of the mot pre­
tigious order fourishing at the OM of the centuy. Te London
Temple of the Golden Daw, named Isis-Urania, was founded on
1 Marh 1 888. For year all went well with Te Glden Dawn, and
much magical work was done, but prsonality dashes and other
facors led to quarrels, revolt, and shism, and by 1 903 the origi­
nal Order was split into various warring factions. Toay there are
sveral organiztions whos teachings and practices are ultimately
derived from The Golden Daw, although few of them teach the
whole system. It is tre to, of cour, that much of this system was
not original: compnent pam of it can b found satered through
eterc writng of a thousnd year of Europn histor. Te great
achievement of Te Golden Dawn was to synthesize a coherent,
logical system of Pracicl Magic out of the satered remains of a
tradition that had be n largely broken up by fften hundred years
of religious prsution.
LhaQtct 1
1 . By far the bst esoteric tarot deck is the Rider-Waite as this us
go symblism and has the advantage of the Minor Arcana cards
containing pictures rather than . pips . . Eteric deks can b usd
for divination, meditation, and magical work and therefore offer
bter value.
2. Common to all natural soieties and was remembred in folktale,
rituals, and an. Dram-tim spirit created all thing when bird and
bast and humankind were one and death was but a dream. The
dream-time spirits made the laws by which humans were required
to live in harmony with the rest of Nature in order to thrive and
eventually to retur to the dream-time realm.
3. Egregores are group mind entities. This i s quite a l o term that
is sometimes used to denote any group mind considered in the
abstrac, but it is more meaningful when applied to a well-efned
magical entity delibrately created by a group of magicians. It als
cover gos and godesss, totems, or clan animals of tribs.
4. .When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made
wine, and kne not whee it was: (but the sant which d the
water knew. ) . john 2:9 from the King james verion.
5. Phillip Copr Secres of Creative Viualiztion ( York Bach, M:
Samuel Weisr, 1999), p. 4.
LhaQtct¿
1 . A more initiated explanaton of this is given i n the following bo ks:
Ophiel, The Ar and Practice of Cbal Magic (York Bach, ME:
Samuel Weisr, 1 977), p. 47; and Ophiel, The Ar and Pracice of
the Occult ( York Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr, 1 976), p. 38.
2. Aleister Crowley, 777 & Other Qabalistic Writings. (York Bach,
ME: Samuel Weisr, 1970).
1
7
5
LhaQtct+
1 . You may subtitute a crstal bll or Magic miror but do not for
that the are substitute.
LhaQtct¯
1 . A binh chan may b obtained in the United Stte fom Llewellyn's
Pernal Astolocal Srie as advenisd in Ne World of Mind
& Spirit magazine by contacing Personal Srices, do Llewellyn,
P. 0. Bx 64383, St. Paul, MN 55164. 1n England, binh chans are
available fom Prediaion magzine by writing to Reder's Srice,
do Prediction, Link Hous, Dingwall Avenue, Croydon, Surrey
CR9 2TA, England.
2. If you have any problems loating your prsonal ruling planets,
send a letter to me via the publ isher, enclosing some interna­
tional reply coupons, and I will list them for you.
LhaQtct 5
1 . W. G. Gray, Magical RihI Methods ( York Bach, ME: Samuel
Weiser, 1 980); and, The Talking Tree ( York Beach, ME: Sam­
uel Weisr 1 977).
LhaQtct >
1 . You can us Llewellyn's Daily Plnetar Guide astrological calen­
dar or Moon Sign Book, for they both contain a general daily
planetary and lunar aspectarian. You can also buy Celestial
Infuences calendars by jim Maynard ( Quicksilver Publications) .
In England, Prediction magazine contains a general planeary and
lunar aspctarian.
2. Se Note 1 to chapter 7.
,?P
3. Margaret Hone, The Mode Textbook of Astolog ( london: L.
N. Fowler & Co., 1951 ). You will als ned an ephemeris, which
contains all the neesry inforation for casting a binh chan and
is als a complee aspc arian with mutal and lunar asp. Yearly
ephemerides are published by Foulsham & C., Ltd. Yeovil Road,
Slough, Brks, England; New York, Toronto, Cap Town, Sydney;
American readers can purchas ephemeride in most astrological
bokstores. The most ppular ephemeride are published by ACS
Publications, Bx 16430, San Diego, CA, 921 1 6.
ÅQQcDdÌx
1 . Guinnes is a strong, robust, dark-olored, alcoholic ber brewed
in Ireland and under licens in various other countrie that, when
left to go fat and los its froth, is ideal for sring.
2. W. G. Gray, Ladder of Lights ( York Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr,
1 98 1 ).
3. Even washing your hands can symblize a cleansing of the nega­
tive. Pontius Pilate did this at Christ's trial, and toay healers do
it.
4. Phillip Copr, Scm of Creative Viuliztion ( York Bach, ME:
Samuel Weisr, 1999), p. 1 80.
5. For a current tape catalog of music ideally suited to relaxation,
inspiration, and meditation, write: Valley of the Sun Publishing,
Bx 38 Malibu, CA 90265. In England, for a free catalog write:
New World, Paradis Farm, Westhall, Haleswonh, Suffolk IP1 9
8RH England.
BIBLIOGRAPHY

Baker-Howard, june. Teach Yourself Tarot. Watford, England: Friars
Printers, 1 979.
Bruce, Robr. Astral Dynamics: A New Approach to Out-of-Body
Epeece. Charloteville, VA: Hampton Roads Publishing,
1 999.
Bunning, joan. Learing the Tarot: A Tarot Book for Beginnes. York
Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr 1 998.
Copr, Phillip. Basic Magick: A Practicl Guide. York Bach, ME:
Samuel Weisr 1 996.
-
-- . Basic Sigil Magick. York Bach, ME: Weisr Boks, 201 .
--. Cndle Magic: A Coveted Collection of Spells, Rituals,
and Magcl Paradig. York Bach, ME: Samuel Weis 200.
-- . The Magickin: A Study in Effecive Magick. York Bach,
ME: Samuel Weisr, 1 993.
-- , Seces of Creative Viuliztion. York Bach, ME: Samuel
Weisr 1 999.
Crowley, Aleister. 777 and Othe Qablitic Writings. York Bach, ME:
Samuel Weisr 1 970.
Cunningham, Sot. The Cmplete Book of Incene, Oils, and Bres.
St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1 989.
1
11
I I I L I O G I A ' I Y
Gayley, Charle M. Clssic Myths in English Literature. Bton, MA:
Ginn & Company, 1 893.
Gedde, David and Grost, Ronald. Astrolog and Horoscopes. New
Lnark, Sotland: Gedde & Grost, 1997.
Gray, William G. The Talking Tree. York Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr
1 977.
--. Inn Traition of Mg. Yor Bch, M: Smul Weisr
1 978.
--, Magial Ritl Metho. York Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr
1 980.
--. udder of Lights. York Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr, 1993.
Greer, john M. Circles of Powe. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1 997.
Hoffman, Kay. The Trance Workbok: Understnding and Using the
Powe of Alteed Sttes. New York: Sterling. 1998.
Hone, Margaret. The Mode Textbok of Astrolog. London: L. N.
Fowler, 1 951 .
LCron, Lelie M. Slf-Hynotism: The Technique an Its Us in Daily
Living. New York, N: Signet, 1 970.
Le, Dave. Magial lncees. Sheffeld, England: Revelation 23 Pres,
1992.
Ophiel. The Art & Practice of the Occult. York Bach, ME: Samuel
Weisr, 1976.
--. Te Ar & Pracc of Cian. York Bch, ME Samul
Weisr, 1969.
--. The Art & Practice of Cbala Magic. York Bach, ME:
Samuel Weisr 1 977.
Runyon, Carroll . Poke. " The Book of Solomon' Magick. Siverado,
CA: The Church of the Heretic Sience, 1996.
Schueler, Gerald j. Enochian Physics: The Structure of the Magical
Univese. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1 988.
Smith, Steven. Wylundt's Book of Incense: A Magical Primer. York
Bach, ME: Samuel Weisr. 1 989.
I
NDEX

Air 1 0, 32, 4, 45, 51 , 56, Ý
Akashic Rer 2 9
All-Father 38, 87, 1 0, 1 25, 1 51
altr arangemt for path tent-
six, 142
altar cloths, 25, 141
Anglic level, 89, 1 22
Angls, 148
Archangelic level, 89, 1 22
archangel Michael, 1 66
Archangels, 148
Gtg To Know the, 1 65
A 1 28
as�. 1 36, 149, 150, 1 51
as�rian, 1 52, 1 54
Asiah, 1 22, 1 23, 1 24, 1 51 , 1 70
asolo, 1 49
Aailuth, 1 22, 1 24, 1 71
Aquarus, 1 28
Aurel, 1 69
blief paters, your , 1 3, 14
Bmah, 87, 96, 97, t06
bir char, 1 28, 1 33, 149, ISO,
1 51 , ISS, 1 56
Brah, 1 22, 1 23, 1 71
Cabala, 2, S, Ý, 1 63
Cbalistc Tre of L�, 16, 68, 79,
148
Cduceus, 69, 1 70
Cancer 1 28
Cprcor, 1 28
cardinal pints, 6, 35, 59
caus and efft, 1 7, 1 8, 20
Chalice, 1 69
Chao Star 94, 95
Ched, 87, 97, 1 07
Chok�h, 87, 95, 96, 1 06
Clleive Workings, 156
Copr Phillip, t 74, t ¯
I . D I •
Cosmic Sphere, 37, 38, 56, 58, 60,
63, 64, 69, 72, 87, 1 1 7, 1 1 8, 1 22
rng of the, 88
Crowley, Aleister ¯. 36, 1 75
Crown, 39, 58, 62, 72, 124, 147,
1 53
Cub, 39, S9, 70, 72, 147, 153
Cup, 10, 32, 35, 4, 48, 49, 59, 15
Daath, 91, l OS, 1 10
demonic, 12
Disoverng Your Pernl Magicl
Direions, 128
Divine level, 89, 1 2, 124
Totlit, 6
dream-rim E, 1 2
En, 10, 32, 4, 50, 51 , 9, 1 03
En Mother 38, 87, 125, l SI
Egreor 12
elmental dorays, 63
Eloh va Dath, 1 71
Eircle Cros 1 9, 20, 22, 23, 30,
31 , 32, 33, 34, 37, 39, 47, 61 , 63,
82, 10
Four Weapns of the, 35
ener, IS, 16
pater, 16
Univerl, 16, 27, 28, 34
Fire, 10, 32, 4, %, Sl, 9
four elet, 1 0, 33, 41, 9, 1 28
four worlds, 1 2, 123
fundamntal frce 32
Gabrel, 1 69
Gburah, 87, 98, 107
Gmini, 128
G, S, 62, 94, l OS, 148
fors, 9
holy name, 6
Univerl Intellige, 6, 27, 28
Gray, W.G., 1 39, 148, 1 65, 1 68,
1 76, 1 77
Graal, SO
gur, 160
hypnotist-, 160
Guru Hunting, 8
Hebre, 2, 1 36, 137
Her 86
Hexagam, I I 0, I l l
Ho, 87, 102, 1 08
Hone, Marre, 1 76,
hypnois, 163, 16
Inner Temple, 60, 61, 62, 63, 72,
73, 74, 10, 108, 153, 1 67,
1 70
jupiter, 47, 48, 74, 97
Keber 86, 93, 10
Lcr� l Muni, 12
L, 128
Libra, 128
L
o
3
Magic, 162
Binning, S
Black, 13, 85, 1 25
Circle, 20, 23, 45, 48, 59
Cub, 1 09, 1 12
Eterc, 1, S, 1 1 , 1 3, IS, 79,
1 1 0, 1 33
Planear, 69
Pracal, 1 , 1 1 , 1 1 7, 1 1 9, 148,
1 66
Sx, 7
sial, 6, 7, 8
White, 1 3,
words, 70, 71
magcal
east, 23
mditton, SS, 59
norh, 23
ritual, 67
Shield, 53
suth, 23
Svengli, 8, 1 61
temple, 23, 25
tridnt, 1 7
wepns, 1 0, 41 , 60
wet, 23
Magician, th 10
Malakim 1 70
Malkuth 86, 1 03, 1 08, 1 1 8, 167
Mar 47, 74, 98
Maynard, jim 1 76
Mer, 47, 69, 73, 102
Michael, 1 70
Mon, 47, 74, 103
Firt Quar 32
Full, 1 0, 32
LM Qurer 32
New, 1 0, 32
Ye Meittion, 1 23
Netve Veils, 91, 1 48
Neptne, 95, 96
Nmch 87, 1 0, 1 07
noal pint (six), 59
Ophiel, 1 75
I • 0 I •
Order of the Glden Dawn, 1 1 6,
1 38
Orhic, 85
Paths, 145
pathworking 1 35, 1 52
Petacle, 1 0, 32
prnal mgal dimions, 1 53
Physical level, 89, 1 22
Pilate, Pontius 1 ¯
Pillar
lef-hand, 85, 88
M
middle, 86, 88, 99, 107, 108, 1 1 3
rght-hand, 85, 88, 95, 107, 1 09
Pillar, Tre , 83, 84
Pis, 1 28
Planear Corpnd, 75
plan natal, ISO, I S4
Objeive, 1 SS
Subjeive, ISS
transiting ISO
Pluto, l OS
pwer
objecive, IS 1
subjeve, IS 1
Raphael, 1 70
Rital
Magic, 1 63
Master 71, 1 24
Ro, 46, 47, 48, 59, 75, 120
Sagitarus, 128
Sanskrt, 29
Satr, 47, 74, 96, 97
Sorio, 128
Shield, 35, 4, 48, SO, Sl, 52 59,
75, 120
M II O T II I C • A G I C A I O T i l C A I A L A
singulart, 94
subonsious mind, 14, IS, 1 6, 1 7,
1 9, l7, l8, l9, S7, 60, 63, 9l
Sun, 1 5, 36, 47, 74, 99
supmals, I I S
Sword, 10, 3l, 35, 4, 45, 46, 48,
56, 59, 73, 74, 1 1 9
symblism, 1 8, ll, 41, 63, 1 47
symbls, 30, 41 , 74, 8l
abtrac, 1 9, 4l
prnal, lO,
prnalized, 4l
physical, 4l
Tarot, llO
dek, S2
Major Arcana (major crds),
l lO, 1 39, 141
Minor Aran (minor crds),
1 20, Ill, 1 39, 141
Taurs, ll8
telmatic im lO, 4l, 1 25, 165
Tetragram, 6, 33
1phererh, 99, 1 07, 167
Tre of life, 81 , 1 36, l SI
spher of the, 91
summar, I 06
Tre-Dnsional, 89
tple rng of cm, 59, 63
Triplict, 87, l l8
Tzdkiel, 1 65
Univel
Mind l8, l9
Ener, 1 6, l7, l8, 34
Trangle, 30, 58
Uranus, 93, 95
Veus 47, 51, 74, 10
ViO, ll8
�and, 1 0, 3l, 3S, 4, 46, l lO
�ater, 10, 32, 4, 48, S 1 , Ý
�eter taditon, 1 60
Ye, 103, 1 08
Yeah, Ill, l l3, 1 70
YH, 6, 33
Yo prac, 1 67
Ziac, 86, 87, 96, 10
sig 52, l l8

First published in 2002 by Red Wheel/Weiser, With offices at: 368 Congress Street
www . LLC

York Beach, ME

Boston, MA 02210

redwheelweiser.

com

Copyright 0 2002 Phillip Cooper All rights reserved. No pan of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Red Wheel/Weiser, uc. Reviewers may quote brief passages. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Cooper, Phillip, 1955Esoteric magic and the cabala I Phillip Cooper. p. cm. Includes bibliographical references. ISBN 1-57863-236-6 (pbk.) 1. Cabala. I. Title. BF1623.C2 C66 2002 135'.47-dc21 2002011866 Typeset in 11 Centaur Printed in Canada TCP 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 87654321

CONTENTS

Preface

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

vii .1

Introduction

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

1. Taking Your First Steps in Esoteric Magic .......5 2. The Cosmic Plan, the Encircled Cross, and the Cosmic Sphere .. ... .....
. . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 27
.

3. Symbolism, the Four Elements, and the Four Magical Weapons
. . . . . . . . . . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

41

4. Meditation, the Cosmic Sphere, and the Inner Temple ..........................55 5. Magical Rituals
. . . . .

..

.

.

..
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

67 79

6. The Cabalistic Tree of Life

.

.

.

.... ..
.

.

.

..
. .

.

.

7. How to Erect and Attune to Each Sphere. 8. A Realistic Guide to Pathworking
.

.

.

.115
.

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

135

9. The Cosmic Tides ........................147 Final Word.
. . . .

.. .
.

.

.

. .
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.

.

159 163

Appendix: Working with Telesmatic Images Notes .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

.

.

.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

. .
. . . .

.

.

.

.. ...173
. . . .

Bibliography . .
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

...177 .
. .

Index . ..
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.....

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

179

much of it is worthless when it comes to the question.PREFACE II The study of Magic is much more than merely reading some books and lessons. The real study and work in Magic depends upon you doing the things called for in the book s I write. Begin to think magical! That is. Do not neglect these practices or just do them in passing. but put a great deal of effort and attention into them. It is like putting on a new pair of eyeglasses-suddenly you see more. Also. A plethora of teachers and schools have material on the subject of the Tree of Life. make your magical knowledge part of the way you see the world and the way you see yourself. and you see more clearly. you are called upon to make a drawing of the Tree of Life and asked to meditate upon the mystical-magical processes described in this book . and while some of this material is valuable. begin to see how your magical studies can be applied to your daily life. . As you learn to think magical. '"What the heck can you do with it? " In the practices prescribed in this book . you will find that you experience a much greater reality than you ever antici­ pated.

But. and what you should do in given circumstances.viii I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A II 0 T II I C A I A L A Magic does not tell you how you should act. you will begin to make your own determinations of how you should act. But it also shows you that you have the power to make your life what you want it to be! Power and responsibility always go hand-in-hand. as you begin to see things differently. It does not give you sets of rules or commandments. . Magic places the responsibil­ ity for your life right on your own shoulders. in Magic as in all things. as you think magical.

Magic is a science­ probably the greatest science of all-but unless truth is the goal. as individuals. to whom we are supposed to turn for enlightenment. no one has offered a truly realistic pattern of study. You cannot mix the two. compliment each other. and should. fit into the greater scheme. all will be in vain. The established works are either emaciated in religious dogma or full of needless complexities designed to denigrate the student or based on superstitious concepts best left in the realms of pure fantasy. Esoteric or . high" Magic is the study of Magic in its own right. although the two paths can. It involves self-development through inner work involving the workings of the universe and the understanding of how we.• Secret societies abound with their inevitable promise to . The magical lodges.. are largely dominated by Golden Dawn techniques that have not advanced for over a hundred years. Up until now.INTRODUCfiON II The techniques of Esoteric Magic differ from Practical Magic because the aim is different.

As a com­ plete novice. Becoming an initiate usually involves giving up your right of free choice in exchange for being the subject of some medieval pantomime. At no time are you presented with strange. mys­ tical puzzles or veiled secrets-you are given all the facts in plain English. Not only are you going to study the Tree of Life.) The exact origins of this system are lost in the mazes of antiquity. As a long-suffering student. you will find it easy to understand. There is even evi­ dence to suggest that cenain factions use drugs and hypnosis to ensure that you stay loyal. but you are going to learn to use it as a means of study. It is not a rehash of Golden Dawn or any other out­ moded system. and free from confusion. workable plan of study. This book begins with first principles and extends through each chapter into a complete. With this book. (The word Cabala roughly means "to receive" in Hebrew. stimulating. The Tree of Life is a pan of the basic system of the West. you begin the study of the Cabala and the Tree of Life. and you may find that it is far easier to get in than it is to get out. . you will find it refreshing.I reveal the secrets of Magic if you become an initiate. bur I would say that it originated from fragments of demonstrable magical truths that advanced persons of all nationalities and nations exchanged with each other as they recognized the deep basic truths of the physi­ cal cosmos. or the Occident. called the Cabala. You may be asked to bow to nonexistent secret chiefs and imag­ inary gods with unpronounceable names. Soon you will begin to think of it as a filing system (or even a computer program) by which you classify your knowledge and observations into an inter­ related whole. The plan of action presented in this book is both positive and realistic.

so it is probably going to continue the rest of your life! . you will see how Magic becomes pan of your entire life-not just a special companment. as your studies of Esoteric Magic continue. Your study of the Tree of Life will continue for as long as you are interested in Magic. a Sunday religion. Also. a pany dress-and everything in life is going to have new meanings for you..

Touch your body and you touch the material presence of the Logos as well as that of your ancestors. The first act of real Magic was the creation. Unlike many other courses of instruc­ tion. remember this single formula.CHAPTER 1 TAKING YOUR FIRST STEPS IN ESOTERIC MAGIC This book is very special. it presents the truth about Esoteric Magic and the Cabala and opens an individual path to the inner mysteries. The only ingredi­ ent was the creator itself. and not necessarily the time and money. which will serve as your guide to successful Magic: Input = Output. By this I mean the qual­ ity of input. One of the most imponant rules of Magic is that you get out only in direct proponion to what you put in. Magic-the Beginning It is said that when God uttered his own name. In order to derive maximum benefit from this book . creation began. Grasp this truth with your hean rather than with your fallible .

God causes power to flow by speaking his name-in other words. and air are living entities and. Those with astute minds will immediately see the sig­ nificance of this. Social Magic may seem like a good idea until you look at the concept in depth. It is also said that humankind is made in the image of God.. Since all things are One Sentient Being. and use this as a guide. rocks. by channeling this power through the four cardinal points of the Magic Circle. From a magical point of view. herd . this makes profound sense and can be enacted out ritually.6 I I O T I IIC M A G I C a • D T M I C A I ALA human intelligence and you have taken your first step toward Real Magic. the Tetragram. Nothing could be fur­ ther from the truth. Stars. it follows that every­ thing is alive and aware. In humankind alone. is a four-lettered name: Y H V H. known as the . To ritualize this is quite simple and extremely imponant Social Magic The social magician feels that involvement with groups of simi­ lar thinkers will lead him or her forward. they are aspects of the Divine Totality. for the name equates to the four elements. In order to create we must understand the way in which God (Universal Intelligence) acts. This knowledge permeates all created things. Why is it that people feel the need to join groups? Perhaps it's the belief that there's safety in numbers. it is suppressed by a patho­ logically over developed intellect that inhibits the vital intuitive and moral faculties governing the behavior of most life forms. It then finds its fruition in physical eanh. The holy name of God. in other words creative. equally with animal life (including humankind). Consider the scheme. water.

the loud­ est is not necessarily the best. Before making contact with any group. Do they advocate sexual deviation? This includes anything from simple nudity to "Sex Magic. As everyone knows. then I urge you to avoid contact.7 instinct. Are there any demands on your freedom of choice? 4. Social Magic has little to offer any serious student." If the answer is yes to any of these questions. esoteric groups (includ­ ing covens and lodges) are convened around the wrong nucleus. Are these realistic? 2." Of course. as many have found out. What are the aims of this group. Look at the cost in real terms. and while esoteric groups may be able to teach you something. Do they preach subservience to some entity. at best they teach you what not to do." In a herd. Many never see the folly of social Magic and even become staunch supponers of such practices. At least they were lucky enough to see that something was wrong and get out. Hearing the defen­ sive arguments of such people makes me think "they doth protest too much. so it naturally follows that if the nucleus is wrong then the entire structure is wrong. Do they offer enlightenment at a price? I do not simply mean money. it is always easier to get . All too often. 3. god. Quite often. you should ask the following questions: 1 . the evolvement of the individual or the group is in the hands of the loudest voice. or secret chiefs? 5. innocent searchers have joined so-called magical groups only to find that they had been deceived.

It is disturbing that groups that preach freedom only allow you that freedom within the restrictions of their own system! You may well be on a path. but which path ? Whose path? Is it truly yours. but some groups will stop at nothing to prevent you from going your own way. The old adage: "When the pupil is ready. work with other people. then you are bound to come in contact with others who can and will help.I I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • D T • l C A I A L A in these groups than it is to get out-and this can lead to much bigger problems." is literally true. provided that you first apply the aforementioned rules. provided that you do not give up individuality and freedom." individual effort is the highest quality of input. There is nothing wrong with having a teacher. However. a teacher will appear. because the inner drive seeks answers and someone else may well have those answers. you can learn from others and. Most social Magic is simply harmless self­ deception. There is nothing more pathetic than seeing otherwise sane and sensible individuals throwing caution to the wind in an effon to sit at the feet of some "master. In terms of our initial paradigm of "input= output. " The Individual Path of Self-Initiation The only realistic magical path is one of individual effort lead­ ing to the truth-anything less is pointless. There is no one else like you in exis- . or is it someone else's? More to the point-where does it lead? Guru Hunting and the Magical Svengali If you are a dedicated searcher. You are an individual. and therefore the result­ ing output is bound to be ideal and more in keeping with your true path in life. in some instances.

The path leads to your own truth concerning your real self and your relationship with the universe. then nothing will ever dim the . If you do. This is your first rung on the ladder of initiation The popularity of the tarot in divination sometimes obscures its function as a system of applied Magic. potentially. The real test of achievement is the ability to be at ease with your true self and avoid seeing worldly values as anything but a dan­ gerous illusion. laws that apply to everyone whatever their individual path may be. but a teacher can show you the way by giving you a realistic pattern of perfection based on universal truths-for example. tence. And most people are already acting roles imposed upon them by society and the mass-minded mold. for such is the nature of cosmic law and truth. nothing is beyond your power to achieve. You must be tricked over the line of disbelief by this cosmic thimble-rigger whose function is to dazzle you with his sleights into accepting that everything is possible. If you do this. You have already been given one such law. It applies to everyone. Never treat your magical work as some son of hobby or pan-rime inter­ est that you fit in whenever you can spare a little time. This means recog­ nizing that. 1 A useful exercise is known as the "assumption of the god forms. No teacher can ever deliver you this truth.C II A P T I I I ' so it naturally follows that there is only one path to follow­ your own. the input = output law will yield disappointing results. The Assumption of the God Forms In order to work effective Magic. It is as easy as copying the style and man­ nerisms of your current role model. Daydreamers do this quite naturally." but do not be put off by that expression. you must identify with the magi­ cian. and yet it allows total freedom of expression.

think yourself into the character for at least five to ten minutes each day. The Magician can make anything happen. you choose your role. you will have completed the exercise. It predates all spoken and written words. a Wand. a Cup. Concentrate on The Magician and become The Magician by identifying with his character and behavior. The other hand points down to eanh. and a Pentacle. numbered 1 . Discovering Magic means recognizing the illusory nature of the material world. You are no longer one of life's bit players. and Eanh. In Magic. In front of him lie four magical weapons: a Sword. A symbol of eternity hangs over his head. Fire. the second card of the Major Arcana. But do not mistake it for the Magic that is safe within your mind. It reads the hean and obeys the True Will. and its capabil­ ities are enormous. The more you study the mean­ ing of this card. For the next founeen days (until the Full Moon). After founeen days.10 I I O T I I I C aA G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A Magic in your eyes. Use your knowledge of the symbolism of The Magician. It is only a mnemonic picture. This remarkable facet of our minds is inherent in each one of us. These symbols represent the four control symbols for the four elements: Air. Languages see the world as objects and materials . He is wearing a white and red cloak. Study the picture on the morning of the New Moon. Images and actions are its language. A young man stands in front of an altar. Water. the easier this role playing will become. And you will have learned for yourself the great secret. He holds a Wand in one raised hand. The real seat of learning and the channel for creative energy lies in the subconscious mind. and try to iden­ tify with the character.

C II A P T I I

I

II

in space when it is really an illusion caused by a single, living process. The energy causing the process and creating the phan­ tasmagoria you mistake for reality is the power that is harnessed both to accomplish Practical Magic and to delve into the mys­ teries of creation using Esoteric Magic.

Your Choice of Path
Magic is the an and science of understanding and using the vast potential of the subconscious mind. There are two branches to this science, each one dealing with the subconscious in different ways. It is imponant that the two are not confused. In today's terminology we have "low" and "high" Magic. This is not a good description because it implies that one branch of Magic ("low" ) is trivial and therefore beneath consideration, which is not the case. A better classification is that of Practical Magic and Esoteric Magic. Practical Magic is wholly concerned with using the power of the subconscious to attain solid, physi­ cal results such as increased money supply, better health, or even a new home. In fact anything that enhances the lifestyle of an individual belongs to the realm of Practical Magic. On the other hand, Esoteric Magic is concerned with the study of Magic as a subject in its own right and also includes less tangible aims such as the discovery of inner truths and the understanding of the workings of creation. Although this book is mostly concerned with Esoteric Magic, the basic principles lead naturally to practical studies of the mag­ ical ans because the same basic rules apply to both lines of study. However, it should always be remembered that, unless the would­ be magician has learned the truth about the material world and, more imponant, learned how to control this, he or she is unlikely

g

I I O T I I I C

M A G I C

A•O

T M I

C A I A L A

to make any real progress in esoteric matters. In magical terms, the first real "initiation" is that of your ability to master the mate­ rial illusion presented by life.

Your Relationship with the Universe
Our world was created by demonic (as opposed to angelic) intel­ ligences to give themselves form and habitat outside the dream­ time Eden from which they were ejected.1 Humankind is the purposely made vehicle for the administration of malignant evil in the material realm. Humankind alone is genetically primed with what our ancestors called original sin, and the ruthless expunging of this inherent pollution is the first step in magical or mystical aspiration. Demonic control is not confined to the ordinary unawakened man or woman but manifests as the Group Entity (or Egregores) of every corporate body.1 States, churches, newspapers, commit­ tees, and charities as well as street gangs are directed by a demonic Group Entity that is neither human nor yet the combined per­ sonalities of the members. But it is an identity that demands recog­ nition and that uses the corporate image to conceal its true purpose-the domination of the material world by forces of undi­ luted and malignant evil. But the process that creates this Vale of Tears, or Lachrymal Mundi (Tears of the World), in which wa� famine, pestilence, and death reign supreme brings with it some angelic elements from the dream-time Eden. These occur as those rare vinues that some people share with animals and Nature, which, but for Luciferian pride, might raise humankind to the moral level and innocent state of those creatures so abused in psychopathic arrogance. It is these rare angelic vinues in those of pure hean and noble

C II A P T I I

I

IJ

spirit that offer the only glimmer of light in a world that Homo sapiens has turned into a materialistic demonocracy. Are you awake yet or do you still sleep?

Black Magic, White Magic, Which Is the Right Magic?
It surprises many beginners that the training for Black Magic and White Magic is exactly the same. A trained adept can use the power for anything. The choice is left entirely to the individual con­ cerned. After many years of training, most adepts are not sus­ ceptible to guilt feelings induced by church, state, and society. They understand that these three phantoms of illusion separate you from reality and Magic. To a magician, the color black means "creation made manifest," or "idea turned into fact. " An anist or inventor will have an idea, a pure thought. They will then paint or build it. Black represents the finished, physical article. Therefore, true Black Magic is concerned with the physical result as opposed to the pure thought, or spiritual side, which is White Magic.

Esoteric Magic
Looking beyond the obvious is what Esoteric Magic is all about. It is the truth that you seek, and you will rapidly learn that the apparent facts are not always true, so it becomes folly to use these as a basis for belief. The equation that successfully explains your true relationship to life-energy is: You= Your Belief Patterns= Energy This apparently simple statement explains all of life's problems and also gives you the key to a vast reserve of power.

First. I I 0 T I I I C ll A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A You You have a subconscious mind that is capable of great things. it will act on it without hesitation. The problem is that people have lost sight pf this simple truth by allowing othe� less informed. every dominant thought causes an effect. let me teach you to believe in reality. priests and/or leaders to think for them. Regardless of other people. Exactly the same happens with your subconscious mind.. good or evil. Now can you see why things go wrong in your life? The problems . which directly relate to these beliefs. for if every fleeting thought had powe� life would indeed be a far greater problem than it is at present.1. This is the basis on which scientific Magic becomes a reality. You have been con­ ditioned to believe in illusion. With any computer. it makes no moral judgments about right or wrong. it simply acts on instructions and seek s to carry these out to the lener. How does it work? Perhaps the best way to understand the subconscious is by equating it to a vast computer. the type of program used will determine how it functions. you will soon grasp the idea. Just like any computer. Your subconscious mind is nothing less than a tool to be used to create whatever you wish. miraculous things. thoughts produce things. Your Belief Patterns Belief alone makes your world what it is. Put quite simply. Given a program (belief). or looked at another way. Note that I specify dom­ inant thoughts. If you consider the fact that the same computer can run an entire factory or detonate a hydro­ gen bomb. your belief and image panerns will cause your subconscious mind to bring into your life all manner of physical facts.

it can and does affect the physical side of life through beliefs. fate. Throughout history. In Magic. You have at your disposal vast reserves of power. from the regeneration of body tissues to causing some­ thing physical in response to your desires. It is impossible to overestimate the power of the subcon­ scious mind. It bums billions of tons of irs own fuel every day. The Sun is a prime example. It is this latter fact that we make use of in Esoteric Magic. Magic concedes that the very rocks have no solidity other than the illusion created by pure energy dancing in a particular pattern.. so obviously you will cause the physical world to react according to these beliefs. in panicular the enormous energy at work in the heavens. textiles. God's will. Energy Your ability to manipulate energy patterns extends to all physi­ cal matte�. Your subconscious mind is capable of many things.. stone. Your beliefs act as instructions to your subconscious mind. we seek to dispel the material illusion sufficiently to experience the Magic within. your future is in your own hands. for you are bound to change the future. yet it never gets cooler. or even curses­ they are caused by incorrect programming (wrong beliefs). Imagine if you . By changing beliefs. Not only will it carry out every command you give it but it will also answer all questions. and everything else. the finest craftspeople have been those who commune with the energy that gives the illusion of tactile reality to metal. Look at the power of nature. wood. are created not by external forces. In the first instance. A master craftsperson is therefore a true magician. This is why you should familiarize yourself with basic crafts until you feel and respond to the soul of the tools and materials.

in the form of a belief. This incredible system helps us cat­ egorize energy-and indeed everything else-in life. How would you perform a miracle and change a cab­ bage into a diamond? The answer lies in changing the energy panem. and it knows how to use these to alter circumstances according to whatever instructions are given to it.16 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A could harness this amount of force for only one second. Your subconscious mind deals with energy. But this cannot happen. it is not beyond the realm of possibility. then the universe as we know it would be truly inen and lifeless. and your subcon­ scious mind has access to this power. After all. . In order to understand the nature and workings of this energy. and then proceeds to change it so that it conforms to the new instruction. it knows every conceivable combination. then life would be impossible. It is pan of your existence. You can rest assured that in the creative scheme of life there will never be a lack of energy. When given an instruction. a very talented man changed water info wine by knowing about. The best by far is the Cabalistic Tree of Life. and it also has the ability to change these. as yet. we must find some means of dividing it into convenient units. it conforms to very precise laws. If it ever did dry up. have the knowledge to do this. and it is not beyond your reach. it first locates the target. There are several systems that anempt to do this. not by invoking chaos (or the gods). the law of transmu­ tation. rec­ ognizes its energy panem.4 Your subconscious mind knows every panern of energy in existence. Universal energy is not chaotic. If it were truly chaotic. Its structure is determined by pre­ cise laws. Although you do not. A cabbage is always a cabbage. Far from it. Cabbage seeds would tum into diamonds. There is a vast amount of energy in the universe. and applying.

the imagination These are the points of the magical trident. but the plain truth is that you are causing these things to happen. the emotions 3. In this case all that needs to be done is to give your subconscious mind a new instruction in a way it can understand. It is very easy to blame external forces or supposed demons. Sustained will is equivalent to belief. The trident's handle equates to the will. to activate the subconscious. cause things to happen by using this same law.The Magical Trident We gain access to the knowledge and power of the subconscious mind through: 1 . Cause and Effect All dominant thoughts or beliefs that exist in your subconscious mind are causing things to happen. . and every cause must have an effect. These may be good or bad and may be completely unknown to your conscious mind. and belief always gets results. it is easy to credit some beneficial angel if and when something pleasant happens. for it seeks to give to each individual that which he or she conceives. You may. the mind 2. In the same way. by free choice. but briefly. The use of these three approaches will be dis­ cussed in detail later on. This is then directed into sub­ conscious levels through any or all of these three access points. Cause and effect is therefore a just and correct law. The techniques used to do this are classified as Magic. first there has to be an intention.

To send out a thought is to vibrate the web of life that connects every living creature and life energy through the laws of cause and effect. every cause must have an effect. and by virtue of this fact so do cosmic energy and universal intel­ ligence respond to your thoughts. be enthusiastic. Raise your sights and your thinking a bove the obvious and l i fe energies will respond to this new mode of thinking. Be bold. There are many types of symbols. If you touch a spider's web. and cause is always matched by effect. For now we will consider the two main types: abstract and personal. and dwell on what you desire. abstract and concrete-are one substance. and do not restrict your thoughts to that which seems obvious. Everything came from the one source. be opti­ mistic. A sustained thought always reaches everything in creation that is in keeping with that thought.II I S O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A All things-animate and inanimate. Your thoughts have an effect on invisible levels of life beyond the obvious. it only understands symbols. Do not dwell on problems. Like attracts like. let us now stan to build a bridge between conscious and subconscious levels. the vibration resonates through the web. only seek their solution. therefore everything contains life and is linked together. you feel the vibrations. . Symbolism and the Subconscious Having covered some of the basic truths of life. If you are on the web. Resolve here and now to make use of the law of cause and effect by concentrating on those things that you truly wish to have. The sub­ conscious does not understand English or indeed any other lan­ guage. Effon is therefore rewarded by the response of energy. The language of the subconscious is symbolism. Be positive. To touch the web of life is to send out a message to everything in creation.

By all means. your subconscious mind. you can obtain magical information in great depth. treat symbols with respect. but never turn them into idols. This information comes directly from your memory­ in other words. the more information they will give you. lut Air Sword SOUtll . you do not make it an object of wor­ ship or consider it to be holy. because your subconscious has no limits... It is also important to remem­ ber that you use a symbol. The more you think about them.19 Abstract Symbols Abstract symbols such as the Encircled Cross below are highly potent forms that instantly convey a mass of useful information. By using magical sym­ bols. lod Wftt Water Cup Figure 1.. The Encircled Cross .

The correct pro­ cedure is to start with the Encircled Cross. As a basis for magical development there is no other that is better. Second. you have s to understand it. If man and woman build powerful telesmaric images (symbols) of the worst kind. which. the circle is valueless unless it is built in the mind. An archangel or planetary deity is an example of this type of symbol . personal. While personal symbols are useful in Magic. there are no such things as demons (telesmatic images that epitomize negative qualities). humankind will con­ tinue to suffer through its own beliefs.10 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A Personal Symbols Unlike the former. First. and more to the point. the law of cause and effect will bring a wicked harvest. Until the image of God is changed. Painting a circle . Before you can use it succesfully. Always remember that they are symbols: they do not exist other than as symbols within the imagination of the prac­ titioner. The message is simple: Do not use telesmatic images unless you can build them with desir­ able qualities. symbols are personi­ fications of some desirable quality or power. The Master Symbol: The Encircled Cross It is unfortunate that the present trend leads the eager neophyte toward the use of the Pentagram and Hexagram. The old idea of the magician standing within his protective Magic Circle while fighting off demons is incor­ rect. apart from being the master symbol. The danger with this type of symbol is that the practi­ tioner starts to believe in the symbol as a reality in its own right. they must be kept in per­ spective. is the symbol from which all others emanate. or telesmatic. The Encircled Cross is the real Magic Circle in which you function on inner levels.

The Perfection of Magic Read through this chapter at least once a day and think carefully about the ideas contained herein. but they are correct. T I I I II on the floor (or buying one in cheap plastic) is simply pointless unless you wish to regress to the dark ages. Regular practice with rhe Encircled Cross will help build a bridge between you and your subconscious mind. quire the reverse. Without this . You must slow down. silent center within us. especially preritual relaxation. This symbol. can develop into a highly com­ plex and all-embracing magical system. Here is another magical formula: Peace = Power It is almost impossible ro perform a magical act if your mind is filled with everyday thoughts and stress. The high point of any ritual is reached in a state of absolute calm. Relaxation. Spend some rime each day learning how ro relax the body and the mind. . Access ro the subconscious is restricted in proponion ro acriviry. together wirh a few of its main attributions. This symbol. Do nor be pur off by irs simplic­ ity. I cannot emphasize rhe imponance of the peace = power equation roo strongly. These ideas may defy conven­ tion and perhaps seem oversimplified.. You do not have to work yourself up into a frenzy ro raise power. is given in figure 1 (see page 1 9).C II A . There are many techniques rhar assist relax­ arion. if used correctly. Get to know it. is vital ro your success. The antics of those would-be magicians who insist on cavoning around the temple are in direct opposition ro the rrurh. for real power lies within the secret.

aa

II O TII I C

M A G I C

A•D

T MI

C A I A L A

bridge, contact with this seat of power is strictly limited, so prac­ tice often. You will need a candle and some general incense or joss sticks for this exercise. Enter your temple or place of work (see pp. 23-25), bum some incense, and sit quietly and relax while clear­ ing away all thoughts of everyday matters. After a suitable period, begin to contemplate the idea of peace = power. Let the words tranquillity, calm, stillness, and silence come into your mind as you let go and deeply relax. Take your time and allow inner peace to take the place of normal activity. Silent stillness is the key to real power and truth and is therefore well wonh the time spent in dis­ covering it. When you have reached a satisfactory state of calm, light the altar candle, which now symbolizes this inner peace and eternal source of power. Contemplate the idea of using a candle in this way. Symbolism is very important in Magic, for symbols and symbolic acts speak volumes to your subconscious mind. Now imagine that you are taking a journey into inner space. You get smaller and smaller until you can see the individual cells within your body. Continue getting smaller until you can see mol­ ecules, atoms, the pans of an atom, and so on, until you can go no farther. At this point you have reached the silent center of power. Now imagine a point of light forming and getting larger and brighter. Move your attention to your hean area and imag­ ine that this light emanates from your hean. It grows and con­ tinues to get brighter until it radiates all through your body. Do not let logical thinking get in the way; simply use your imagination without trying to be rational, critical, or analytical. Logic, as you will discove� has only a limited pan to play in mag­ ical working. I should also mention that it is not necessary that you strain to visualize. If you can visualize, well and good. If not,

IJ

then do not try to sustain vivid pictures; instead, simply let the mind consider and reflect on each idea in the same way that you do this naturally in everyday matters. In the next pan of the exercise, you will erect the true Magic Circle, the Encircled Cross, within your mind. It is quite simple. Start by imagining that a shaft of light proceeds from your heart to some convenient point immediately in front of you. This is magical e �st. Imagine the same thing happening to your right. This is magical south. Next, see a similar beam of Hght go from your heart to a similar distance behind you. This is magical west. Finally, complete the cosmic cross by imagining a beam of light going out to your left. This is magical north. Starting from magical east, imagine a circle of light connect­ ing each of these four points in tum. You now have a complete Encircled Cross, or Magic Circle. Contemplate this symbol for a while, allowing ideas and impressions to arise in your mind. In conclusion, reverse the procedure, finally allowing the light to disappear within your heart. Extinguish the candle and return to normal. Keep a magical notebook in which you record any important thoughts, feelings, experiences, and ideas. No need for long­ winded essays; brief notes will suffice. These notes will be extremely useful at some future date. In the meantime, practice this exercise often-it is the first step in building a powerful mag­ ical system that is truly your own.

The �agical Temple
Privacy is a prerequisite to successful magical practice. You simply cannot achieve the correct state of mind if you are constantly subjected to distractions and noise. You must have somewhere to

work that is removed from everyday life. Circumstances will dic­ tate where it will be, depending on how much space is available. In the final analysis, you must decide on the type of temple you need. Below are a few suggestions for temples and equipment.

Permanent Temple
A spare room is ideal. Put a lock on the door and curtain any windows in the interest of security and secrecy. In all cases, keep your magical work and your temple secret. There are still enough ignorant bigots in existence who will try to make life uncom­ fortable, so do not take risks.

Temporary Temple
If there is no permanent free space, then use whatever means you have in hand. A little ingenuity works wonders. Ohen you can adapt a bedroom or even the garden shed. Take your time, think things through, and work out a suitable compromise. Again, secu­ rity and privacy are essential-either put a lock on the door, invent some suitable excuse to keep people away, or simply insist on pri­ vacy. You cannot fully concentrate on what you are doing if you are in constant fear of someone disturbing you.

Temple Equipment
A temple, in essence, is nothing more than a workroom. You only need useful equipment in a workroom. The golden rule with equipment is do not bring it into your temple unless you have a good reason for doing so. In addition, make certain that you fully understand its purpose. Failure to do this ohen results in temples that resemble junk shops rather than well-ordered places of work.

The choice is yours. think carefully before you decide. shapes. It can be an elaborate double cube or simply a small cupboard or coffee table.. and sizes is again a matter of choice. The choice of colors. This is simply a work surface. . Altar cloths are quite useful. a magical temple is not a place of worship. Ideas about robes and so fonh will gradually occur with the passage of rime and in pro­ ponion to experience. By all means treat it with respect and make it a special place. but please do not ded­ icate it to the gods. if you like. It is usually better to spend rime perfecting your mag­ ical system in as simple a way as possible. as they bring color into a ritual. Again. Finally. Robes are optional and not essential in the early stages. simply a psychic laboratory. Let science take the place of superstition. candles. and do not be swayed by what the book s say-make up your own mind. and candle holders are also basic equipment. It is.. You will need an altar. where you learn about your inherent power and also test out your ideas. An incense burner.

THE ENCIRCLED CROSS. Subconscious-Universal Energy and Universal Intelligence The fact that Universal Energy is so precise in its action suggests that there is an intelligence behind it. The subconscious mind will always carry out this direction. You give the subconscious mind an instruction either directly (as in a correctly performed ritual or act of Magic) or inadvertently (through beliefs. This incred­ ible part of yourself is totally limitless.CHAPTER 2 THE COSMIC PLAN. because all things are one sentient being. How? To touch the universal web of life is to cause vibration. Every cause has an effect. whether they be correct or wrong). AND THE COSMIC SPHERE The mysteries and secrets of real Magic lie in the understanding of the subconscious mind. no matter what the facts appear to be. so to send out a thought vibrates the web of life that connects every thing. This Universal Intelligence is responsible for creation as we know it. creative. for it shapes inert matter . and all-know­ ing.

and you can. to have what­ ever you desire. As a human being. . nor does it take a great deal of skill to use. it looks after all the automatic functions in your body (such as breathing. it does not seek to restrict. because there are no limits except those you accept yourself. to evaluate. Creation gives life and creates freely. it can only be beneficial. Subconscious-Universal Mind Consider the very simple fact that you as an individual have two minds. and you really do have the power to create whatever you wish. The other mind is your subconscious mind. being pan of the creative process. In addition. you cause it to be true. First. The second function is to store information in your memory and to act according to your wishes. it is a vital pan of Universal Intelligence. This is not far removed or deeply hidden. Your subconscious mind uses Universal Energy and manipJJlates its patterns on demand. tissue regeneration. You have the capacity to be whatever you want. By believing this to be true. You are far greater than you believe yourself to be. heanbeat. or enforce its will. This cre­ ative process is free-flowing and unrestricted. create using the same system operating in the universe.l C AIA L A into recognizable. destroy. physical objects and gives them life. To say that you have a hotline to God is therefore true. You have the power to create. You use it all the time to observe.II I I O T II I C M A G I C a • o T. It has two functions. The first is your conscious mind. and do. It simply is and as such. It is nothing less than the God within having access to all aspects of creation and the wonders of life's mysteries. You are in contact with the whole of creation. you have a very special place in the creative scheme. for you also have the capacity to create. the part of you that thinks. growth of hair).

Everyone has a subconscious mind with exactly the same capac­ ity for handling power or communicating over vast distances.. If you put all of these minds together-wherever they many be. Therefore. containing all knowledge of the past. the triangle is being used to represent an idea-it is a symbol. It is easy to see that the Akashic Record is simply another way of expressing the fact that. and future. This record can be read liter­ ally like a book. In truth we are all linked together through this mind. Through this Universal Mind you are able to draw on all the thinking that has gone before. and we have the ability to span the vastness of time and explore the enormous reserves of knowledge and power that the Universal Mind contains. meaning . primary substance. Perhaps you have read or heard of the great symbolic library of knowledge called the Akashic Records. we can say that the Akashic Records are the indelible and eternal records of the Universal Mind. Here. through the universal linkage of minds. but rather they are an expres­ sion of the totality of universal wisdom. The entire scheme is represented by the triangle in figure 2. nothing is ever forgotten.. . Of course it must be done through your own subconscious mind using sensible techniques. either on this planet or any other in the vastness of creation­ you have a Universal Mind. the name stems from the Sanskrit word akasha. Study it carefully." or that out of which all things are formed. present. According to ancient mystical doctrines.C N A P T II I . but it is there to be explored by anyone who takes the time and trouble to look in the right way. Of course. for all memories are stored within. these are not materially written accounts.

JO

I I O T I I I C

II A G I C

A II O

T il l

C AIALA

llnlwnll lftii'IY

Figure a. The Unlvenal Trlantle.

Symbols
The key to the subconscious, especially from a magical point of view, lies in the use of symbols. Any valid symbol acts as a link between you and this powerful part of your mind . Symbols are the keys that unlock the door to power and knowledge if used correctly. Let us now explore a single symbol and see where it leads.

The Encircled Cross
Leaving aside Pentagrams, Hexagrams, and other highly dubi­ ous ancient designs of guaranteed efficacy, look at the master symbol, the Encircled Cross (see page 31 ). All other symbols are

Jl

Dlrwctlon: Ncmh

season: Wlnm
Dlnctlon: Wftt Sluon: Autumn PmodofDay: Midnight Tarvt Suit: Pentacles Moon lihue: LUt

l�larth Fundamantal Force: Gravity Mattft: Mul Tmagram: Heh

Pftlod ofDay: DuJk
Tarvt Suit: Cups Moon lihue: Full Moon

Quarm

Magical weapon:
Shield

a.-nt: wam Fundalllfl Fotce: ftta
llectnlmagMtltm Mattttn­ Tmagram: Vav Magical Weapon: Cup

Dlrwctlon: lut Sluon: Spring PmodofDay: DaWft Tarvt Suit: S-.b

Moon lihue: .... Moon
l�Air Pundamantal Force: WUk Nuclear Force Mattft: Space Tmagram: Yod Magical Weapon: Sword

Direction: SOUth
Sluon: Sum_, PmodofDay: Noon Tarvt Suit: Wanda Moon lihue: Pint Quarm

Fundamantal Force: Strong Nuclear Force Mattft: lllftiY Tmagram: Heh Maglal Weapon: lod

� ....

Figure 3. The Encircled Cross with Comsponcl.ncn

)I

I I O TII I C

• a G I C

A lii

T il l

C A I A L A

contained in this symbol, thereby making it a fitting starting point for your search. There are three ways in which you can examine any symbol: 1 . Think about it on a conscious level. 2. Contemplate the symbol. 3. Meditate on the symbol. Conscious thought only deals with the obvious, but it does have its uses. So, taking the Encircled Cross as a starting point, let us see what obvious facts come to light. There is a central point from which radiate four arms, and the whole is surrounded by a circle. The angle between the arms is ninery degrees, and there are four quadrants. This appears to sum up the design and does not reveal any profound truths or useful information. Now let us take things a stage further using contem­ plation. As this is a universal symbol, you ought to be able to relate this to life. The number four brings to mind:

The four points of the compass ( north, east, south, and west). The four seasons (winter, spring, summer, and autumn). The four periods of each day (dawn, noon, dusk, and midnight). The four suits of the tarot (Swords, Wands, Cups, and Pentacles). The four phases of the Moon (New Moon, First Quarter, Full Moon, and Last Quarter).

however. you will find many references to the number four. Try this for yourself. mass. so noon must equate to the south point. and mid­ night) on the Encircled Cross. Cup). The Four Elements of the Encircled Cross In Magic. and energy). noon. south. There is a connection between the rising Sun at dawn and east. from the Tetragram (four-lettered name of God ) to the four worlds of . leaving the darkness of midnight to nonh. dusk. let us now take matters a little funher using meditation. Now. A similar exercise can be done with the four seasons. so dawn equates to the eastern point on the circumference. Water. The four fundamental forces that govern the universe (elec­ tromagnetism. The four magical weapons (Shield. strong nuclear force. The sun sets at dusk in the west. Clearly. Rod. Sword.• The four Elements (Air. and west). The Tetragram. • • • • There are many more fourfold attributions. think about the list of previous attributions and try to relate these to the symbol. and Eanh). and gravity). the points on the circumference of the Encircled Cross resemble the points of a compass (nonh. fit the four periods of the day (dawn. time. Take the symbol and think at and with it.• the fourfold name of the Hebrew God (YHVH) (pronounced Yod-Heh-Vav-Heh). east. weak nuclear force. It naturally follows that as the Sun is at its zenith at noon and is therefore giving out maximum heat. First. Fire. The fourfold descriptive division of matter (space.

Look at the Encircled Cross in light of what has been said I about the God-center radiating outward. All that needs to be understood is that vast groups of correspondences do indeed relate to each point and its ruling element. or categorize. If the central point is taken to represent God beginning creation. The scheme is easily explained by the symbol. The correct placing of these elements is given in figure 3 (see page 3 1 ). it would take more than a single human life to produce any in-depth list of physi­ cal objects and events that equate to the elements. The fourfold name created all. Also. or God within. power then radiated out in four distinct directions (the arms of the cross). is your subconscious mind. is not necessary. The obvious interpreta­ tion of this is that everything in creation contains the four ele­ ments. this is two-way. Obviously. the symbol stans to reveal its power In practical terms. when you stand within your sym­ bolic Encircled Cross. the elements rule all that exists. Naturally. grouped under four cardinal points and their ruling elements. The points at which the arms join the circle are termed the cardinal poin� and at each point you have an element. you have taken the symbol and looked out at the world. Each arm of the cross represents a path. If you now remem­ ber that your own center. It is said that creation began when God uttered his name (the Tetragram: YHVH).M I I O T III C M A G I C A N D T M I C AIA L A the Cabalist to the enigmatic four elements of the wise. you are automatically in touch with every­ thing in creation. So far. This. You now have four points around the circle at which you can group together. in any case. and therefore. now you will view the symbol from a different angle-looking in. each point being ruled by an element. The relationship of your subconscious mind to God and Universal . finally creating all that is and ever will be (the circle). everything in existence.

The Center of the Encircled Cross This center point equates to God-power. The Paths of the Encircled Cross Center and circumference are connected by four paths.C II A . you can use a physical object as an object of contemplation or meditation with a view toward tracking back along a path in order to discover the inner truth behind this object. it would be far better if you could epitomize each element and all that is ruled by this power by the use of a symbol. To avoid having to make long lists of probabilities. First. aNI each path works in two ways. That final connection is named a cardinal point and equates to one element. this is not as difficult as you may suppose. Second. Let us take the same idea and equate it to the Encircled Cross symbol. T I I I . In the latter method various objects and ideas corresponding to the nature of the energy being contemplated are used in ritual sit­ uations to act as a focus for the mind. through which you create by linking into God and power. either universally or internally through your subconscious mind. which is then stimulated by their presence. Fonunately. In dealing with the elements. From this center radiate four paths that connect to everyday life. The idea being that one symbol would then represent an element in totality. Energy has already been discussed. It is your seat of power. . you are faced with a profusion of choices as to which belongs where on the circle. you can direct the power con­ tained in the center along the path in order to affect physical changes.

and Shield. In actual fact. as such. The Doctrine of Correspondences The grouping together of similar ideas and physical items is a valuable magical technique that needs examination. like the paths. This modus operandi should also be applied to rhe other three magical weapons--the Rod.J6 II O TII I C • A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A The Four Weapons of the Encircled Cross Ancient tradition furnishes four valid symbols. the planets do nor. Cup. The same applies to any piece of magical equipment. They are correctly placed as in figure 3 (see page 3 1 ). rule anything. It should be stated that a physical representation of each weapon is not nec­ essary at this stage. Aleister Crowley's 777 was an anempt to categorize cenain items and fit them to the Tree of Life. Each symbol. Wand.: By far the oldest idea is the speculation that everything in creation is ruled by rhe plan­ ets. It is far more imponant to work with the symbol in the mind first. It would be more correct to . can be used in two ways: in and out. a physical Sword is useless. Cup. and Shield. the Sword can be used to direct the energy of Air or it can be used as a symbol for contemplation or meditation in order to track back to central truth. It's ridiculous to purchase a so-called Magic Sword in the hope rhar it will in itself cause great things to happen. First you work with the idea. It is the inner realizations thar matter. This is an unfonunate choice of words. for without these. There are Sword. For instance. gradually building up inner awareness so that when you do acquire a ritual item you will have a personal relationship with it. I will say more about these in subsequent chapters. You have probably heard of lists of correspondences or seen these printed in books.

one venically down. To do this you have to extend the Encircled Cross in this way. Never forget that items used ritually are not magical--they are simply concentration aids. While it can be argued that these materials may well vibrate at the same frequency or. There is a mistaken idea that if you bring together a few items that correspond to a panicular planet. Here. frankincense. the gathering together of gold. in some cases. the gathering together of sympathetic materials will not in itself cause energy to flow. If the Encircled Cross embraces everything in creation. To make it usable. This is not strictly true. For instance. These are now encompassed . You are the only thing that causes power to flow. Your Encircled Cross is the real Magic Circle in which you symbolically stand during magical work. it has been a flat representation of a three-dimensional reality. There is an affinity between the two. it is just a symbolic circle. this. One goes venically up. the nature of the metal is similar to the nature of the planet. For example: Gold is ruled by the Sun. The doctrine of correspondences will serve you well. The Encircled Cross Becomes the Cosmic Sphere Up until now. will attract the supposed power of the planet.state that there is a similarity between the nature of a planetary energy and a physical fact. In fact this is so. your Encircled Cross has been two-dimensional. sun­ flower seeds. and a Hexagram in some ritual situ­ ation will do absolutely nothing. Up until now. Let us now move away from flat circles into the idea of Cosmic Spheres. Imagine two more radii emerging from the center. then all things must relate to the symbol. may even appear to emit energy. by itself. you have to relate it to life and the universe.

or the All- . by two more circles. above. you need attri­ butions for the upper and lower points. these are shown in figure 4. . ­ / I I I I . and six nodal points. . Looking up..I I O T I I I C M A G I C & li D T il l C & I & L & wat CUp . South lod .. CUbe FlguN 4· The Cosmic Sphfte. With the elements. The upper and lower points equate to supply and demand. . giving the three rings of Cosmos. you are dealing with the expression and subsequent manifestation of power in four distinct ways. To make your cosmic scheme complete. To aid visu­ alization. you find God. three rings.. You now have a total of one center.

who supplies power. She is receptive to power and is therefore negative. there is a path from the center to each point that works both ways once more. You now have a complete three-dimensional Cosmic Sphere that has a central point of power and a periphery that encompasses everything in creation. This is done by patient practice. Naturally. or Eanh Mother. and there is also a symbol. The upper point is symbolized by a Crown and the lower is represented by a Cube.. The All-Father gives out and is there­ fore positive. negative" is not meant in any derogatory sense. The simple Encircled Cross has now become a Cosmic Sphere. The lowermost point is obviously the reverse and so equates to Mother Nature. all that remains is to individualize it. including in it only those ideas that are valid and true for you. .C M A P T II I Jt Father. The word .

e contained within the subconscious mind. you could be excused for thinking that it will take years to son out the confusion and contradictions that now exist in modem esoterics. all by yourself. AND THE FOUR MAGICAL WEAPONS As a student of Magic. from first principles until you gain proficiency. but it is well wonh the effon in terms of real understand­ ing and self-advancement. Years of tonured study need not be necessary. This takes time. So it is with Magic. You have to stan from basic principles. THE FOUR ELEMENTS. provided that there is a plan of action using valid sym­ bolism. The entire process can be equated to learning a language. The hard way is to buy heaps of books and then. using a sensible plan of action. The easier way is to find a teacher or enroll in a course that helps you understand the sub­ jeer by taking you through successive stages. In order to . Symbols in Your Plan of Action Magic works because of your inherent ability to use the power and knowledll.CHAPTER 3 SYMBOLISM. try to make some sense out of it all.

together with circle. There are three types of symbols: 1 . such as weapons. and so fonh. 3. The use of abstract. sexual sacrifice. and other familiar magical trance techniques. if you wish . geometric symbols is viral in any magi­ cal system and they are meant to be worked with on inner levels of awareness in order to gain subconscious response. however. so in order to avoid time-wasting practices. demons-in fact any tangible being of humanoid form. you have to converse with it in a language that you. candles. and even the temple itself. blood. square. let us look at symbols in a realis­ tic light. can understand. acts as an interchange between you and the type of energy that you are seeking to contact. or telesmaric images as they are known. ranging from the Christian God to the lowliest of spirits. and the Encircled Cross. Hexagram. 2. archangels. There are numerous personalized symbols. These symbols do have a use if they are treated sensibly. The only language that gets results is that of symbolism. triangle. altar. and it. angels. Abstract: Usually geometric shapes such as the Pentagram. Personalized: Gods. lime and time again you will see symbols being abused. terror. spirits. Never make the mistake of presuming that these things exist as living entities-they do not! A symbol.4A I I O T III C • A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A contact this powerful pan of yourself. they are not! Personalized symbols. Physical : All magical equipment. do have a use in the scheme of things. be this for direct use or for the purpose of acquiring knowledge. built up over cen­ turies of adoration. whatever its nature. For instance. All too often.

The other approach is to use some of the more sensible telesmarics such as the Cabalistic archangels. either abstract. what does it represent. then act. stop and think. This . and so it is with physical symbols. and this is valid provided that you again apply common sense. This is folly of the worst kind because whatever you build into a symbol. All too often. Nothing could be fanher from the truth. and what are you going to do with it? The magical law is that all starts with thought. Much is to be gained from this technique. What use does this have. the Sword.4J to approach a cenain type of energy. Think first. Failure to do this will result in lack of contact and perhaps needless expense. make one yourself. the would-be magician rushes out to buy some essential piece of ritual paraphernalia in the hope that this will entice power to flow. if you are really talented. so it naturally follows that to understand these cha nnel s is to give ourselves more control over this power. provided that you do not credit. or. If you must work with teles­ maric images. is bound to have an effect on your subconscious mind and will therefore manifest itself in the physical world. these imaginary beings with power over you. Before you purchase one. it is far easier to deal with this in human terms-in other words build up the image of a being with whom you can converse. much use is made of physical objects. the idea of a Magical Sword. We create with the subconscious mind using the four channels of creative power. for instance. then do so in the light of common sense by attribut­ ing only the most desirable qualities to each image. so we will look at this aspect of Magic in some detail. or physical. personalized. If. 1 think you will agree that it is difficult to converse with its symbol. Take. you imagine that there is some form of intelligence behind this element (which there is). In Magic. however. let us say the element of Air.

To do this. The Sword (Air) The Sword represents the creative will and intelligence. Rod (or Wand). you can work from a purely conscious level by thinking about a magical Sword. The four principle weapons are symbolic of the elements: Air. There are several techniques that are easy to foUow and quite effective. The symbols for the four elements are: Sword. First. for to do this is to defeat the whole object of the exercise. its size? What would the handle look like? Would it be jewelled and ornate? Think about it and make drawings until you are cenain that this is your Sword. Cup. Far bener to update the procedure in the light of sound practice and common sense. many have used symbolic weapons to bridge the gap between physicality and mentality. in this case the Sword. but in this day and age these techniques are unnecessary.44 I I O T II I C M A G I C A N O T il l C AIA L A is done by using a language that the subconscious mind under­ stands-the language of symbolism. and Eanh. The first mistake is to presume that a physical Sword con­ tains power-it does not! You will read of elaborate ceremonies in which the magician consecrates his or her Sword. If you were to have one. The aim of the true magician is to link within the self the greater and lesser natures. what would be its shape. Water. To a cenain extent this is bound to get some subconscious response. Look for your Sword and try to establish your contact with the element of . and Shield. it repre­ sents the ability to conceive an idea and bring it to reality in action. and this is valid up to a point. but what is in fact happening is the concen­ tration and dedication applied to the ritual is focusing the mind of the magician along cenain lines. Do not accept the designs given in various textbooks and grimoires. Fire.

Use your imagination. you are establishing contact with the element of Air as it exists for you and the real­ ity of everyday life. You do not have to use this technique exactly as described. and this is best done by thinking about the Sword-what it does and how it could be used. By working in both directions. keep notes. Techniques like this will go a long way in helping you to understand the element of Air and the magical Sword as it applies to you. Look at every­ day life and find Swords and Sword-like situations. you are directing the element of Air. Pass through this door and see an altar. and return to normal. Your Sword is on this altar. you will probably feel the need to purchase or make . the better the picture. Go back through the door. One day. The more you imagine. Again. When you have finished. close the door. it works with symbols and pic­ tures that are used imaginatively. Allow impressions to arise from your subcon­ scious mind. Use this imaginary picture to take you further and further toward your own power. You are in control. Close down the temple and write up any important points for future reference. face the appropriate cardinal point (in this case east) and use your imagination to see a yellow doorway (yellow being the color of Air). This is real Magic. Pick up the magical Sword and feel the air blowing around you. inwardly and outwardly. here is just one: Working within your Magic Circle of four elements. Your subconscious mind does not understand the English language. replace the Magic Sword. There are many techniques. This is not as difficult as you may think. You have to relate the ele­ ment of Air to Earth life. and the more cooperation you will get from your subconscious. Look around to see if anything else is apparent. perhaps a landscape or people. Be flexible and vary it to suit yourself.C II A P T I I J 45 Air.

Because you first worked with inner reality using sym­ bolism. The Rod represents the element Fire. what it represents. the Rod must be made. As with the Sword. Will you choose superstition and acceptance. work with the inner reality before you decide on the final design.The Magic Rod represents a powerful positive link between heaven and eanh.46 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A a real Sword. You will have the advantage of knowing what this Sword is and what it means to you. and power. control. or power and activity. for the Sword has two edges and cuts both ways. the sign of regality. so there is no point in imitating the designs of others or buying a ready-made Rod. They equate to the fixed sign of leo. Note how the symbol of the Rod con­ stantly shows itself. as opposed to being based on someone else's mistaken ideas about Magic. Spend some time thinking about the Rod-what it means. From the baton the conductor uses to direct the orchestra to the parliamentary mace used in England to the staff of the wise person to the crosier of a bishop. let us start by looking at the reality that lies behind this imponant symbol. The more individ­ ual each weapon. Rods represent rulership. Unlike the Sword. in a highly personal sense. subject to much speculation. It will be a true Magic Sword. or reality and true power? The Rod (or Wand) (Fire) The Magic Rod (or Wand) (sometimes the Spear) is somewhat like the Sword. The choice is yours. authority. Be realistic and incorporate meaningful magical practice into . the better. your Magic Sword will serve as an instant contact. with power as expressed through the ele­ ment of Air. The pur­ pose of Magic is the use of power to produce physical results. and this ought to be incorporated into the Rod.

The possibilities are endless. Look at the length of wood representing the connecting link between these two points. A metal tip is fitted on one end. you could paint alternate bands of colors to represent the planets.. You could paint it white to represent light and paint a band at the halfway point to represent the Sun. It is simply no use hacking down some convenient piece of tree and then writing obscure symbols on it. Or. green (Venus). paint black (Saturn). and you must make this important symbol. Starting at the top. blue Uupiter). black to represent power entering Earth exis­ tence. or better still a meteorite.. Think. There are many other possibilities.. the process of making your Rod. but you must decide. dependi ng on the pla net being conjured.) What length ? What natural characteristics should the piece have? Select your wood. Perhaps the tip could have some symbol of power attached to it. This looks very impressive and is symbolically correct. Use your ingenuity and imagination all through the process. When working with this Rod in planetary Magic. Affix a symbol of Earth to the opposite end. . Start by carefully selecting the wood-which type are you going to use? ( Hazel is traditional. such as the Spear concept. for it is personal involvement that produces a true Rod of power. and then add to it. red (Mars). and finally silver (the Moon). Power starts at the top. hold the Rod i n di fferent positions. while the opposite end could be painted gold or perhaps have a small gemstone set in it to represent the power of light. such as a plain black stone or an Encircled Cross. works its way through the planets. Your Rod could be painted red to represent Fire. cut it to length. gold (the Sun). but the choice is yours. such as a small cross or a gemstone. and impacts itself into Earth reality. orange ( Mercury).

The Shield receives your eanhly plan of action or belief patterns that mold your life. The Cup and Shield are passive. and healing. without which life could not exist. Without consciousness.. so jupiter bestows . the mind. The eter­ nal waters of life are contained in the Cup. the imagina­ tion. for they help us do things. I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A The Cup (Water) The Magic Cup presents the essence of life. Everything must contain consciousness. but contain what? The answer is: everything. and the emotions create love. Consciousness is that mag­ ical something that renders the inert into the living. purification. it is no less a potent symbol than the other three . an object cannot exist. it is a container. and consciousness responds to magical intent through the mind. The Cup conta ins everything.. Working together in their most powerful and purest forms. The magical operations undertaken are prayer. The supposed dead rock is very much alive. and the emotions. The Cup is the only container on the Magic Circle. The Sword and Rod are active. for they receive. humility. Cups con­ tain. either by thought or by action. even a seemingly dead piece of rock. and those who have spent time on magical matters will realize that consciousness is con­ tained in everything in the universe. However. just as Nature bestows abun­ dant water. the imagination. The Cup is not a weapon at all. everything contains con­ Sciousness. the overflowing of divine love. which you drink from whenever you have need. Its atoms and mole­ cules are in constant vibration and movement. the grand lady of Nature. The Cup is supplica­ tion. or life energy. revitalizes. The element of Water symbolizes consciousness. The Cup refreshes. even though we cannot see them. It is the divine mother. rejuvenates.

C II A I' T I I J . Fill the Cup with good. without boundaries. Do not copy other people's ideas. is what really matters. Think about your Cup. and a deep subconscious problem prevents you from receiving life's benefits. the inability to accept gifts is only the rip of the iceberg. Here is i ust one suggestion. without conditions. without strings or conditions. total abundance. If you do not take. Real love implies no con­ ditions. If someone offers you a gift. dear water. The inner reality. This is love in its highest form. Get to know your Cup in your own way. Real love gives freedom. Look for Cups in everyday life and meditate on the symbol. so use it as such. The Cup has many magical uses. the ability to work with the symbol through the physical object. it is equally wrong to give and not to take. Contemplate abundance and . Quite often. To give a Cup is to love completely. Do not rush out and buy expensive gold and silver plate or be disappointed if someone gives you a Cup made of pot­ tery or plain glass. The idea behind the Cup matters. You are symbolically giving that person the means to acquire his or her highest aspi­ rations. For life itself needs to give. So often eanhly love is completely misunderstood and possessive.. Imitation never is effective in magical working. take it! Not only will you make them happy. Your Magic Cup is your link with life and its natural abun­ da nce. not the actual physical rep­ resentation. you effectively block up the cre­ ative process and harm yourself. You can always give it to someone else. gradually building up a personal familiarity. Always accept. even if you cannot use the gift. you will also open chan­ nels for funher giving and taking. Spend some considerable time working with this symbol and attuning to it by any means that ingenuity can suggest. While it is wrong to constantly take without giving. I often think that give and take are much misunderstood. and think and meditate on all I have said.

we can produce anything from a flat plate to a statue. and of course our imagination. that is. which preserves flesh and thus material existence.50 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A allow it to flow into the water. What exactly is a Magic Shield? What does it do and how do we use it? Very few magical book s attempt to answer these very practical questions. Its use is to represent ethereal qualities upon the material plane and is analogous to salt. However. Do not take the word Earth too literally-) do not mean soil or planet Earth. the material world. it is quite useless. matter without life or form-although it is not possible on this planet for anything to be truly inert. Life holds this promise to those who seek reality through valid symbols such as this. Drink the water and let this abun­ dance flow into your life. it has no form. preferring instead to perpetuate meaningless superstition. by molding the day. It is the darkest state of being. for everything contains life-energy and as such is already molded by Nature. As it stands. We give it form. with all its hardships and struggles. our creative abilities. never-ending abundance. . The true element of Earth is inert matter. The Shield (Earth) The Magic Shield represents inert matter. We conceive an idea and tum it into physical reality by molding the day to our needs. So ask freely through the Cup and allow life to fulfill its purpose of cre­ ative. according to our will. The Magic Shield belongs to magical north and the element of Earth. From the lowli­ est of cupped hands to the Graal itself lies a path of beneficence far beyond expectations for those who seek to receive. A fair anal­ ogy would be to equate matter with a lump of day.

A Shield representation of this would therefore be a green Shield bearing the symbol of Venus in copper-colored paint. First we collect the facts. This is where the Magic Shield comes into the picture. In Magic. For example. All we have is formless clay. and this equates to the element of Eanh. and to control Eanh we must shape it accordingly. The traditional planet for money is Venus. There is lots of fresh water. In other words. shapeless mass has now become a useful vessel. and then we pro­ duce a design to represent this. because we are bringing ideas into physical fact by producing a plan of action. we produce a circuit diagram. whose color is green and whose metal is copper. Now the imagination is brought into play as the idea is shaped in the mind. The four sevens .. If we wish to build a house. we draw a plan. yet they are different by virtue of the fact that an idea has changed the shape of the day and given it form. Suppose we are way back in rime.means of drinking other than by using cupped hands. we write it down. This imaginative process equates to the element of Water. Both equate to Eanh. First comes an idea: a vessel or container inspired by our cupped hands. The final outcome is the vessel itself. it is a symbolic representation of that which we wish to bring into physical reality. the Shield represents inen matter and the design represents the plan of action. If we want to build an electronic circuit. The element of Earth is directly connected to the material side of life. Or if we wish to express an idea. until a clear picture exists. An inen. This first seed idea equates to the element of Fire.. The element of Air is brought into play by taking the clay and by using skill and ingenuity to shape it into a physical representa­ tion of the mental picture. All of these are Shield functions. suppose our intention is to increase our earnings. but we have no . We must impress on it the pattern of our true desires.

therefore covering all possibilities. to represent the four worlds. This panicular design has the advantage of incorporating all the elements. A realistic size is about eighteen inches in diam­ eter. It requires a little skill and patience to make. Here you have a perfectly sane and sensible Shield that represents an intention and a plan of action. A time-consuming and costly process. planets. However. The first thing is to acquire a suitable Shield. Now. at least let it look like a Shield. The alternatives now given are far more suit­ able. but it is well wonh the effon. The design is entirely up to you and your requirements. plywood. the more magical your mind will become. the more you think about it and work with it. it is only a focus for your mind. The Shield itself is no guarantee of success. All that nonsense about buying magical weapons made to the specifications given in some grimoire and then expecting power to Aow into your life is just that-nonsense. The only problem with this panicular scheme is that you would need a new Shield for other intentions. The Shield is not magical. but a useful suggestion is presented in figure 5. This can be cut from stiff card.51 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A from the tarot deck could be affixed at the cardinal points. if you are going to make a Shield. Not only is it fully functional in a prac­ tical sense. and signs of the zodiac. . and the intention could be written along the edge. for heaven's sake. or hardboard. but it is also a valuable symbol for contemplation and meditation in its own right and will reveal much to those who take the trouble to work with it. for one enhances the other. Paint one side black to represent matter and the other side white to represent power. Either use the white side to project an imagi­ nary picture onto the surface (which with practice is not as dif­ ficult as you may think ) or paint on it a universal symbol that covers all possibilities.

tum Uranu � fffe 'V ··1::. The Magic Shield. .n )) The Moon 2!. AJr '\! larth � � � Man Mlmlry Ytnul � Pluto Figure s.Jupltn h Jtl \!' Neptune S. s.0 n..

craft.54 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A A true magical weapon is a tool. which will act as a focus for your mind and a control symbol for power. You not only produce an individual weapon. . and consolidate. namely: conceive. It has to be first conceived in the mind and then brought gradually into physical being using thought and skill. you also follow the example given in the Shield. create.

sounds. colors. and so fonh. AND THE INNER TEMPLE In all forms of real Magic. This is rhe true purpose of ritual. THE COSMIC SPHERE. pseudo-Eastern meth­ ods rhar have become rhe norm. First. This is purely . ir is rhe inner work (for example. focus rhe mind on an idea or symbol and allow rhe mind ro bring up useful facrs or realizations. Magical meditation is a rool and bears little resemblance ro rhe strange. In magical meditation.CHAPTER 4 MEDITATION. th row our any ideas rhar rhe Sword is used to command demons or spirits and so forth. To aid concentration. ler us continue our discussion of meditation with rhe Magic Sword. Magical Meditation Meditation enables you ro penerrare i nner secrets rhar are obscured by conscious rhoughr. bring rogerher words. Magic wirhour this inner work is pointless. med­ itative work performed in rhe imagination) rhar gers results. scents. which correspond ro rhe aspect under investigation.

learn about the element. you use the symbol of the Sword. to help the mind focus and thereby understand a specific mode of power. through a narrow slit. this time by using a symbol in order to get the sub­ conscious mind to throw out meaningful images and ideas. The process of building up control over this element is then twofold: first. To do this. Observation looks at the physical side of life. Pass through the door and see a . as described (see figure 4. This need not be done at specific times or as a ritual. As a means of directing those energies that equate to the ele­ ment of Air. In the case of Air. learn about the control symbol. 2. much depends on your ability to understand and contact this element. Learning about the element (or any type of energy) requires that you use observation and meditation. if you do not know much about the element. erect the Cosmic Sphere. In a nut­ shell. then the Sword will be of little use. Then focus the attention on magical east. With meditation. but is well wonh the trouble. page 38). The Sword represents all that is Air." I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A superstition. Keep a magical noteboo k in which to record any observations and lists of acquired attributions. instead it should become a habit of looking at life along a specific channel. As a meditation symbol. However. The Sword is the control symbol for the element of Air and can be used in two ways: 1 . In the first instance you will need to look around at everyday objects and situations while looking for Sword-like similarities. This takes a little practice. Imagine a yellow doorway with the symbol of Air on it. in this case through the element of Air. you use a narrowing down of perspective. and second.

The subconscious mind works in two ways. This is not the way it usually works. Regular medi­ tation along a specific channel such as this does far more than provide useful notes-it helps you to attune to that energy in a way that is not immediately apparent. which. You will. First. Record any impressions in your notebook. the more you understand the type of energy being worked. knowing how this energy manifests in terms of rulership is bound to increase success. Also. but rather allow images and ideas to arise quite naturally. This is due to the fact that you are dealing with the subconscious mind. it provides power that can be directed according to will. Put another way.17 Sword suspended in the air. and second. it helps you get the feel of that energy by familiarity. However. as you know. the student must stan with little. does not speak English (or any other language). it is often difficult in the initial stages to understand your impressions and the images they evoke. It is always the rule that those who know are bound to be more adept or successful than those who only think that they . per­ severe and you will learn much in the way of real information as to the nature of this element and the purpose of the weapon. let your imagination work for you. however. Also. find these notes very valuable someday. Do not expect instant enlightenment and a wealth of power­ ful magical secrets to pour fonh. Do not visualize. This takes a little practice and may at first be disappointing in terms of actual information. Naturally. Use brief notes only. From now on. there is no need for long-winded essays. the better the result. working slowly and patiently toward the acquisition of knowledge and power. it feeds back information likely to be of use. All you need is something that will stimulate the memory at some future date. Quite often.

direct your full attention toward magical east. which symbolizes your own center of power. pause and try to feel that . An incense burner. pause and contemplate this for a while. rising upward. • Begin by relaxing and clearing the mind of everyday thoughts. Light the central candle. one each of yellow. blue. stand in an Encircled Cross symbol that you just painted on the floor. preferably once each day. Which tech­ nique is more likely to produce results? Erection of the Cosmic Sphere The Cosmic Sphere is a vital step in your magical work. until you are proficient. Place the white candle on the altar. You will need: • Five candles: One white to represent the center. Universal Energy. Place it in the south (fire). Imagine a shaft of light.5I I I O T I I I C M A G I C & li D T il l C & I & L & know. and Divinity. forming the path between center and Crown. Imagine that you buy a Magic Sword. develop it into a Cosmic Sphere (a process you will learn in this chapter). Imagine the Universal Triangle in front of the central candle and again briefly contemplate the relationship between your subconscious mind. and use the control symbol of Air (the Sword) to conjure energy (direct it) toward your intended goal. Practice this exercise often. red. Ridiculous! Now consider that you take time to properly erect an Encircled Cross. and simply expect the gods to bestow numerous blessing at your command . Place the other candles on the altar or adjacent to the appropriate temple wall. and green to represent the elements. Similarly.

and back to top. This is Ring 1 . and then let the imagination take over to see what happens. north. Finally. and back to top. If you are uncertain as to the shape. base. such as this. the choice is up to you. west." power is spiraling downward into the temple. west. Ring 3 starts at top and travels through east. size. base. for example. Start at the apex (Crown) and imagine a circle of light traveling through south. The next stage is to establish the cardinal points. At first. allow imagery to work in its own way. Consider these carefully. and then con­ centrate on one aspect only. Do not strain. Magical meditation. and back to east. Burn some general incense and spend some time contem­ plating these nodal points and their connecting paths. Cup at west. Hold the symbol in your mind. and looking along the blade toward the point. fix them in your mind. Gradually become more relaxed. Make drawings. light the yellow candle. and allow ideas to arise uninterrupted. Pause and imagine that power is now spiralling upward into the temple. and design of these weapons. All that remains is to connect these together by using the triple rings of cosmos. Perhaps you may find yourself walking toward the Sword. Do the same with the other three points in turn. and try to build up an imagi­ nary picture in your mind. picking it up. and then imagine that a Sword appears behind it. will reveal much. spend some rime prior to this exercise thinking about the symbols. north. contemplate the items. Imagine a shaft of light proceeding toward the east. This can be a point or a path. You have now established the six nodal points. using the images of Magic Rod at south. The Cosmic Sphere is now complete. the Sword. and finally Shield at north. eventually terminating at the Cube. Now imagine a shaft of light traveling down. Ring 2 (the Magic Circle) begins at east and travels clockwise through south. the .

instead. preferably a spare room. Continue this through west. dose down by reversing the procedure. The Cosmic Sphere Becomes the Inner Temple Erect the Cosmic Sphere as described above. Take hold of one of the symbols (magical weapons) and imagine that you are walk­ ing along a path toward the center. Let me assure you that eventu­ ally they will prove to be very valuable indeed. make brief notes for future reference. Meditating on a path is also quite simple. This exercise will help you contact your sub­ conscious mind in a special way. Finally. help you find your own way by using this specially con­ structed exercise. and east. I can. It is therefore not possible for me to give you an exact guide as to what shape or form it will take. and imagine the shafts of light disap­ pearing into the center. however. Find somewhere quiet. No two people will have the same ideas or visual images of an Inner Temple. Stan at nonh. Each one is different by vinue of the fact that no two people are the same. see the vertical shafts return to center. extinguish the candle. south. which will then cause the subconscious to give you ideas and images from which you can build this vital state of inner awareness. extinguish the cen­ tral candle.6o I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T N I C A I A L A images and ideas may not make any immediate sense. or if you are . This is only one possibility­ what is more imponant is that you become involved with the Cosmic Sphere in your own way by using your own ideas and letting your imagination work fully. and leave the temple to write down any observations. The three rings of the Cosmic Sphere form the framework for the Inner Temple. Do not spend too much time trying to rationalize them. At conclusion.

you direct. Relax and let the vast potential of your subconscious mind work for you. Set in the middle of each of the four walls is a doorway. you are the master. None can enter this place. Breathe slowly and gently and relax. A small circular pool of water rests in the center of this Inner Temple. you are in control. and touch the door. for the colors change in conformance with the tides of nature. Relax and clear the mind of everyday thoughts. Emblazoned on the floor is the symbol of the Encircled Cross. for nothing harmful can ever exist here. then perform the following exercise. Imagine before you a door that leads to your Inner Temple. Move to the center and look around. In your imagination. It belongs to you and no one else.. and there is nothing to fear.. yours to understand. and its color changes constantly in what appears to be a random pattern. and you can pass through any one of these as you will. They are yours to use. It is not difficult to enter because this is your doorway to your own inner reality. walk toward the door. Simply think of the inner journey while letting your imagination work for you. reach out your hand. In this place. leaving behind all thoughts of everyday life. a temple. Yet the pattern is not random. It opens quite easily. . Inside this place. for they are pan of you--they are life force and they give form under your direction. No one can prevent access to this inner realm. for this is the secret of all magical work. there are natural forces in abundant supply. and you receive. Pass through the door and find yourself in a large square room. Let nothing concern you other than the exciting possibilities that lie ahead as you journey to a special place in the deepest recesses of your mind. It seems to be made of pure light. Do not try to visu­ alize or strain in any way. except those few you choose to invite for reasons of your own. lucky enough.

Touch it and it opens. Touch this door and it opens. and on this door is the tarot card 10 of Cups. the nonh. See this as bright light pouring downward in abundance. On this door is the tarot card 10 of Wands.6J I S O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A Now direct your attention above. revealing a path that gently leads down to the sea. Allow images to come into your mind. is a green door with a Magic Shield set above it. On this door you see the tarot card 10 of Swords. Finally. Power flows from this point as you will. This light is yellow. Now allow the light that came from above to enter your Inner Temple. See the symbol of the Crown and let your mind consider that which is God . lit by the setting Sun. revealing a path lit only by starlight.' The duration of the poo l . Touch this door and it opens. Now direct your attention toward magical west. to your left. Feel the peace and tranquillity of the night and allow bright green light to enter through this door. All four doors are now open. To your right. Touch this door and it opens. revealing a path that leads toward the rising Sun at dawn. Feel the cool of the evening and allow the blue light to enter through the western door. reveal­ ing a path that is lit by the midday Sun. Allow red light to enter the Inner Temple. Immediately in front of you there is a yellow door with a Sword set above it. Look into its depths. Feel the warmth of the summer day. Direct your attention toward magical south. Go back to the pool in the center of this temple and meditate on this power and its purpose. Behind you is a blue door with a Cup set above it. The pool will give you answers to your questions. Now direct your attention toward magical east. On this door is the tarot card 10 of Shields. there is a red door with a Magic Rod set above it. You feel a gentle breeze blowing softly against your skin.

After sufficient time has passed. a temple set on top of a mountain or deep beneath the eanh. It has many secrets and con­ tains much in the way of practical knowledge in magical maners. see it open. for this place belongs to you. But if you persevere. You may return as often as you wish. All you have to do is desire and you will find this place. Before you is another door with an Encircled Cross carved deeply into the wood. your own Inner Temple. pass through it. T I I . the Cubic Black Stone. although five minutes usu­ ally suffices. So often the images from the depths of our subconscious mind appear to be difficult to translate because we are learning a new language. By performing your magical work within this framework you will notice a distinct improvement. epitomized by the lowermost point of the Cosmic Sphere.. I cannot describe it for you. you may ritualize this by erecting the triple rings of cosmos. If you have the will and the patience to find it. and you are back in your own world once more. It may be a cave. and then use your imagination to enter the now familiar Inner Temple. This task is not difficult. see each elemental colored light pass out through each of the elemental doorways. you will even­ tually learn the ways of the inner mind. Touch this door. Now you must do the same. Others have searched and found their own place. that of symbolism. Once you find it. in fact. because you are dealing directly with your subconscious mind in a highly personal way. When you are familiar with this inner journey and have found that special place. it is far easier than you think. keep . a secret grove.. . as described. realizing that it will now work its way into physical existence.C II A . the Inner Temple will teach you many things in a way that is difficult to describe. for you are the only person who knows where it is and what it looks like. Seek and you will find it. Close down the Cosmic Sphere and make notes. keep it to yourself. meditation can be entirely up to you.

you imagine the central light. you would still know that the window existed. such as opening the Cosmic Sphere and imagining the four doorways inside the Inner Temple? It is all a question of memory. because you had just seen it. Now if you turned around to face the opposite wall. There is no need to keep the image of the central light constantly in your imagination because it exists in your memory. having become familiar with the room. however. suppose you were standing in a room facing a window. concentrating only on whatever is neces­ sary. In a similar fashion. Therefore. you are free to concentrate on the pool because you know the Cosmic Sphere exists in your memory. then your imag­ ine the first of the six arms. To imagine several different things all at the same rime is difficult if not impossible. you would know what the room looked like in totality without actually seeing it physically. For example. for this place is not meant to be the subject of general discussion. You move on through each successive stage. All through the building up procedure you establish each stage before moving on to the next. . you do not need to do this. As you build up the Cosmic Sphere. You could recall it in your imagination because its image is stored in your memory. you establish each pan in your memory. It is exactly the same with the Cosmic Sphere-using your imag­ ination to build up an imaginary room in your memory. Seeing Two Things at Once in Your Mind's Eye How is it possible to see the Cosmic Sphere in the mind's eye while imagining something else.64 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A it a secret. You use this and similar procedures in every­ day life. You would see the window quite clearly. Fonunarely. you would see the wall. For instance.

in effect. Any deliberate erection of a symbolic panern will affect the subconscious mind. Because this Cosmic Sphere is imaginary it would be easy to dismiss the entire concept as being wonhless. because you are using what is. Likewise. so to worship them is sheer folly. It is therefore necessary to treat these symbols with respect and prac­ tice using them ohen. they are not meant to be worn as ornaments or lucky charms. a powerful language that the subconscious mind understands. .. It should also be borne in mind that sym­ bols are not holy or sacred. people who do so show a marked lack of understanding as to the real nature of symbols.. but this is not the case.

A halfheaned intention simply does not get down to sub­ conscious levels.CHAPTER 5 MAGICAL RITUALS II A magical ritual is simply a way to focus the mind. Rituals therefore help us to concentrate along a spec­ ified channel of awareness. and the imagination on a specific intention. and then you enhance this signal by adjusting the tone and volume controls. A magical ritual works the same way by helping the magician to home in on selected pat­ terns of energy. because the normal conscious barriers are still there. Prior to the ritual. A fair comparison would be to the use of a radio receiver. There is a very good reason for this. There are several general phases to a ritual. be it purely practical or esoteric. First. think through your intentions carefully and note any doubts and uncenainties when they come stream­ ing up from subconscious levels into your conscious mind. and most imponant. You use the tuning knob to select a sta­ tion with great accuracy. so think around them positively until . You must bypass these things. the emotions. is to clarify your intention.

61 I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • D T M I C A I A L A you get your intention absolutely and utterly clear in your mind. Regarding intentions. Until you practice Magic. Clear your mind. incense. the bulk of your work will be concerned with investigating life's energies and discovering inner truths. it is really imponant to stan small and gradually build slowly and cenainly on each success. And until you truly believe. everything should be very clear in your mind and you should be very confi­ dent about what you are doing. Once the details are soned out. of which more will be said later. otherwise you stand very l ittle chance of succeeding. Life's Energies As we are dealing with esoteric matters. such as candles. doubts. . There has to be a system of classifying energies so that they may be identified more easily. In the meantime. and uncenainties. and so fonh. That means attending to all the bits and pieces that will be used. So by staning with small magi­ cal operations it is easier to trick yourself over the threshold of doubt. and then close down the ritual in the cus­ tomary fashion. we will consider a simpler scheme based on the planets. enter the temple and relax. plan the ritual. color of altar cloths. Now you are ready to open up the temple using the cosmic rings. perform the ritual. Your mind must be crystal clear. When you perform the ritual. you can not use Magic. That way you stand a far better chance of success. and when you are fully relaxed. stan to bring the mind to the intention. your mind will not be swamped by negative thoughts. Next. The ideal system of classifi­ cation is the Cabalistic Tree of life. you can not truly believe. Next.

it is necessary to bring into the temple physical objects that help suggest the planet being worked with. individual effon. also orange. It makes no difference how much equip­ ment you use or. thereby estab­ lishing the Cosmic Sphere. even if it does take the edge off your enthusiasm for a while. The esoteric tyro wants prepack­ aged rituals and is perpetually anxious about "doing it right. Unless the imagination is used and is on target. . the whole affair will be a waste of time and effon. Attending to the Outer Work. Open the temple by using the cosmic rings. In Attending to the Inner Work. There are no hard and fast rules to follow. order to aid concentration and help create the correct atmos­ phere or mood. An altar cloth of plain white with the planetary glyph painted in orange is useful. and ingenuity. for example. In the case of Mercury." If that is still your problem. this could be done by using the correct planetary color. then you have not been paying attention. for it is all a question of individual choice and personal involvement with the rite. The general procedure ought to be: 1 . how well you speak or intone the words. There is no substitute for careful planning. in the case of ready-made scripts." Planetary Rituals Following is the general procedure for Planetary Magic. Rituals that do not contain the inner work in the imagination are really quite pointless. The effective rituals are those you devise for yourself. so plan carefuUy and get involved. mercurial incense and perhaps an altar symbol of the Caduceus. Halfheaned attempts and blind acceptance of the written word are bound to produce poor results.

This can be the basis of a meditation in which you explore the Cube by turning your attention toward each face for a few minutes. keep brief notes of these excursions. just like equipment. Let impressions rise up in the mind and." Now say this several times with feeling.JO I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A 2. In other words. of course. all by itself. "I feel good. I feel good. mean what you are saying. Before working with the planets in detail. Focus the mind on the appropriate planet by using the faces of the Cube.) . words are tools and are used for the sole purpose of aiding concentration. it is always a good idea to practice this procedure and become familiar with the inner cubic structure. (Repeat this several times. When you are famil­ iar with the Cube. No matter what the books say. you may then proceed with the more specific work connected with each individual planet. Don't pre­ sume that the speaking of cenain ancient words or divine names will. we ought to look at speech and those so-called words of power. cause power to flow or cause miracles to happen. 3. On completion of work. Magic Words and Words of Power Before moving on to a complete planetary ritual. Use the imagination to see and enter the Inner Cubic Temple. close down by using the imagina­ tion to leave the Cube and then close down the Cosmic Sphere. this is nonsense! No word or state­ ment contains power-power lies within the mind of the person who speaks those words. 4. either out loud or in your mind. Let me give you an example: Say to yourself.

with feeling and imagination. They are used to conceal facts. Humans are born thinking in pic­ tures and sensations. For instance. Nonmagic words-the vocabulary of the human race-hinder real communication. and imagination into those words. If words are going to be used. but the inner work has given power ro these words. . propagate illusion. a person faces a panicular quaner and says. they should be meant. that color pouring into the temple. lr needs a good deal of practice to make it work." It is one thing to say those words and not think about them. Do this with conviction for a minute or so. There is a considerable difference between the original approach and the final one.. belief. but do remember that the basic format should be followed: . You do nor need to use all of these suggestions or even the words. We are then conditioned to think in words. Master Ritual Here is a master ritual that can be used for all planetary work. Change or modify whatever you wish. Magic words emanate from the hean. Finally. Words of power work because the person puts feeling. The words have not changed. This is the real secret of words of power. This is an imponant thing with rituals. I declare this quaner open. The difference in magical work is astonishing. because your individual choice is more imponant. Dead words and illusion are born of the intellect. but it is another to vividly see that door­ way opening up.C II A P T I I S 71 Can you see the difference? You use your emotions to put power into these words. repeat the words several times and use your imagination to see yourself pulsating with energy and goodness. and replace reality.

Close down the temple.71 I I 0 Y I I I C M A G I C A M D Y II I C A I A L A 1 . stand up and say: Blessed be the inner light. Now see a shaft of light proceeding downward from your hean and say: Blessed be the throne of Earth. Imagine the Crown. consists of the Cube. Before starting. Perform the main magical work. This helps to create the right atmosphere for mag­ ical work and is far better than using ordinary electric lighting. See a shaft of light rise venically upward from your hean and say: Blessed be the Crown of creation. To aid con­ centration. Enter the Inner Temple. which. light the central candle. in the initial stages. and then gradually bring your attention to bear on the work to be performed. 4. 2. Open the temple by using the Cosmic Sphere of three rings. 3. Use your imagination to see a bright light building up within your hean. mediating all that is and will ever be. Spend some time relaxing and clearing the mind of unwanted thoughts. the intention should be clear in the mind and all equipment should be in place. When ready. with only a small candle burning along with some neutral incense or joss sticks. . it is better if the temple or workroom is in darkness. Imagine the Cube of Eanh at base.

The next stage is one of entering the Inner Temple. Light the southern candle. see a shaft of light proceeding from your heart to magical nonh and say: Blessed be the portal of Earth. (see the orange wall) See the door open . See the symbol of the Sword and say: Blessed be the portal of Air. Light the nonhern candle.C II A P T I I S Now imagine a shaft of light proceeding toward magical east. and imagine that you step through this into the Inner Temple. Now say: I now declare this temple duly open. Say: Before me-Mercury. Imagine a shaft of light proceeding from your hean to mag­ ical west and say: Blessed be the portal of Water. Finally. Light the western candle. Imagine a doorway in front of you and say: Let the doorway to the Inner Temple be opened. Light the eastern candle. Imagine a shaft of light proceeding from your hean toward magical south and say: Blessed be the portal of Fire.

(see the green wall) Above me-Saturn. (see the black ceiling) Below me-the Moon. In the initial stages.74 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A To my right-Mars. At conclusion. (see the silver floor) In the center. Extinguish the eastern candle and say: Let there be peace to the east. There are no hard and fast rules. looking for symbols. the altar of the Sun. extinguish the planetary candles and say: Let there be peace within this place. and let it close behind you. this may be simply an exer­ cise in exploring this Inner Temple in the imagination. Light planetary candles and incense followed by the main body of the work. Now extinguish the southern candle and say: . See the See the door. you will of course concentrate on one planet. (see the blue wall) To my left-Venus. Later on. (see the red wall) Behind me-Jupiter. You may find it helpful to focus your attention toward the appropriate wall (or floor/ceiling). it once more. This should be imagined as a cube of solid gold that appears to radiate golden light. or simply letting ideas arise from the subconscious mind. pass through Sword disappear. just follow your instincts and let your imagination lead you rather than trying to be logical.

See the Rod disappear. And let there be peace below. Finally.C M A P T I I S Let there be peace to the south. Now say: Let there be peace above. See the Cube disappear. See the Cup disappear. Eanh-6 of Pentacles . Fire-6 of Wands. make the closing statement: I now declare this temple duly closed. Extinguish central candle and leave the temple to consider ideas that have arisen and write up any notes for future reference. Extinguish the northern candle and say: Let there be peace to the north. Planetary Correspondences THE SUN Glyph: 0 Color: Gold or yellow Metal: Gold or gold-colored Incense: Frankincense Altar symbol: Hexagram Magical direction on Cube: Center Tarot cards: Air-6 of Swords. See the Shield disappear. See the Crown disappear. Extinguish the western candle and say: Let there be peace to the west. Water-6 of Cups.

Fire-7 of Wands.76 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A THE MOON Glyph: ]) Color: Silver Metal: Silver or silver-colored Incense: jasmine Altar symbol: Crescent Moon Magical direction on Cube: Below Tarot cards. Eanh-7 of Pentacles . Water-7 of Cups. Eanh-9 of Pentacles MERCURY Glyph: V Color: Orange Metal: Brass Incense: Lavender Altar symbol: Caduceus Magical direction on Cube: East Tarot cards. Fire-9 of Wands. Water-S of Cups. Air-9 of Swords. Water-9 of Cups. Eanh-S of Pentacles VENUS Glyph: 9 Color: Green Metal: Copper Incense: Rose Altar symbol: A Rose or a Dove Magical direction on Cube: Nonh Tarot cards. Fire-S of Wands. Air-S of Swords. Air-7 of Swords.

Water-S of Cups. Fire-3 of Wands. Eanh-3 of Pentacles . Eanh-5 of Pentacles jUPITER Glyph: 21Color: Blue Metal: lin Incense: Sandalwood Altar symbol: An Equal-Armed Cross or a Blue Square Magical direction on Cube: West Tarot cards. Air-5 of Swords. Eanh-4 of Pentacles SATURN Glyph: lt Color: Black Metal: Lead Incense: Musk Altar symbol: A Black Triangle Magical direction on Cube: Above Tarot cards: Air-3 of Swords. Water-4 of Cups. Water-3 of Cups. Fire-5 of Wands." MARS Glyph: d Color: Red Metal: Iron Incense: Benzoin Altar symbol: Pentagram Magical direction on Cube: South Tarot cards. Air-4 of Swords. Fire-4 of Wands.

Eanh-Ace of Pentacles PLUTO Glyph: '!' Color: Violet or luminous blue Metal: Tungsten (iron may be used) Incense: Peat Moss Altar symbol: Phoenix Magical direction on Cube: West or the center Tarot card: None . Color: White or transparent Metal: Platinum. Fire-Ace of Wands. uranium (aluminium or zinc may be used) Incense: Civet Altar symbol: The Spinning Cross or a White Chaos Star Magical direction on Cube: East or the idea of the Cube Tarot cards: Air-Ace of Swords. WaterAce of Cups. Fire-2 of Wands. coral or anything from the sea is useful Incense: Ambergris Altar symbol: Trident Magical direction on Cube: West or is the Cube itself Tarot cards: Air-2 of Swords. Water-2 of Cups.71 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A NEPTIJNE Glyph: 'J:1 Color: Gray Metal: None. Eanh-2 of Pentacles URANUS Glyph: >j.

First. The Tree of Life is a plan of potential-your potential. it is a plan of the cosmic scheme as a whole.CHAPTER 6 THE CABALISTIC TREE OF LIFE II Sooner or later. rather like a circuit diagram or a Cosmic Sphere plan that helps us locate where we are at any given point in time. It is not a holy symbol to be placed on a wall or altar and prayed to. and second. The problems existing within the system stem not so much from its structure as from the way in which it has been altered to suit per­ sonal fetishes. Let us now look at the Tree of Life from first prin­ ciples in an effon to establish the reality of the system and show its undoubted value in contemporary Magic. This system is by far the best symbolic basis for growth available today. every serious student of Esoteric Magic will encounter the mysteries of the Cabalistic Tree of life. It is simply a plan of energy flow. it is our own plan for success (whatever success means to each indi­ vidual). There are two ways in which to view this symbol. . nor is it a symbolic ladder by which we evolve.

The color white is the sum total of all other colors. or esoterically. there is a basic framework based on cosmic law and truth. As a simple diagram. the first lesson is one of observation. which flow freely from your own subconscious mind. and each person must relate to the symbol in his or her own way. how would you do this? Well. Naturally. Everything that has. it can be expanded into a Cosmic . twenty­ two traditional paths. If you are attempting to understand the workings of the cosmos. Perhaps the best way of looking at this is to equate the entire cosmic scheme to pure white light.lo I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A There are two distinct ways of using the Tree of Life: practically. however. you were confronted with a symbol: the Encircled Cross. but then it is up to you to discover the potential of this system by using your own attributions. for those who wish to study the greater scheme of things. to solve life's problems. or will ever be can be found within the pattern of the Tree. Such is its power. The Tree of Life consists of ten spheres plus Daath. is. it could quite easily have been left without as much as a second glance. What else can you see? In learning the secrets of the Tree. It is exactly the same with the Tree of Life. it helps us understand the whole by looking at the lesser parts. and three columns of pillars. The First Lesson Look at the diagram of the Tree of Life given in figure 6 on page 8 1 . The Tree of Life is highly indi­ vidual. Only when you use a prism do you see these colors. Let us now look at this basic frame­ work. When you started to study this book. the simplest way is to split this up into manageable units that can then be examined in detail. as you now know.

C M A ' ' I I 6 •• Mllkuth Figurt 6. . The TrH of Life.

2. Everything in creation conforms to the symbol of the Encircled Cross and the symbol itself displays the way in which creation works. Symbols are not to be prayed to. Everything exists within the circle. you can see that it clearly exhibits cenain laws. for.Ia I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A Sphere and an Inner Temple. or propped up on an altar­ they are tools. All matter responds to the elemental forces and contains the fourfold division. as in point one. All symbols conform to universal laws and therefore exhibit these laws. remember two points: 1 . Notice how the circle encompasses all. When using a symbol as a means of discovery. To be fully effective. Within the circle is the cross of the ele­ ments with its central point of power. as a basis for mag­ ical work-it cannot be bettered. hung around your neck. In shon. or meditation. . Loo king at the Encircled Cross once more. many mysteries and real magical secrets are duly revealed. contemplation. Notice how the circle indicates the never-ending cycle of cosmic activity as seen in the seasons of the year or the revolution of the Eanh around the Sun. thereby allowing the symbol to communicate in an indi­ vidualistic way. The first lesson is always one of looking at the symbol to see what comes to mind rather than accepting the com­ monly held view that such things are sacred or holy or must be revered in some way. above. all magicians who wish to be truly creative and/or desire to know about creation use this symbol as a point of con­ centration. all preconceived ideas should be pushed aside. Naturally. when someone takes the time and trouble to look behind the obvious.

or. if it does not fit on the Tree. Nothing can therefore exist outside the Tree-plan.C II A P T I I 6 In learning the secrets of real Magic. We can fit any object. What does the number three conjure up in your imagination? Three is the number of stability. The Three Pillars Before taking a detailed look at the spheres and paths. it cannot exist. or pillars (see figure 7 on page 84). the truth. It is a complete plan of life and of life's ener­ gies. The spheres are arranged in three columns. but it does provide two valuable ways of using the symbol. and by thinking and searching with your mind you get not only more meaningful answers but also first hand knowledge about the real Tree of Life. everything in exis­ tence on every level. By allowing the symbol to speak. We can use the Tree to explain the causes behind these things. thereby understanding it better. situation. Why three? Why not two or four? One thing that you will learn about the Tree of Life is that not only will it answer ques­ tions. point two is the key. look again at the Tree of Life diagram. First Principles With these facts in mind. that is. 2. 1 . put bluntly. is bound to manifest. or eventuality onto the Tree. free from superstition and unre­ alistic attributions. The entire Tree of Life represents all. it also poses questions. as it applies to you. A table with only two legs will . This rule is unalterable. we ought to look at the entire scheme in a general sense.

The Thrft Plllan. After rhis you can add as many legs as you like and ir will nor make much difference-rhree represenrs srabiliry. and ir becomes srable. Add one more leg.84 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A fall over. making rhree. So we can con­ clude rhar rhe enrire Tree of Life resrs on a perfecrly stable con­ figurarion of rhree pillars. --------· BLACK Pillar --------· GOLD -------- WHm IAft Middle Pillar Right Pillar (Duth) (a) I <s> (6) (I) b) (•o) I I I I ·-------- Figure 7. .

We live in a three-dimensional world of height. This apparent para­ dox shows how the Tree of Life not only explains life but also poses questions. The answers to these questions are found within the Tree by thinking about these things. Although these things exist. and female.C M A . they have no place in the greater scheme of things. The pillars are three distinct ways in which the magician may find reality and use power. Seek and you will find. The Right-Hand Pillar This represents male potency and is therefore positive. the left-hand pillar is negative. The word " negative" does not imply negative traits such as evil or SCKalled Black Magic. in fact. length. This is the right way to use the Tree by personal involvement. Do you know which of these belongs to the appropriate pillar? Think about this.. take every idea that contains the number three and see how it fits on the pillars. while the middle pillar is neutral. The Tree of Life points only to freedom and truth. T I I 6 . They should be con­ sidered as a general background to the Tree rather than being taken too literally. and width. The Left-Hand Pillar Here you meet the female receptivity and all that is classified as negative. There is always an answer to these mysteries. The right-hand pillar is positive and male-oriented. Although this is the female . or receptive. it is also the path of the Orphic (use of the emotions). and the exercise of solving riddles such as these will teach you more about the Tree than any long-winded expla­ nation. Although this pillar is surmounted by the father principle (sphere 2).

All three pillars rest in the tenth sphere of Malkuth. Malkuth). All three paths originate in sphere 1 . There is an apparent contradiction in which the female principle appears to be related to a male mode of action (using the power of thought). All great works are performed by controlling and directing the mind and emotions. become a true Cabalist-one who seeks to know the Tree of Life by discovering answers to these imponant questions. by its very nature. This is yet another riddle to be solved. then using the imagination. suggests balance. using the imagination to probe the secrets of life. all three paths are used. Malkuth. this path equates to the use of the imagination. This is aptly seen in the Zodiac . This is the principle of the magical trident and the secret of the pillars. Further Considerations 1 . A due to the solution will be discovered by looking at the lower sphere (sphere 8 ) and by thinking about polarity (Female path-Male mode of expression ). Kether. and everything. It is also neutral. The Middle Pillar The center pillar. for the imagination is the key to all power. In Magic. The obvious lesson is that there are only three ways in which power may find its way into Eanh-existence (sphere 10. tran­ quil world. The mystic lives in a calm.116 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A pillar. Often described as the path of the mystic. Give this some thought. and find fruition in sphere 10. you use the same principle. mind) . the universe. in other words. it is also the path of Hermetic students (those who use the . While it is possible to be biased toward one path. according to your needs or psychological make up.

and Holy Spirit. Earth Mother. Binah. There are many important geometric configurations to be found by relating the spheres into patterns other than the main scheme. SOn. Remember that the diagram is a flat representation of a three-dimensional real­ ity. For instance: The male path of power flows not only down the right-hand pillar but also along the path formed by spheres 2. These rings equate to the three pil­ lars on the Tree of Life. Cardinal equates to male. and therefore female. Chesed. Hod. we can discover how the rings correspond to the pillars on the Tree of Life (see figure 8. and Child of Light. in Witchcraft as The Crone. It can also be seen in the Christian religion as Father. 3. or in Magic as All-Father. and therefore neutral. Silver Lady. Netzach. and mutable. fixed.C II A P T I I 6 scheme of the Triplicities: cardinal. page 88). Fixed signs are steady. and 7. . It is a common mistake for students (and teachers) to forget this important point. and Moon Maiden. Do you know which ones? The answer to the riddle lies not in the flat diagram of the Tree but in the three-dimensional reality of the Cosmic Sphere. unchangeable. The Tree of Life must always be flexible. Chockmah. By relating these qualities to the rings in the Cosmic Sphere. Geburah. and mutable. Mutable signs are cha ngeable. The Zodiac teaches us that there are three qualities: cardinal. 2. 4. Call to mind the Cosmic Sphere. Likewise. It consists of three rings. In order to discover the secret. and 8. fixed. we must briefly enter the realms of astrology. 5. for it is assertive and initiatory in its action. the female power follows the path of spheres 3. adaptable.

. and west. west.II I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T M I C A I A L A Ring 1 : Connects top. It equates to the fixed signs and therefore belongs to the middle pillar. base. / I I I I . The Rings of the Cosmic Sphere. east. It equates to the mutable signs and therefore belongs to the left-hand pillar.. Figure a. south. Ring 3: Connects top. and north. It equates to the cardinal signs and therefore belongs to the right-hand pillar. .. . south.. and north . Ring 2: Connects east. ­ Pillar• . wat . Top . base.

The Angelic level. It is by no means comprehen­ sive. A little well-understood information is always far better than endless reams of non­ related information. .. Each house contains a family and its belongings and has its own system of house rules. No two houses or families are the same. as with all magical matters. followed by thinking carefully and questioning. . In dealing with the spheres it is best to continue with the idea of simplicity first. it is far better to starr with a few simple facts and then add to the basic scheme in the light of knowledge and common sense. However. .. it is necessary to famil­ iarize yourself with the spheres of the Tree of Life. . . Each sphere has four worlds. A table of these can be found on page 9 1 . you will soon begin to understand how the Tree of Life works. Perhaps a good example would be a village in which there are eleven houses. ' The Three-Dimensional Tree of Life Once you establish the pillars. These are: The Divine level. If you consider the village to be the entire Tree of Life and each household a separate sphere. . Each sphere is a specific type of existence that is governed by a specific energy pattern. Before doing this. yet together they make up the village as a whole. or levels. Time is saved and confusion is avoided by adopting this approach.. The basic guidelines are easy to follow. The Archangelic level. relate the remainder of the Tree to the Cosmic Sphere. . for there are many possible attributions and associations. The Physical level.

Fire equates to ideas and powe. The four worlds equate to the four elements (Air. If you wish to use the paths correctly. and then you must learn about the paths as they apply to you. The Tree could not function with­ out these paths (in the same way that electrical components would not work without connecting wires or printed circuits). get to know it. Water equates to thinking about those ideas. Students of the Cabala usually make one of two classical mistakes: either they avoid the paths (preferring some fantasy world within the sphere). if you are well-versed in these techniques.fO I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A This arrangement does not really tell us much.. Air equates to using that energy. There are no gods or angels. it inevitably gives the wrong impression by causing people to think that they have to bow to some god or try to evoke an angel to get anywhere. Fire. they are distributed in a special way and are very potent channels of energy flow. and Earth). The paths are not simply decoration or some sort of scaffolding to prop up the spheres. By far the best way of using each sphere is by first examining the physical end and realizing that there are three more states of existence behind it. and Earth equates to the physical end result. think about it. first you must learn about the spheres as they really are. in fact. . but there are images that can. or they nail themselves to the cross of pathworking (which is another word for self-deluding drudgery). From a practical point of view. be quite useful. Study the diagram of the Tree of Life. Water. Twenty-two traditional paths connect the spheres.

. without nothing we could not have something. I have mentioned abstraction.C II A • T I I • . Traditionally there are ten spheres. It is best to view these veils as yet another sphere. Daath. This chapter is concerned with the latter. although of necessity we must examine the structure in order to understand it and thereby make use of it. and in reality the only way to view the Negative Veils is by using abstractions. Nothing exists in exactly the same way as something. a sphere of nothingness. 2. 1· 8. The Negative Veils There are two ways in which we may view the Tree of life-in its own right as a pure abstract symbol. together with that mysterious nonsphere. or as a practical living struc­ ture that will enhance our lives. The Negative Veils are above the Tree. It is . and some expla­ nation of these is necessary before moving on to the main struc­ ture. 9· 10. The Spheres of the Tree of Life Sphere I. Name Kether Chockmah Binah Daath Chesed Ceburah Tiphereth Netzach Hod Yesod Malkuth Color Transparent White Black Ultraviolet Blue Red Cold Creen Orange Silver The Colors of the Elements Ruling Planet Uranus Neptune Saturn Pluto Jupiter Mars Sun Venus Mercury Moon Earth 3· 4· 5· 6. It is the spaces between the letters in a word or the silence between notes of music.

. In our cycle of breath­ ing there is a point at which we are not breathing. hence the idea s given to you about preritual relaxation and the common concept of peace and power. and it still exists. it lies between the in-breath and the out-breath. and unrecog­ nized. Compare this approach with the more popular pursuit of cavorting around in a plastic circle. The way to understand the zero sphere is to imagine it as the sphere of pure potential-untapped. all you can do is alter its state of existence. howeve. or no thing. Nothing exists in its own right. undisturbed. the nearer we are to that potential. The nearer we get to zero. all you can do is alter its nature-either physically or by using the principles of Magic. One with a zero added become ten. It exists. zero is just as important as any other number. In the science of numbers. Nothing exists. albeit in a dif­ ferent form. We have to be careful in defining nothing. Howeve.fa I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T M I C A I A L A the background against which all of manifestation is viewed. During the high point of a ritual. or stillness. Every ritual should start by using the power of stillness. if we start with a plateful of food and eat it all. yet everything that does exist has come from nothing in the first place. This is a physical law that is indisputable. in its own right. Its practical application.. You cannot reduce something that exists into nothing. Matter can neither be created nor destroyed. when we are directly instructing the subconscious mind. it existed. and is unalterable. and not confuse it with the absence of something. but it is not yet realized. but this is not strictly true. and the meditation of nothing is most rewarding for those who pursue this line of light. it is important to . You cannot banish it from physicality. and eventually through the action of body fl uids it will change state. is enormous. You cannot create matter. we say that there is nothing left. The food has simply changed loca­ tion. For instance.

Everyone has this capacity. It is inescapable. and by thought I mean original thought. It was by look­ ing upward at our own galaxy. As yet there was no order or discernible . thereby robbing themselves of the opponunity to be themselves. It has to be observed and understood if you are to gain the full value of the Kether. The more we relax. Kether-Uranus The first sphere on the Tree of ufe is Kether. or the abil ity to reach nothingness. that humankind really began to think about its place in the universe and its rela­ tionship with the stars. All failure and lack in life is largely due to this fact. the type of thinking that is uniquely yours and belongs to no one else. Every new invention. the more we approach still­ ness. the Milky Way. you must strive to be original. Now can you see why the search for the real self is so imponant? At best. The same can be said about med­ itation and contemplation. To be yourself and realize your full potential. Accept nothing without thinking about it first. push aside all distracting thoughts and feelings. It is fitting that the zero sphere should be the sphere before the Tree of Life. they desperately try to make this image real with predictable consequences. Stillness. piece of music.. most humans are a poor reflection of everyone else's ideas. in other words thinking about something. the sphere of origins and beginnings. This type of thinking is difficult to describe. How does anything begin? Quite simply it begins in the mind as a thought. and line of poetry is the direct result of original thought. There is a world of difference between conscious thoughts. is the way to true power. and pure original thought. which get in the way of stillness. Confused and blind. Kether is the sphere of being. and the better the result. but few use it.

Original thinking was being applied-something had caused these stars to appear. humankind was to discover that their own being . the sphere of Kether should be used in all self-searching operations. such as a single point. . From a purely practical point of view. God also lay within FlguN 9· The Chaos Star." nning of many ideas and postula­ tions. In addition to using a visual image of galaxies of stars. It will prove to be of the utmost value for finding who you are and what you are capable of. but there was the beg . All lines God. you can use other attributions.94> I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N D T il l C A I A L A pattern. and that something was deemed to be Later on. A singularity with •lght arrows symbolizing IIMI and gnmetrlc lhapn mtanatlng from the slngl• sourc•.

The planet Uranus symbolizes the powers of intuition and original thought. Chockmah: the pillar of positive action and the idea of the uni­ versal father. A man set apan from the common herd by right. The light is the vast explosion of the big bang. Chockmah-Neptune At the head of the right-hand pillar of the Tree is sphere 2." and geometric shapes emanate from a single point. The Chaos Star represents the singularity of the big bang. let there be light: and there was light" (Gen. This can also be seen from a more mystical-religious-metaphysical viewpoint in the Bible. Uranus also indicates how a person will deviate from the norm in a binh chan. One funher attribution of Uranus is the crown. "And God said. just as the sphere of Kether indicates beginnings. and in Chockmah we are dealing with the former. when everything exploded in all directions at once. Kether belongs to Uranus. Such a king would rule his land with power drawn from the ability to be original and from the ability to be self-motivated in the truest sense of the word. which manifested from a point source. it shows how such a person will exert his or her ability to be different. The Chaos Star symbolizes this point of beginning. which is placed on the head of every true king. 1 :3). so does the Chaos Star symbolize the beginning of manifestation and cre­ ation. page 94). Potential has now become polarized into male and female. and its aspects will tell if a person will be constructive and inventive or if he or she will be eccentric and disruptive. The Chaos Star is a good example of this (see figure 9. In any case. and its eight arrows depict the act of creation going out in all directions. It should always be understood that humankind is a mixture of male and .

so we must look at the next sphere on the opposing pillar to continue on this journey to physicality. and it is regrettable that Saturn is so little understood. Neptune is flu­ idity. Neptune rules our ability to be inspired. Saturn is solidity. being clas­ sified as the great malefic." I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A female. Humankind was inspired by the order contained in the stars to do great things and forge ahead using power free from restrictions. Neptune can raise you to the heights of inspired thoughts and actions or it can lose you in the maze of unreality and over­ idealistic impracticalities. However. Always there is a choice. The key word of Binah is understanding. and inspiration carries with it a qual­ ity of emotion that uplifts the soul. There is no such thing as total male or total female on planet Eanh. The random patterns of galaxies have now resolved into the structure of the Zodiac. Without limitation you would not have form. movement. It is for this reason that Saturn is given to this sphere. Kether represents power. The single point has become a straight line or circle. power without a target and without form is of no real value. Chockmah represents power being directed along a specific course. there would be impossible situations. How often have you heard of an inspired work or act? It is the Neptune ability within us. The original idea has now become a dynamic force flowing through correct channels. The lesson of Binah is . Dinah-Saturn Sphere 3 is named Binah and is the natural domicile of the Great Mother. and the right choice is based on the wisdom of correctly applied power. and activity. The Great Mother gives binh and implies limitation. and you would ha ve neither a body nor anything to stand on. The planet Neptune is given to Chockmah.

but as always choice is the keyword. this is not true. The more astute of you will have noticed that the minimum number of three suppons is necessary to pro­ duce a stable structure. due to the wrong choice. Chesed-Jupiter Sphere 4 is named Chesed and is the sphere of abundance. It is also the home of jupiter." In other words. You as a human being are responsi­ ble for who you are and all that manifest around you without exception.C II A P T I I 6 t1 "all is as it should be. for a table with only two legs is bound to fall over. The position of this planet in a binh chan will indicate how that person is likely to receive or be denied these benefits. wise ways and you will achieve perfect results. No one else is responsible. The reverse is also true: originate from true self-seeking. As a funher point of contact and contemplation. your straight line or circle has become a tri­ angle of three equal sides. Abundance exists for everyone. due to understanding. all you have to do is find the key to unlock the door. and opponunity for expansion. Everyone has this point of contact with abundance. When you are truly . The truth of the matter is that you create your own troubles and experience the negative effects of Saturn. wealth. The law of cause and effect ceases to be a curse. these will find power and possi­ ble funher confusion at Chockmah and then will eventually find form as restriction in Binah. the planet of joy. and burdens become achievements. if you originate discordant and destructive ideas at Kether. If you are not experiencing lasting abun­ dance do not blame fate or class yourself as unlucky. yet few realize its potential. Chesed is expansion in every sense of the word and expan­ sion implies a free and unrestricted flow.

then allow this power to flow. instead. then never begrudge the rich their wealth. Mars is the planet of Geburah. and it distracts your thinking. Life's energies should pro­ duce action along the right paths. ask and it will be given. think abun­ dance. Nothing will ever be denied if you ask and believe in the laws abundance. and even war. rather than being impulsive. use this to inspire you to be wealthy-not in exactly the same way. Cause and effect are linle understood. A wise person can be truly generous. It results in anger. To every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. Remember that you are dealing with the principle of generosity and that this works both ways. and this is true on all levels. unwanted force. Wasted or out of con­ trol energy is usually due to lack of understanding. but in your own way. think wealth. Envy and greed similarly point to a complete lack of under­ standing of reality. and Martian energy needs and implies control. you are secure because abundant supply will always exceed the apparen t lack.fl I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T il l C A I A L A attuned to Chesed. antagonism. Geburah-Mars Geburah is the sphere of energy and action. If you wish to become rich. for they will never fear lack-there is no such thing. Depend on these laws and trust your inner powers of plenty. so we give useless . you can never want for anything. be they in the mind or in physical terms. Think rich. for we are always responsible for our actions. provided that you think first and then act. Better to plan and organize. Remember. for every action must cause a result. Wanting to have what someone else has is the wrong approach. according to the laws of physics.

Be yourself and all else . karma. the key­ words of this sphere. It is in this sphere that we must seek to be what we will. who have failed to realize the true implica­ tion of what they are believing in. Any problems are truly yours. Its symbol is rhe six pointed star. in other words. liphereth is right at the heart of the Tree and is connected to every other sphere (except Malkuth)." excuses to cover up our lack of control. or we have a convenient get-out clause so that we can blame something or somebody else. Tiphereth-Sun From Geburah we return to the middle pillar. destiny. most of life's tragedies and inner conflicts are due to trying to be something that we are not. and then act in a responsible manner. Thinking is the cause. usually the gods. the sphere of liphereth and the power of the Sun. Balance and harmony are correct life expressions. The laner excuse is now an accepted belief panem by millions of people who have not even thought about the concept. The figure suggests balance and the harmony of opposites. you caused them in the same way that you are now learning how to cause far bener things to happen. fate. be ourselves while drawing on the energies of all the other spheres. or if you really want to indulge in passing the buck. The key to the energies of Geburah is stop. Those who seek knowledge of the central ego and self should always look toward liphereth. just as the Sun is at the center of our solar system. A far cry from reality. Wrong thinking produces undesirable effects. think. which consists of two perfectly interlaced triangles. so liphereth is the center or nervous system of the Tree. Change your thinking and you are bound to change your life for the bener.

" If you tell yourself these things often enough. Fonunately. so it is a mistake to narrow the field of possibilities and restrict the self in these ways. By seeking the truth about what you are and what you need. whatever is put into the subconscious mind will become a reality. for instance: " I am a Sagittarian" or "I am nervous. Again. Tiphereth embraces all that you may become. you will become these things. Therefore. for to indulge in negative and non­ balanced thinking is to go against what you really are. by using your subconscious power correctly. for what is disease and discomfon but a lack of balance? The solar energies restore balance by adjusting the energy pat­ terns so that they once again conform to the way you should be. So we should look a little deeper." a strange name to associate with the planet of peace and love. Netzach is the sphere of attraction and desire power. and the process is reversible.100 I I O Y I I I C M A G I C A II D f il l C A I A L A will fall into place in perfect harmony. Use Tiphereth as your sphere of guidance. By seeking within. at first glance you would think that this would be attributed to Mars. you restore the bal­ ance and you become your self. All natural healing of unbalanced conditions belongs to this sphere. Apan from healing. A popular misconception is to view yourself as a type. choice can always be exercised. So not only do you get the results of such thoughts you also produce a dash of interests with resulting inner tension. the concept of right thinking must be applied. Popular misconception may suggest that yo u should gain victory over your desires. This is simply incorrect- . In Cabalistic lore it is named "Victory. so shall you have all that is right and proper. Netzach-Venus Sphere 7 is named Netzach and contains those energies attrib­ uted to Venus.

it is invariably control over some one else. it is what you desire that matters. which is hardly Venusian. Life is ruled by give and take and sharing. Rituals for love often fail for this reason. The laws of Netzach teach give and take. and there is vic­ tory in achieving or having the unobtainable. rather like a flower. There is victory in replacing lust with love. Anything else is just a poor compromise. The energy is being misdirected. so it attracts insects by giving color. To desire is not wrong. you can no more tum off desire power than you can stop breathing permanently. True love is binding because the laws of attraction complement each other. such a victory would be oppressive. for it is not love that is being sought. . You can have whatever you desire but take care not to do this in the wrong emotional or mental state. It is the victory over misdirected desires that is important. You cannot force some one else to love you or conform to your ideas. Far better to seek lasting love in pastures new than to try to force another being to conform to an unobtainable ideal. The real vic­ tory is to desire all the things that you wish to have purified of all harmful ideas. and the laws of abundance have not been realized. Such is the lesson of Netzach. but to be greedy or desire some one else's money is wrong. To desire money is not wrong. If you express disharmony and greed. To stoke up the fires of desire power is to want with all your heart. Purify your emotions and feelings and use desire power to bring into your life all those things you really need. A flower needs to have its seeds fertilized. Likewise it's wrong to desire another person without consideration of the other person's needs and feelings. scent. and on the other hand.101 on the one hand. So it is with humans. you attract these into your life. we attract in proportion to what we give out. There is victory in attracting into your life all those beautiful things you wish to have. and honey.

. In the right hands it is a tool for learning and applying that knowledge for advancement. orderly mind concentrating on the objective enables you to plan out your campaign of action and helps you to sort out the wheat from the chaff in magical terms. the "messen­ ger of the gods . It can be a source of trouble. A quiet. will not produce con­ crete results or infl uence the subconscious mind beneficially. It is essential to control the mind by seeking peace and then direct it into the appropriate channel. the way you speak and think. Mercury rules communication. and utter confusion if it is rigidly educated to the wrong standard set by the self. and make decisions around the needs of the self. but it is the ability to think in simple terms that gets results. contemplative thinking gets results. There is nothing wrong with knowledge if it can be applied or if it satisfies a need. and its planet is Mercury. so you are. complaints. and it is the planet of the conscious mind. When used to plan.. it is functioning correctly. calm. Correctly controlled emotions are essential if desire power is to work. Quiet.. because it is then at variance with the self. In other words. The conscious mind is a tool. examine.lOa I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A Hod-Mercury Sphere 8 is named Hod. darting about from one fact to another. and in this sphere you have to learn how to use the mind as a tool for achievement. but the need to indulge in book learning is largely self-defeating unless such a person has no other aims in life. compare. as a tool instead of an encum­ brance. The ability to think and then direct the subconscious mind is magical. and that is what matters. As you think. a mind full of confusion.

probably because the Moon rules our imagination. There are three paradigms in which the subconscious mind may be influenced: Thinking. You have to see in your mind's eye what you want. emotional desire. which belongs to sphere 9. By themselves neither of these will get results. .IOJ Yesod-Moon Much as been said and written about the Moon and its magical lore. For the lan­ guage of the subconscious is in pictures and symbols. and they are classified as hermetic or inhibitory. This area of life is well wonh a study in its own right. which is sphere 8. Malkuth-Eanh Malkurh is both the sphere in which we stan our upward search for perfection and the sphere in which we experience physicality. and they are classified as orphic or excitatory. encour­ age new more desirable habits. Some prefer to use the mind. One of the keys to getting results is knowing that when new thought becomes habit. Netzach­ Venus. others prefer to stoke up the emotions. Yesod-Moon. or nothing can happen. and you will be surprised just how habitual you really are. it works auto­ matically. and the power of the imagination. The best plan of action is to use all three in pro­ portion to your needs and abilities. and everything changes for the better. The lesson is plain to see: Change your thinking. You have to use some blend and you have to use the imagination. staying this way automatically. Hod-Mercury. so it naturally follows that progress is made when you discard those habits that are unproductive or bad. ( will not duplicate effon in the mane� but rather concentrate on the more useful magical possibilities. which is sphere 7. Yesod and the Moon also govern our response to life and our habits.

These are not external to us. and the four elemental gate­ ways of power. but not as karma or the anger of extra­ terrestrial beings or UFO-related entities. It exists in the misdi­ rected energy patterns within the spheres of the Tree of Life. physical results will either be unrewarding (at best) or unchangeable (at worst). they are pan of us. By building up the Inner Temple along correct symbolic lines. opening these doorways to the vast storehouse of power available from the rest of the Tree. the result will automatically be undesirable conditions on the physical plane. it is also that ideal­ istic state we visualize as the Inner Temple. for each of us are our own Tree. people are right to look upward. Not only is Malkuth equivalent to the physical world. we form stable ground for the rest of the Tree to grow and bear fruit. To work effective Magic we must start at Malkuth and its Inner Temple. and therefore the solu­ tion to the problem is within the problem itself. The lesson of Malkuth is therefore quite simple-outer con­ ditions are the result of inner thinking. In a way. and worked with in a sane and sensible fashion. The whole of the Tree of Life rests in Malkuth and finds its eanhly fulfillment therein.104 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A All the previous spheres find expression in Malkuth. Through these doorways we contact and use the power of the Tree of Life and allow that power to produce physical results. . so it stands to reason that if there is imbalance in these spheres. We look to the stars and to the gods for help. Humankind instinctively looks skyward for inspiration and answers to its problems. the double cube. understood. for the problem exists in higher spheres. Unless this sphere is organized. Its symbols are the Encircled Cross.

Today's initiations contain a poor reflection of this idea. We need to search within for the cause of fear. and taboos and by shining light into the darkest comers of your mind. You have the power to do anything. By fear I do not mean the normal protective fear we expe­ rience during moments of danger. fear of the unknown. you will experience this trans­ formation. superstition. The solution to a fear is like a problem. Daath-Pluto contains the power to transform your life. I mean unfounded fear. To seek the power of Daath and its planet Pluto you will have to overcome these fears and taboos . to have whatever you wish. to be whatever you want to be. let no one tell you otherwise. fear destroys creation before we can even stan. The path is not easy. although we no longer need the lion's den or the pit of fire. but you can succeed if you are determined enough. By beating fear. within the fear itself. you are unafraid and nothing can stand in your way. you acquire self-determination and total freedom from the imaginary demons that plague humankind. Always remembe� in reality there is nothing to fear except fear itself. and so on. When you beat fear you acquire much more than the power to create.Daath-Piuto There is a barrier between the power of Daath and yourself­ that barrier is fear. Results depend on positive thinking and belief in what you are doing. once beaten. and use the power of Daath to shine the powerful light of cosmic truth . fear of God. In ancient times an initiate was put through fear­ some tests and ordeals to see if he had the necessary qualities expected of such a person. fear of pushing ahead because it might not work. Nothing prevents growth more than fear. Facing up to and beating fear is vital to self-development.

and its ruling planet is Saturn. for is not the science of the stars noth­ ing more than pure wisdom? With sphere 3 we move to the opposite pillar and the Great Mother. all the others emanate from and are contained within it. light always illu­ minates darkness. and so it is with Daath. To live is to be free and to be free is the reality of life. Sphere 2 is named Chockmah. It may seem strange that the appar- . its keyword is wisdom. for although Kether contains all the colors they are not as yet manifest. rather like clear glass. The Tree of Life is your plan of freedom. At the physical end it is best represented by the planet Uranus. we can see it and understand it. It contains all there is. Its symbol is a crown. It rep­ resents the beginning of something and so equates with original­ ity and individuality. named Kether. From a physical point of view its planet is Neptune and its color is pure white. Once a thing is in full view. At the top of the Tree we have sphere 1. This sphere is named Binah. Summary of the Tree of Life Below is a summary of the imponant principles of the Tree of Life. and it represents the All-Father principle. and as such it represents pure poten­ tial. A photograph of the galaxy will give you a perfect idea of the all­ ness and dynamic power that is Kether. The Zodiac also fits well into this sphere. As for color. It explains the essential information that you should not forget. Its color is pure black. thereby equating it and eventually transforming it. As this is the first sphere. l C A I & L & onto these causes and see them for what they are. After you have carefully read this chapte� try to recall as many of the outstanding points as you can. It is the sphere of new ideas.106 I I O T I I I C M A G I C & • D T . while white is traditional I prefer to use transparency.

Look at its position. free from religious overtones. Victory. but please do not confuse this with the version dished out by Christianity. the color blue. however. it is far better to exclude negative attributions and seek the positive possibili­ ties instead. Chesed. Middle pillar spheres are too abstract to have colors. and the planet jupiter. The keyword is mercy. but remember that in its correct aspect Saturn is the planet that gives fonn. it becomes the light within your inner self (in human tenns). Its color is emerald green. like the center of the solar system. It is central to the whole Tree. you ruin your chances of controlling power by losing control and thereby dissipating that power. named Tiphereth. which is the keyword . Its color is red and its planet is Mars. The keyword for this sphere is understanding. and birth is the giving of fonn. Back on the right-handed pillar once more we arrive at sphere 4. therefore. Our next sphere is number 7. Mars often has a bad reputation because it rules aggression and war (among other things). The keywords are beauty and harmony. This sphere represents pure mercy.ustice and might. Here we are dealing with limitless and abundant expansion in keeping with the idea of the fortune-bestowing god of the vine. The keywords are . always remember that although everything fits on the Tree.ently restrictive planet Saturn should equate to a mother. and initiative. the colors yellow or preferably gold may be used. Like Saturn. enterprise. Its name is Netzach and its planet Venus. If you lose your temper. named Geburah. This sphere therefore represents energy. Venus is the principle of attraction. however. In direct opposition we have sphere 5. On the middle pillar we arrive at sphere 6. It is our personal magnetism that helps us bring into fruition the nicer things in our lives.

there are of course four. Such is Magic on a prac­ tical level. The Moon is responsible for our imagination-that powerful magical tool that gives us access to the subconscious mind represented by Tiphereth. its color is silver. adaptability. little wonder that the keyword-foundation-is so apt. With regard to colors. and communia�tion are the keywords of this sphere. The major lesson you can learn from Mercury is to reorganize your thinking into simple. There is a world of difference. Malkuth. By using the imagination. realistic patterns. one for each element. for Malkurh is in reality the sphere of practicality. We have the ability to build whatever we wish in whatever way we wish in our imagination. and irs color is orange. we reach sphere 1 0. may at first seem quire odd until we realize that by controlling our emotions and redirecting them as desire power we are bound to gain victory over circumstances. moving away from the more chaotic forms of the accepted norm. . we shape all that is around us. Flexibility. The end product of all that has gone before: magically. Sphere 9 on the middle pillar is named Yesod. it is the sphere of the four elements. Malkurh is our ideal world in addition to being the Inner Temple. By using these elements we apply power to physical matter and shape this according to our needs. Finally. The difference between the ideal world of Malkuth and planet Eanh is blatantly obvious to every­ one. The training of the mind is an essential pan of all real Magic. and its planet is the Moon.101 I S O T I I I C M A G I C & • o T M I C A I A L A of this sphere. and this is the Eanh sphere. yet another idealistic stare of existence in which we work all meaningful magical rituals. yet the secret of Malkuth is in bringing the ideal into physical fact. Sphere 8 is named Hod. irs planer is Mercury (the symbol of the mind ). Mercury rules communica­ tion-the way you speak and think.

bear in mind their position. in other words. read this chapter many times. the numbers. Tiphereth. T I I I These are yellow for Air and east. which. we have the expansion of Jupiter.C II A . blue for Water and west. For instance with sphere 4. Kether. while sphere 1 0. The reason is simple if you remember that. implies the . The Positions of the Spheres When thinking about the spheres. Look at the diagram of The Tree of Life in this chapter (figure 6. These belong to the faces of the Magic Cube. equates to the eastern face of the cube. with the underlying tone of the right-hand pillar. and green for Earth and north. while sphere 6. belongs to the uppermost point. put in practical terms. Sphere 1 . Hod. Or with sphere 5. excluding Daath. the other main attri­ bution of Chockmah is the Zodiac. and think about the spheres. initial power and final product. Chesed. however. although the ruling planet is Neptune. using the ruling planets. and the ideas given to you. red for Fire and south. Malkuth. page 8 1 ) . For example sphere 8. this is solved by giving the entire outer structure to this sphere. This fits in well with the age-old idea of God above and man below or. the use of energy based on our ability to receive it using the power of the mind. belongs to the base. Sphere 2 is likely to give most Cabalistic thinkers something of a problem. Relating these to the Cosmic Sphere is not difficult. in tum. The whole of this magical solar . positive outflowing with generous and kind emotions. In the center is the Sun. Geburah. idea of the three rings. We are now left with seven spheres. around which are arrayed the planets. Here we have a perfect scheme. naturally belongs to the center.

within the Sun. What does this suggest? The answer is the Cube (six faces). together with the vast power potential of Pluto. must mean that Daath is to be found at the center also. Despite the ideas and taboos found in other sources of information. Note that there are six points. That is. as one would expect. and now the Tree of Life can be seen to be an extension of this scheme.110 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M D T M I C A I A L A system is. This. The myth of the Phoenix affords valuable clues as to the correct location in that this mythological bird is consumed by fire in order to be reborn. The Hexagram As you have come to observe. The Hexagra� so beloved of the Golden Dawn. Notice the arrangement of spheres (and planets) around the center of the Tree (Tiphereth-Sun). Daath. you should look at all other sym­ bols in this light. As a student of Esoteric Magic. The simple Encircled Cross is representative of the Cosmic Sphere. equate to transformation that leads to ultimate power and total realiza­ tion. symbol diagrams are inevitably a flat representation of a three-dimensional reality. HOD (Mercury) NETZACH (Venus) BINAH (Saturn) is opposite to is opposite to is opposite to CHESED (Jupiter) CiEBURAH (Mars) YESOD (Moon) . All that remains is to locate that enigmatic sphere of Daath. Do you know what this is? Consider figure 10 carefully. surrounded by the stars in the form of the Zodiac. provided that you allow this to be flexible. together with its Pluto ruler. for there is much to be gained and learned from symbols. There are other clues. some of which are to be found in the Tree diagram. is yet another plan of a three-dimensional configuration.

ttDmt (SUn). YISOD (Moon) Figure 10. This can be seen not only in the pillars but in many other areas as wel l. you will see that not only does it agree with the cube plan but the Tree of Life as well. The Heugram.tum) n. Look aga in at the Cube and Hexagram. Mercury-Hod is representative of the conscious mind. The Hexagram is there­ fore a flat representation of the Cube (see figure 1 1 . page 1 1 2). If you now look at the Hexagram. of course. Also notice that the Tree of Life constantly suggests the idea of polarity.Ill IlNAM (S. adding the appropriate spheres and planets. or Inner Temple. while . agrees with our conception of the magical cube. This.

The essential part of this idea is one of bal­ ance. The Magic Cube. Likewise. This is indicated quite clearly by the middle pillar and the . They are both con­ nected with the mind but from a different point of view.tum CHISID ® Juphwr YISOD NITlACH GlaMAH 0 Yftllll 0 Moon MOD 0 Man 0 lkmlry Figure 11.Ill I I 0 T I I I C II A G I C A II 0 T II I C A I A L A llfWt G S. desire. jupiter-Chesed equates to the deeper mind. and female qualities is exactly balanced by the male-dominated power of Mars-Geburah. Venus-Netzach and its associations with attraction.

so these may be left blank and the actual color presumed for the time being. which is central to the entire Tree design. get involved with this simple task.C M A P T I I 6 IIJ sphere of Tiphereth. Familiarizing Yourself with the Tree Diagram Continue with your work on the planets. You will also note that Tiphereth (Sun) is also placed at the cen­ tral balancing point of the Cube. for each planet relates directly to a sphere. or felt-tip pens. The information gained will be of value in helping you understand the Tree in a personal sense. Familiarize yourself with the Tree diagram. The more you put in. poster paint. take your time and use your ingenuity to create a persona/ Tree diagram you can be proud of. the more you get out. Make sketches or draw the Tree of Life carefully onto a card. In keeping with good magical practice. it is impossible to use transparent ink for Kether or ultraviolet for Daath. . This may be used as point of con­ centration during subsequent ritual work. Obviously. Color the spheres using crayon.

This is . 2. and other nonrelated ideals. free from over complexity. Chockmah. for failure to realize this truth is bound to limit your life and. Belief patterns such as this do nothing for the an and practice of Magic and are. and perhaps the greatest is the idea that this is a son of ladder that has to be climbed in order to evolve. and 3. The only real evolution is one of ridding ourselves of such self-restrictive ideas.CHAPTER 7 How TO ERECf AND ATI1JNE TO EACH SPHERE In order to make use of the Tree of Life. There are many misconceptions concerning the Tree of Life. One example of this is the presumption that the supemals (spheres 1. in any case. restrict the possibilities offered by the Tree. completely false. Kether. It is also essential that the Tree paradigm be personal rather than general. Only by adopt­ ing a personal approach can the tree truly reveal its meaning. of course. They are presumed to be beyond him or her. Forget about evolving and accept the more correct concept that you are evolved. it is essential that a real­ istic approach be used. incorrect attri­ butions. Binah) are not accessible to the student. This is most imponant.

The higher the sphere. the novice was initiated into each sphere. connected by paths. Each sphere. By far the best way of looking at the spheres is to ignore the way in which they are spread out. is a three-dimensional con­ figuration rather than the convenient flat circle given in the Tree diagram. Not an easy task if you believe traditional sources. by its very nature. of course. the task is not as difficult as you would think. rather like a room with different colored win­ dows or perhaps a house containing several rooms. Each is different. provided that cenain guidelines are followed. for this is only a convenient way of representing a complex arrangement. Fortunately. this is not strictly true and can easily lead the student to presume that the spheres are in fact separated by space. the more difficult the task-or so we are lead to believe. although the Tree of Life shows these spheres as being separate. the higher spheres were reserved for individuals of rare talent and powerful abili­ ties.116 I I O T I I I C M A G I C & N O T M I C & l & l & absolute rubbish and is based on the outmoded system of grades advocated by the Order of the Golden Dawn. being a specific categorization of energy. and each con­ tains its own inner truths directly relating to the individual. we will use the Tree as it is meant to be used-as a plan of potential and a means of self-dis­ covery. adopt the idea of one structure in which all the others may be found. The main . Also. In order to gain access to the knowledge of a sphere and. in fact it is quite easy. Instead. Let us forget all about rising up the Tree by means of grades and meaningless initiations. The Tree consists of ten spheres (eleven with Daath). Naturally. it is essential that you learn how to erect each sphere and how to equate to it meaningfully. You work within this rather than on it or outside it. gradually climbing the Tree as the Order saw fit. to the power therein. Instead. In this system.

using symbols and so forth. ges­ tures. the entire Tree of Life may be found within its structure. of course. known as Malkuth or the Kingdom.C II A P T I I J '" structure has already been given to you. The Tree of Life symbol is a flat representation of this three-dimensional structure. Malkuth is the sphere in which all Practical Magic is worked. the energy being used. Before energy can flow. contains everything. we allow it to flow by recognizing that it exists and thereby allow­ ing it into our life. usually epito­ mized as planeta ry. and then allow it to flow into our life. Therefore. This equates to the lowest sphere on the Tree of Life. Malkuth is the sphere of the four elements and the ideal world. we must first recognize it. or finds fruition. symbols. In Malkuth this is done by attuning this sphere to the energy required and then allow­ ing this to enter into the sphere of Malkuth through the four elemental gateways. This has already been discussed in the previous chapter in which the spheres were allocated to the nodal points and to the inner cube. That is the function of this sphere-to act as a point of impact for energy. is the Cosmic Sphere of Malkuth. in the base sphere of Malkuth. Let us examine this in a little more detail. which we will refer to as Malkuth from now on. The accent is on con­ tacting or attuning to a specific type of energy. in tum. and physical objects backed up with the power of the imagination to help attune the mind to the task in hand and. which. It is the Cosmic Sphere of three rings. What are we actually doing other than bringing this energy into our consciousness? We do not travel to a planet or to some remote part of ourselves to do this. Note how this is done by using an assortment of words. This process can easily be seen in the flat Tree diagram in which the entire Tree of Life impacts. . The Cosmic Sphere.

then one can hardly expect the rest of the Tree to be stable. the entire Tree of Life! To do this is not difficult. it is essential that the Cosmic Sphere be constructed carefully and practiced until it is second nature. like all magical work. if the base sphere is somewhat shaky. for personal involvement is a major factor in successful mastery of Magic and the Tree of Life. It is the same with Malkuth. and do not be afraid to try out new ideas. need some con­ sideration and practice before it can be truly effective. even if you do make mistakes. let us rerum to Malkuth itself. but do remember that it is your own ideas that will ultimately prove to be the best. Keep a magical notebook in which to record any impressions or ideas received either during meditations or at any other times. it is bound to pay off in the end. Be methodical and practical. Attuning the sphere to Malkuth (as opposed to consideration of the entire sphere) is a simple affaia. the better the Tree scheme. for now. These should be worked with and extended in any way that you feel is right. than not to try at all. but it does. is hardly worth any detailed consideration. It is better to try.Ill I I O T I I I C M A G I C a • o T M I C A I A L A The sphere of Malkuth can therefore be attuned to anything that lies above it-in short. So resist the temptation to rush ahead hoping to find shortcuts to knowledge or presuming that Malkuth. By all means use these ideas to the fullest. Trees need roots in deep fertile earth lest they blow over or starve. After all. This would be a prime mistake. We will consider this attunement in a moment but. provided that certain rules . You have been given many useful ideas with regard to the sphere of Malkuth. Before your magical work can be effective. being the lowest of the spheres. Be guided by feel. for Malkuth is the key to the entire Tree and the only real gateway to power. The better the base sphere.

All that you are looking for. use a substitute such as a small knife or dagger. A clear. These may be represented by the four weapons or their equivalent. With this sphere. it is possible to obtain inexpensive reproduction swords or find real swords in second hand shops at moderate prices. Think about this. This may sound obvious. . you are mainly dealing with the four ele­ menrs. Take nothing into a temple unless it is understood. Sound advice indeed. First must come clear intention. This may be person­ alized according to your needs. organize the temple in such a way as to enhance this purpose.C II A P T I I 7 lit are followed. It is not the cost. a Magic Sword. say. Simplicity is always the best way to get results. but all too often there is presumption rather than assertion. Do remember that it is not vital to purchase. stop and think. one or two well-chosen items are bound to be far more effective than a whole host of odds and ends acquired from dubious sources. In other words. Once the intention is clear. this would mean bring­ ing in those objects that will serve to remind us of the nature of this sphere. Instead. Before you stan to purchase masses of equipment or clutter the temple up with all manner of attributions to be found. is a symbolic representation of the ele­ ment of Air. In the case of Malkuth. Bring in the appropri­ ate correspondences to help focus the mind along the chosen path or energy pattern. well-thought-out inten­ tion is a major key to successful Practical Magic and is no less so in esoteric matters. in this case. These things cost a small fonune. know which sphere you are working. Use your imagination and apply tha t all-imponant personal touch. In fact. These rules apply equally to all other spheres. Alternatively. or indeed the shape and size that matters at this stage. even if the ideal Magic Sword is not at hand.

and. What do you think should be emblazoned on the Shield? When you have decided on this. The major cards belong to the paths that are discussed in . Again. They can be made of metal or even glass. Finally. Magic Cups can also be purchased quite cheaply. Also remember that it really does not matter if you have an anistic touch or not. The design is very impor­ tant. the Magic Shield should be made by your­ self using metal. Once again. the student. Forget about Pentagrams and other trendy designs. no matter what others may think.110 I I O T I I I C • & G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A A Magic Rod or Wand should be made. you are bound to arrive at a succession of designs that will teach you far more than simply copying something out of a book . the seventy-eight cards are divided into twenty-two maior cards and fifty-six minor cards. any sincere. I will advance a few useful ideas that you. Although it is not the purpose of this book to enter into detailed discussion of this intricate system. original effort is wonh a thousand imitations or copies made without so much as a second thought. There are many ways. or even stiff card. inarion to determine what you would like to see as a representa ­ tion of the element of Fire. What does matter is that you try in your own way to reproduce the ideas in your own mind. it is all a question of choice. By thinking in this way. Felt-rip pen or poster paints are among some of the possibilities. Tarot cards fit the Cabalistic scheme with a precision that cannot be described as accidental. in any case. may care to expand in your own way. The Tarot Perhaps the most versatile and useful of all magical tools is the tarot. find some way of transferring this design onto the Shield. In brief. To try is to succeed. use your imag. based on your own thoughts. wood.

the 8 of Cups belong to Hod (sphere 8 ) and to magical west (Cups). each suit equates to one of the four elements. For now. The minor cards are divided into four suits of founeen cards. and Pages). we are left with forty cards. Knights. we will confine ourselves to the minor cards only. ten for each suit or element. For instance. To use the tarot in Cabalistic work is quite an easy matter. The suit indicates the correct magical direction by its weapon and element. Likewise. for it lends itself easily to this. the 1 0 of Swords belong to Malkuth (sphere 10) and to east (Swords). Queens. Naturally. or could be placed on the appropriate wall or quaner within the .Ill the next chapter. The complete arrangement of the minor cards is given in the following table: SPHERE WT Swords Kether Chockmah Binah Chesed Geburah Tlphereth Netzach Hod Yesod Malkuth Ace 2 SOUTH Wands Ace 2 WEST Cups Ace 2 NORTH Shields Ace 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 No tarot card represents Daath. In the case of Malkuth. the four 1 Os could be placed on the altar. Leaving aside the coun cards (Kings. It is the number that gives the due to the correct arrangement on the Tree of Life. aligned to their respective directions.

to say the least. They may be used as symbols for contemplation or as astral doorways through which one passes in the imagination. highly dubious. but this need not interfere with your work. There are three more. Far better to apply common sense and simplicity. so to speak. or Archangelic level The world of formation. The most obvious link with each sphere is through its ruling planet. the planet is only pan of the picture. or Angelic level The world of expression.IU I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II D T il l C A I A L A temple. one simply has to change the physical correspondences and. or Physical level (Earth-Physical Object or Situation) (Water-£motion) (Air-Thought) (Fire-Desire) . The correspondences of a par­ ticular sphere are the subject of much debate and heated exchanges. In order to attune the Cosmic Sphere to another sphere. and so it is to the correspondences of the planets that you must first turn if you are to successfully contact each sphere. these are: Atziluth Briah Yetzirah Assiah The world of origins. Ingenuity will sug­ gest other uses. of course. However. or Divine level The world of creation. Other ideas include their use as an on/off switch for each element. the inner. for most of these attri­ butions are. one has only to educate the conscious mind in the basic idea that face up opens the elemental gate while face down closes it. According to tradition. In order to do this. imaginative associations. The scene depicted on a card may then be explored to see what impressions arise in the mind. one level. Each sphere consists of four worlds.

these associations are correct. Let us consider a meditation of the sphere of Yesod. Naturally. This would involve using silver candles and altar doth. But how to approach. as always. is contained in the Tree of Life. These equate directly to the four ele­ ments in the following way: The Divine or God level best belongs to the element of Air by vinue of the fact that the cosmic circle originates at east (origination being the keyword). the answer. either from top to bottom or in reverse. Perhaps the easiest way to describe this is to give an exam­ ple. using suitable correspondences and then working through each of the four levels. The for­ mative world of Yetzirah belongs to west and the element of Water and. the nonh and the element of Eanh belongs to Assiah. each student must accept or decline the invitation to try out this carefully deliberated system. for. T I I 7 IIJ The power of each sphere may therefore be tapped by bring­ ing it through each of the worlds to its ultimate fruition in Assiah ( the physical ) . Yesod-Moon Meditation Gather the appropriate correspondences. a . depending on the nature of the work in hand. in this case those of the Moon. understand. each world may be explored and approached directly. there are no barriers between you and a particular level-aU are open to you. and eventually use each level is indeed a complex problem--or so it seems. The erection or attunement of each sphere is best done by attending to the physical end first. There are four worlds. despite opinions to the contrary. Leaving aside pseudoreligious attitudes and associated dogma.C II A . finally. Although there are other supposed traditional arrangemen� each with their own merits or dogmas. To south and the element of Fire must go the creative world of Briah. Naturally.

at your command. direct your attention to the Crown. Through this portal. " Short. starting at magical east. such as. Imagine that the Crown is studded with ten jewels.II. The high point of the ritual would be the attunement to Yesod followed by a meditation. . all that remains is to open the temple in the manner given in the Master Ritual. and pro­ ceeding around the circle. cubic temple and that. In the case of Yesod. finally terminating at magical north (Assiah). simple . The exact manner of doing this is largely a matter of choice. do I contact the (name level) of the sphere of Yesod to make manifest its presence within this temple. and the four 9s of the tarot. but it is always a good idea to bring in the control symbol of the magical weapons. at magical east. This is the symbolic point from which all power flows and also equates to the All­ Father. it opens. the Divine level of Atziluth. Simple statements of fact are best. through each level (or world).. one for each planet (or sphere) in the appropriate colors.. This is done in the imagination in the following way: First. this would be a silver jewel or perhaps a pearl. The power must then be allowed into the temple through the four elemental gateways. under the control of this Sword. each one opens allowing the silver light to enter. I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A II D T II I C A I A L A mirror (indicative of the reflective Moon). By far the best way to do this is by imagining that there is a doorway in each wall of the inner. Suitable words may be spoken as long as they are yours and they do not contain undesirable elements. such as subservience to the gods and so on. Having attended to these prelimi­ naries. May this be so. imagine that you are holding the Sword (do this physically if you have a real Sword) and that as you point this at the doorway. a good lunar incense. See this begin to glow with bright silver light and imagine that this is moving downward into the temple. For instance.

hoping to contact the Devil. In any case. In order to remove con- . Allow this light to rise upward. as symbolized by the magical Cube. There is little point in performing meditations out of some sense of duty or because it seems to be the done thing. or receptive. for these are largely corrupt and unusable without considerable modification. There are many ways of doing this. Deal with power directly until you fully understand the a n of building and using telesmatic images. Notice what has been done so far. Clockwise rotation rep­ resents male. counterclockwise represents female. Meditate for a purpose. avoid the traditional images and names. female (Eanh Mother).C II A P T I I 7 . this can be seen to enter the temple through the four gateways. personal involvement. Direct your attention to the lower point. starting at east. You have contacted and invoked the positive ( All-Father or God ) aspect and power descended in a clockwise direction. Ingenuity. have not even begun to understand the first principles of magical work! All that remains is to concentrate on the center.. Again. Here are some ideas that you may care to try out. not only in magical work but in life as well.. The whole point of a magical meditation is to gain useful information that will be of value. Forget all those silly stories about counterclockwise rotation around the circle being evil or having anything to do with Black Magic or Witchcraft--this is nonsense. invoke the negative. statements of fact are wonh far more than any long-winded and half-understood invocation directed at some distant deity or other entity. To balance this out. this time in counterclockwise direction. Be pragmatic. and practice are bound to suggest good ideas. Those unfor­ tunate souls who leap around their circles in a counterclockwise direction. and see this glow with silver light.

This is done by continuing to use the correct attributions in the imagination and by confining the med­ itation to those areas likely to be most productive. In the case of Yesod. Other symbols may also be used. these are all a matter of personal choice. These may be seen as doorways within the inner cubi c temple or as separate temples each containing one of the four weapons. In panicular. In . It is possible to take this funher by adding other compatible symbols that are in keep­ ing with the nature of the sphere under investigation. will reveal far more than by using any other method. Again. In a general sense. Better to keep things simple than to clutter up the mind with a variety of dubious and unrelated sym­ bols that have n-. the center and the four gateways provide the best means of contacting the reality of a sphere and so should be used until other ideas emerge. gain the maximum amount or relat­ able information. Hold this in your mind and then allow ideas to arise around it. In addition.116 I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A fusion and. However. Each card. do not use the attributions given in books unless you are completely satisfied that these are right for you. Each separate temple could be explored and is likely to reveal much in terms of esoteric knowledge. it is necessary to narrow down your awareness to within definable limits. if used within a correctly attuned sphere. at the same time. usually in the form of an elaborately carved altar. do choose carefully. The other main area of concentration is that of the four gate­ ways. although there are other variations. use the symbols of the tarot.>t been thought through. The center can be represented by a golden cube. you have a very potent symbol. By changing the color of this altar to the prime color of the sphere. this could easily be represented as a crescent Moon that lies on or above the altar.

for all too often the novice allows the mind to wander aimlessly. Now we will look at an extra dimension t h at is guaranteed to personalize your work and thereby reveal far more than was previously possible. during a meditation on Yesod. keep in mind where you are. They may be seen as actUally being on the doors or they may be used as a basic scene into which you enter and subsequently explore. This is perhaps the greatest secret of successful med­ itations. If. rather than keeping it within the limits needed to pro­ duce wonhwhile results. By using these ideas and building on them in your own way. With the eastern gateway. you are exploring the gate­ ways. Used in conjunction with the gateways. There is no need to strain over this. limit the awareness to the yellow door of Air. For instance. you will see more because your mind is already concen­ trated along the right line of awareness. A good idea would be to see a number ten on this door or perhaps the 10 of Swords. however. If the sphere was Yesod. The choice is yours. you would. of course. Awareness may be narrowed down funher by using the sphere attributions. Do. then you would bring in additional symbolism to suit this. you will have a perfect system of self-discovery. they form an admirable base from which to explore the fascinating realms of the inner mind. using the symbol of the Sword. for it is quite easy to become lost in associated ideas and side-tracks. This is quite easy.C II A P T I I 7 1117 shon. you would use the number nine and the 9 of Swords and so on. . for instance. All that is necessary is to use the symbols as controls. provided that you use the appropriate symbol. if. the sphere being worked was Malkuth. keep in mind your location within the Cosmic Sphere.

In addition. and see if there is a planet or planets in this sign. Water. Fire. until you have covered the whole of your chan from Aries through all twelve signs of Taurus.! . then they will all manifest through the south and the element of Fire. you were to find more than one planet in a house or sign. This always dictates which magical direction you should work. Capricorn. Now focus on the second house. If. which will tell you what planets are ruling in what signs. Scorpio. To begin. Libra. You will then know where the zodiac signs and planets are placed by studying the Triplicities table in your chan. for Aries is a Fire sign. Staning with the first house (Aries) in your binh chan. Cancer. If there are any planets in this house. Then study the aspects table. find Aries in your chan and see if there are any planets in this sign or house.• The best way to obtain this is to order your chan calculations from an astrological service. Virgo. Leo. and Eanh. all of these planets would manifest through that house's direction and element. and Pisces. Gemini. Then move on to Cancer and so on. you will need a copy of your binh chan. you will study each house in tum.lal I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A Discovering Your Personal Magical Directions Here are some useful attributions connected with the four ele­ ments. Sagittarius. for example. Taurus. I hope you can see the pattern here. This will show you how many planets you have ruled by each of the four elements of Air. you will see a list of the ten planets under each element. Now is your chance to get interactive and discover your personal planets and their directions. To find your personal magical directions. Aquarius.

Uranus.. Sagittarius Keyword: Direction Human association: Desiring and the realm of creative activity Tarot card: 10 of Wands I 1\ I . Gemini Keyword: Communication Human association: Thinking and the realm of mental activity Tarot card: 1 0 of Swords Personal planets ruled by the Sword and the Air element (circle appropriate planet(s) from your binh chan): Sun. jupiter.C II A P T I I J . AIR Symbol: Magical direction: East Magical weapon: The Sword lime of day: Dawn lime of year: Spring Zodiac signs: Libra.. Moon. or Spear Time of day: Noon Time of year: Summer Zodiac signs: Aries. Mars. Pluto I 1\ I FIRE Symbol: Magical direction: South Magical weapon: The Rod. Mercury. Venus. Neptune. Saturn. Wand. Aquarius. Leo.

Hom. Pluto I vi EARTH Symbol: Magical direction: Nonh Magical weapon: The Shield lime of day: Night lime of year: Winter IVI . jupiter. Uranus.IJO I I O T I I I C II A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A Personal planets ruled by the Rod and the Fire element (circl e appropriate planet(s) from your binh chan): Sun. jupiter. Pisces Keyword: Receptivity Human association: Feeling and the realm of the emotions Tarot card: 10 of Cups Personal planets ruled by the Cup and the Water element (circle appropriate planet(s) from your binh chan): Sun. or Chalice lime of day: Dusk lime of year: Autumn Zodiac signs: Cancer. Venus. Mars. Uranus. Pluto WATER symbol: Magical direction: West Magical weapon: The Cup. Saturn. Mercury. Neptune. Mars. Mercury. Neptune. Moon. Venus. Moon. Scorpio. Saturn.

Venus. for there is you and there is energy. Moon.C II A P T I I 7 IJI Zodiac signs: Capricorn. Both are separate. The main concern is. jupiter. our relationship with life energies as indicated by the plan­ ets and. This gives you two ways to look at the matters. Pluto In Magic. yet both interact. Mercury. of course. although it is panly cov­ ered in chapter 9. Taurus. Uranus. we are constantly dealing with polarity and its various ramifications. and through this interaction you create whatever you will. Each planet has a natural affinity with an element and there­ fore has a natural magical direction within the Cosmic Sphere: PLANET Sun Moon Mercury Venus ELEMENT Fire Water Air Earth Fire Water Earth MAGICAL DIRECTION South West East North South West North Mars Jupiter Satum . The nature and flow of energies is indi­ cated by the movements of the planets and their interactions in terms of aspects and so fonh. the ruling sphere. and in life itself. Mars. we will concentrate on cenain prin­ ciples that may be used to enhance your magical work. Neptune. Virgo Keyword: Having Human association: Actuality and the realm of physical fact Tarot card: 1 0 of Pentacles Personal planets ruled by the Shield and the Eanh element (circle appropriate planet(s) from your binh chan): Sun. Saturn. how­ ever. It is not the purpose of this work to enter into the complications of this. For now.

These are: WT Sphere I. and is the receptacle for.. potential-call it what you will-is. for the sake of simplicity. out there" exening an influence on ourselves and on eanhly matter and so on.l)a I I O T I I I C M A G I C A N O T il l C A I A L A Uranus Neptune Pluto Air Water Water East West West By equating the planets to the sphere. in a counterclockwise direction. it is therefore better to use these directions. all the spheres. In dealing with cosmic energies as they exist in their own right. The female (receptive) pan of the sphere would be brought into play by focusing the mind on the lower Cube and then allowing golden light to enter the temple. For example. concentrating and using the prime magical direction of south. seen as being . The sphere is now attuned not only to Tiphereth but to the Sun as it exists as a source of energy outside of yourself. continuing in a clock­ wise direction. it is possible to explore and understand the planets and ruling spheres in terms of potential. energy. By using this method of attunement. The opposite side . 4. 6 WEST 2 . 7 8 Malkuth has no prime direction because it contains. you would use the principles given. In brief. should you wish to explore the nature of the Sun. due to natural affinity. Power. 9. SOUTH s. you can give prime magi­ cal directions. Daath NORTH 3. this would consist of focusing the mind on the Crown and allowing golden light to enter the temple staning at magical south. again staning at magical south.

These are very imponant because they are taken from your binh chan. Once again. even though they may not be aware of this. On pages 1 3 1-1 32 you are given lists of planets that are ruled by the directions and the appropriate elements. is nothing less than a map or plan of your inner poten­ tial and abilities. The use of the two alternative schemes gives each student even more possibilities. while using natural correspondences in the best possible way. perhaps to discover something about yourself or how this sphere affects your life and so fonh. However. Every human being has access to power. or are you interested in the sphere in its own right? This must always be considered. All that you need to remember before stan­ ing a meditation is which end of the polarity you are intending to use or explore--you or it. then the natural magical direction of nonh would be replaced by east. if a student had Venus (the ruling planet of Netzach ) ruled by the Air element and the Magic Sword. for these are invariable principles. however. for here we are dealing with the way in which power is accepted by the person.C II A P T I I 7 IJJ of the coin is the effect that this has on each individual. as far as Esoteric Magic is concerned. suppose that you were exploring the sphere of Netzach from a personal point of view. for all magical . These directions are to be used when attuning the sphere in a personal sense and for any meditations and mag­ ical workings involving you rather than pure energy. For exam­ ple. This can be discovered through that person's binh chan and. the prime magical direction would be changed from the natural to the per­ sonal. the accent and the usage is different. In other words. For instance. it can be resolved into planetary affinities with the four gateways once again. This time. do you intend to use the sphere in a personal sense. in turn. the procedure of using the upper Crown and the lower Cube in a clockwise and counterclockwise directions would still apply. which.

the next question is bound to be. .. you must know what you are doing before you do it.IJ4 I I O T I I I C • A G I C a • o T • l C A I A L A work is concerned with either the subjective (self) or the objective ( it) approach. . Can I combine the two? " This will be covered in chapter 8 in which we look at the real power of the Tree-the paths. As always. Naturally.

either through lack of knowledge or basic information or as a result of having suc­ cumbed to what must surely add up to propaganda issued by lodges and devotees of dogma. the accent is often more toward "let us see what happens. living or dead. is an absolute must for all serious magical practitioners." Real magicians do not open themselves up to random probabilities in this fashion. Instead of using the paths as dearly defined boundaries within which you may gather specific information. nor do they adopt what is little better than a hotch­ potch of symbolic forms presented by so-called expens.CHAPTER 8 A REALISTIC GUIDE TO PATHWORKING • I have lost count of the number of magically minded people who have never bothered to work with the paths. Instead. we are told. Pathworking. yet the manner in which this is taught (and I use the word "taught" loosely) is little better than the absurd practices of spiritualists or those strange limb-twisting exercises practiced by those who subscribe to pseudo­ Eastern meditations. they adopt the much more sane approach of using good techniques and realistic imagery coupled with common .

Any astrologer will tell you that when an aspect is formed between two (or more) planets there is a flow of energy. is the equivalent path on the Tree of Life? Apparently it does not exist! Yet this cannot be so. Where then. there are twenty-two traditional paths for the simple reason that the Hebrew language has only twenty-two letters. Why Hebrew? Well. Let us look at the paths in detail and then formulate a real­ istic technique for their exploration and use. Let us consider a typical path-path eleven-which lies between sphere 1. there had to be found a suitable written vehicle for knowl­ edge. To cut a long story short. bur there are far more. there is an anomaly between what is actually happening in life and the supposed totality of the Tree. The only suitable language beyond suspicion and yet of real value was Hebrew. Chockmah. the Tree of Life specifies twenty-two paths. we have to look at how rhe path structure originated. To find the answer. Hebrew was not widely understood.IJ6 I I O T I I I C a & G I C A N O T M I C A I A L A sense. long ago when it was necessary to hide magical workings from the demon-possessed church. To begin with. and sphere 2. It is this very fact that demands a complete rethinking of the paths. is that created when the two planets are forming an aspect in the heavens. The nature of this flow is simi­ lar to the combined effects of the planets forming the aspect. From a plan­ etary point of view. for all is contained within the Tree plan. it was respectable and . when a planet such as Uranus forms an aspect ro the Moon. the Assiah level. Latin or Greek could not be used becau se priests could read and understand this without difficulty. Aspects are an astrological and astronomical fact-they happen. Kether. the only true path to actually exist in physical terms. Given that everything in existence must be con­ tained within the Tree plan. yet for the simple reason that it was considered to be the biblical language. in other words.

IJ7

beyond suspicion-an ideal way in which to communicate ideas without attracting unwanted anention. The tradition of Hebrew is still with us, even though it has largely outlived its usefulness. Many people still anach great imponance to Hebrew and thereby loose the reality of the Tree. Apan from making the Tree inflex­ ible, there can be linle sense in trying to speak and understand a language that is not your native tongue, other than for purely academic reasons. If we take all the possible permutations of the known plan­ ets, we arrive at the true number of paths on the Tree of Life. This amounts to no less than fihy-five! However, while it is well to bear in mind that these paths do exist and, at some future date, you should begin to make a study of these, for the sake of convenience we will confine ourselves to using the accepted, traditional path arrangement. There are two good reasons for doing this. First, it keeps the number of options down to sensible proponions that the student can manage in the initial stages of magical work; second, it would serve no useful purpose to anempt to place all the paths onto the existing Tree design. To do this would simply serve to make the Tree virtu­ ally indecipherable. We will therefore stick to the traditional arrangement in this chapter. By definition of the reality exposed by the movement of the planets in the heavens, a path is a link between planets, along which energy flows. It is the reality of the conjoined spheres as expressed through their union. A fair comparison would be the the wire that connects two electrical components-without the wire, no power can flow and each component is therefore unable to fulfill its function. Spheres can exist without paths, but with­ out the linkage afforded by the paths, they are rendered inoper­ ative. Such is the power of the paths. The lesson is simple. If you

IJI

I I O T I I I C

M A G I C

A N O

T M I

C A I A L A

would seek the real power and potential of the Tree of Life, learn to understand the paths. Like the spheres, each path has its own symbols and corre­ spondences. There is only one set of attributions that is of any real value-the right ones! Although I may be belaboring a point, it cannot be stressed too strongly that most of the ideas, attribu­ tions, and symbols commonly associated with the paths, are absolutely useless. They stem from two main sources. First, the Order of the Golden Dawn and its devotees believed it and then presumed to inform everyone about their discovery. The attri­ butions of the Golden Dawn are nonsense, in particular the colors and the tarot cards allotted to the paths. It is well known that this Order made cenain that the truth of these matters was never revealed. This was particularly the case in the latter years when dogma and the need to throw sand in the eyes of neophytes became more imponant then helping them to find reality. In any case, quite a lot of these supposed attributions were arrived at using methods similar to those used by a trance medium. To say the least, they were unscientific and are best forgotten. The reality of any path lies in the combined effect of the two spheres positioned at either end. From this simple truth we are able to build up a sensible set of meaningful attributions that will serve us well. Let us take, for instance, path eleven once more. This path joins sphere 1, Kether, with sphere 2, Chockmah. By looking at the physical level, the planets, we can deduce a great deal. First, the color of the path will be the combined color of the two planets. In shon, it will be a combination of transparency and pure white. The best description is translucent white, and the nearest equivalent would be something similar to the effect obtained by diluting milk with water. Another way of doing th is is to imagine that the colors do not completely mix so that one is

IJt

suspended within the other-rather like globules of oil in water. All that matters is that you have some means of erecting this com­ bination in your mind and, all things being equal, it does not matter what form this takes, as long as the idea of combination is adhered to. Use whatever suits you. As funher examples: Path thineen, sphere 1, Kether; to sphere 6, liphereth, would be a mixture of transparency and gold, while path twenty-one, sphere 4, Chesed, to sphere 7, Netzach, would be turquoise (combined blue and green) or any of the variations of the two colors arrived at by using the ideas given previously. Paths to or from Malkuth can be a problem, for this sphere has four colors, those of the elements. This may be solved by using a rich brown to represent Malkuth. Now let us turn our attention to the tarot. While the pedi­ gree of the tarot is debatable, this does not impair its practical use. Versions of the Major Arcana featured in the ancient an of memory were associated with the Coptic, Greek Onhodox, and Roman Churches, where they remained, fragmented but recog­ nizable, until recent injudicious modernization of liturgy and tra­ dition. Whether denigrated by religious zealots as .. the devil's picture gallery" or hailed by magical practitioners as the lost book of Thoth, the tarot's place in Magic remains assured. As the Minor Arcana cards fit the spheres, so the Major Arcana cards fit onto the Paths. By far the best arrangement to date is that given by W. G. Gray in his notable books Magical Ritual Methods and The T alking Tree. • This arrangement is as follows:
PATH II 12 13

SPHERES

TAROT TRUMP Heirophant Hermit Star

and lamentably this is the norm for most magical operators. either within a ritual framework or at odd moments when time permits. Without this knowledge. pathworking is bound to be a laborious. like the Minor Arcana cards. Naturally. and even wild speculation on the messages resulting from thi s . unre­ lated experience. The actual magical working of a path is a relatively simple affair. contradiction . provided that you are familiar with the techniques for erect­ ing the Cosmic Sphere and attuning this to a panicular sphere .·� I I O T I I I C M A G I C " • 0 T II I C A I A L A 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2'"""3 2-4 Judgment Emperor Temperance Death Hanged Man Justice Strength Empress Tower Devil Lovers Chariot Sun Wheel of Fortune High Priestess World Magician Fool Moon z-6 �5 3-6 4-5 4-6 44 5-6 s-a 64 6-8 6� 7-8 7� 7--10 8� 8--10 9--1 0 The tarot trumps. giving rise to much confusion. knowing how the cards relate to the Tree of Life is bound to enhance your understanding of the cards in a way not possible to those who know nothing of this association. form an ideal focus for meditation or contemplation.

to sphere 9. l l l I . They are for guidance only and are not to be taken as a rigid framework. Perhaps the easiest way to describe this is by actual example. In this case a gold cloth could be laid from left to right and a silver cloth laid from top to bottom.C II A . In addition. it will take years to discover anything worthwhile. the 6 and 9 of Wands are placed to the south. Place the major card rep­ resenting the path-in this case the Major Arcana card. As you face magical east. At best. Each path is a combination of two spheres. vary this by using either colored cord or strips of cloth laid across the altar. A better solution is to have a plain white cloth and. being the main focus of atten­ tion.. Here are some useful ideas that may be used or expanded on in your own way. Use three candles. while the path candle could be plain white. Step One-the Correspondences Obviously. The sphere candles should be in the appropriate colors. it will simply add to the delu­ sions of those who choose to carry on in an unscientific manner. At worst. an entire range of altar cloths to cover each sphere and path would be extremely expensive to buy or time-consuming to make. The Sun-in the center of the altar. the 6 and 9 of Cups are placed to the west. if possible. lack of a cohesive base plan. the 6 and 9 of Swords are placed to the east. with the path candle directly behind it. and . These may be lit at the appro­ priate rime during the ritual and will therefore form a useful focus. so let us presume that the intention is to work the twenty-sixth path from sphere 6. Yesod. one for each sphere and one for the path. use the Minor Arcana cards. so the logical approach must be one of erecting each sphere followed by an attunement to the path. Use the all-important tarot cards. liphereth. .

Below is a diagram of an ideal alrar arrangemenr for parh rwenry-six ( figure 1 2 ) .] � t]----+-...1.\J I I 0 Y I I I C II A G I C A N D Y N I C A I A L A finally. Available space may well be rhe deciding facror in this matter. . • Canclle TlfiHIII1M WOldt '•th Candle Gold Altar Cloth [.. on rhe appropriare qua rrers of the remple... The 6 (Tiphererh ) candle is placed on rhe left and rhe sphere 9 ( Yesod) candle is placed ro rhe righr.. Altar Arrangnnnt for Path Twenty·slx.� � WIST Figure 11.. if you prefer. rhe sphere 6 and 9 of Penracles are placed ro rhe norrh. These may be placed on rhe alrar or. WT s.

Naturally. In order to change from one to the other. Direct attention to the Crown. The main body of magical work now divides into three phases: 1 . Attunement of the temple to the first sphere. 3. Use either a com­ bination of the sphere incenses or. There is no need to purchase specially made incense for each path. see the gold jewel staning to glow. Tiphereth. that there are two distinct ways in which a sphere may be invok�ither objec­ tively or subjectively. Let us first consider the objective approach of working with the paths in an external manner.C II A P T I I I I am often asked about incense for the path. staning from magical south. this is largely a question of personal choice. Again. the temple would be opened using the now familiar techniques given in previous chapters. Attunement of the temple to the second sphere. In dealing with the paths. Direct your attention to the lower point and the Cube. You will remember. Let us presume that you are staning with sphere 6. and then allow golden light to enter the temple in a clockwise direc­ tion. from the previous chapters. Final attunement to the path. bum these sep­ arately in order that the natural mingling of the scents will produce the desired effect. 2. change the magical directions from natural to personal. Step Two-the Inner Work The procedure for attuning the temple to a path is similar to that used with the spheres. alternatively. this glows with the same light and is then allowed to enter the temple in a counterclockwise . it is not imponant which sphere is invoked first.

then direct your attention to the Cube and allow light to enter in a counterclockwise direction. and with practice you will doubtless find others more in keeping with your own needs. however. invoke the second sphere. If using separate incense. once more staning at magical south. bum one now. Alternate flashes of the path colors may be seen around this with. west. for the secret of • successful Magic often lies in being contented with a panicular way . in this case sphere 9.I.. or simply allow impressions and ideas to arise in the mind. Light the candle representing this sphere as a symbolic indication that the temple is now open to liphereth and the Sun. allow the light to enter in a clockwise manner. From then on. Yesod. Again the same procedure: direct attention to the Crown. of course. the tarot trump lying on the top of the altar. and so fonh. Pass through this door and explore the real­ ity of whatever lies behind it. Imagine a doorway with the number of the path on it and/or the appro­ priate tarot trump. light the appropriate candle and burn the incense of the sphere. it is simply a case of using the mind to explore this funher by allowing impressions to rise up in the mind.. attune the temple to the path. Keep matters as simple as possible in order not to burden the mind with complexities and confuse your subconscious. There are many other possible variations and alternatives. Finally. Naturally. Other possibilities include directing attention to the center and the inner cubic altar of gold. staning with the correct magical direction. In this case. Next. Again. perhaps. the light is silver and the magical direction is. I I 0 T I I I C M A G 1 C A • D T • I C A I A L A direction. and it is suggested that you think about these and then adopt that which appeals to you best. There are several ways to do this. this may once again be sym­ bolized by the lighting of the path candle and the burning of incense.

force" some idea to work. At the end of the meditation. In order to do this. In the final chapter we will take matters considerably funher by looking at your relationship with the cosmic tides and how you may use this to your advantage. In shon.C N A P T I • I ·�s of working. but think about them.. dose down in the normal way. your consciousness will have been narrowed down to one field of influence or tuned in to a selected band of awareness . turn them over in your mind. Provided that you have carried out the procedure carefully. I should now point out that there is the objective (self) approach to be considered. This may be given extra impetus by the extinguishing of the path and sphere candles. The Paths The following list of path colors will prove to be useful. In cer­ tain instances. This may be used instead of the more usual . By all means use the ideas given in this book. your mind will now be attuned to the correct path in a realistic manner.. You will find it interesting to compare results obtained from the two alternatives. write up any notes for funher consideration at a later date. At conclusion. and decide what is best for you. one has simply to change the mag­ ical direction as described previously. the sphere colors combine to form a funher color ( for example blue and yellow form green ). oil and water" idea. rather than trying to . . Having dealt with the subjective type of meditation.

•46 Path II I I O T I I I C M A G I C A II 0 T II I C A I A L A Main Colon Transparent/White Transparent/Black Transparent/Gold White/Black White/Blue White/Gold Black/Red Black/Gold Blue/Red Blue/Gold Blue/Green Red/Gold Red/Orange Gold/Green Gold/Orange Gold/Silver Green/Orange Green/Silver Green/Brown Orange/Si lver Orange/Brown Silver/Brown Alternative Color 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Gray Purple Green Turquoise Orange Scarlet Lime Green Amber Russet .

First we must return to the idea of polarity. in fact. we look at the spheres and paths in greater depth and attempt to show how you may vastly improve your work through the use of personal planetary attributions. It is evident throughout the cosmic scheme. for example Crown/Cube. nothing would happen without polarity. The study of polarity reveals much to the dedicated seeker. such as plan­ etary or elemental. north/south. consider one aspect only-the polarity existing between you and life energies. It is also evi­ dent in everyday life. and so on. east/west. but for now. By this we mean those energies that appear to be outside of the individ­ ual and are categorized under convenient headings. This source is without form or direction and is unknowable in the . We would have inertia.CHAPTER 9 THE COSMIC TIDES II In this final chapter. Power and Symbolism First realize that power flows freely from a creative source. center/periphery.

elements. It is there­ fore vitally important to select images that are beneficial rather than self-restrictive. the planets. lying behind any god-image is the eternal creative source from which true power emanates. whether the magician real­ izes this or not. Archangels. he or she is giving form to the abstract source. Trying to understand this source is impossible from a conscious point of view in that it is too abstract for the mind to grasp. Gods.148 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A • 0 T • I C A I A L A normal sense. this unknowable source of power. In the realms of Practical Magic. Likewise. in turn. God is one such image. Humankind's ability to use the power of the creative source is beyond dispute-that is. The Cabalistic Tree of Life recognizes this by refer­ ring to the Negative Veils. owing to the abstract nature of the source and the way in which this assists manifesta­ tion through human thoughts. does exist and is the cause of the entire Tree. pours its power into these thoughts. Such are the difficulties encountered when dealing with this state of nonexistence. The source lends power to images regardless of whether these images are good or bad. and the entire Tree of life are also symbol'S by which ere- . which. God. Esoteric writer W. An individual's ability to contact and make use of the power of the source is made much easier through the use of images. and the like are all convenient images for this very purpose. G. various types of images have been used. However. Sustain these thoughts and results are inevitable. as such. unless one listens to restrictive dogmas such as those offered by religions. Howeve� what should be borne in mind is that this nothingness. is an image-nothing more. which accounts for the misery so evident in today's world. Gray simplifies this by adding a zero sphere to the top of the Tree. Angels. and it is therefore a mistake to pre­ sume that God is power. They are symbols.

and much use of this is made in astrol­ ogy. provide a chan­ nel for the flow of creative energy. for much can be gained in these matters. You have proba bly heard of astrological predictions through the use of transits and progressions. This is nothing more than a symbol ic plan of a person's potential. Objective Power. These dogmas should be rejected by those who truly wish to know about Magic. Put simply. depending on the nature of both planets.. For convenience. Little work has been done on the purely esoteric implications found in such chans.. From this. Every planet in a birth chart is a symbolic point of contact with objective power. This is all that any astrologer can do. It is not. . a map of destiny or a guide to karma. say. for the simple reason that each individual has the right of free . they are specific images that. certain trends may be deduced. and Transiting Planets One of the best ways of examining human potential is to use the birth chart. Put simply. if used correctly in the mind. health in an individual's chan. Notice that I say trends. Apan from mundane uses. as some would suggest. Subjective Power. there are obvi­ ous esoteric pointers. we adopt an attitude of mind that suggests that power is out there-it is objec­ tive. but it is only one pan of a two-pan equation. One such area of research is concerned with the discovery of a person's ruling planets. No one can predict with complete accuracy. ative power may be recognized and used. such as which planet rules. this means that the astrologer calculates when a planet in the heav­ ens is forming an aspect to a planet in your birth chart. Most magical work uses this objective approach. which is a pity.

An aspect is simply a way of measuring when a tran­ siting planet is capable of supplying its specific type of energy. The constantly changing rela­ tionship between transiting and natal planets is measured in terms of aspects. are sensitive points that are symbolic of energy reception by the individual. Transiting planets are therefore objective power. However.150 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A II 0 T II I C A I A L A choice as to how he or she will use these energies. For instance. What we must now consider is how to use this principle in a magical sense. power flows from the creative source to a specific area of life. Of course. The planets in the heavens. or any other negative ideal takes control. The planets in the birth chart. what does this tell us? In essence it shows that the polarity that exists between objective power (out there) and the recepti� part of . When transit planet aspects natal planet. but because most people choose to be so. fate. as symbolized by the Sun. Nevertheless. this is an oversimplification. These are measured in terms of angles. there are many other factors to be considered. the effects of which would work them­ selves out in terms of the combined effect of the two planets. suppose we are dealing with a jupiter transit to a natal Sun. are the symbolic pointers to specific types of creative energy. while others (such as 1 20°) are considered beneficial. the main point to remember is that when an aspect is formed. known as transiting planets. The effect would be that jupiter energy would flow and connect with the person's inner being. Prediction works ba:ause most people are predictable-not because karma. One possibility would be an increase in optimism with perhaps a mea­ sure of good fortune. natal planets are indicative of subjective power. known as natal planets. the idea of a transit supplying the power to a receptive planet in the birth chart is correct. Some angles (such as 90°) are considered difficult.

there are three possibilities: 1 . we will see that the flow of power. as indicated by the planets in the birth chan. and their paths. receptive pan of a sphere and is symbolized by a planet in the binh chan. Let us now consider what this means. T I I f .C II A .. . each aspect giving rise to a path of . A planet in the heavens is indicative of this force. is dearly exhibited in the Tree of Life in the form of paths. Esoteric Working Involving Objective Power In the first scheme. Subjective power. ourselves indicated by the subjective natal planet (within) is actually causing power to flow. as the planets move around the solar system. Now. positive pan of a sphere. It also corresponds to the Assiah level of a sphere. 2. they naturally form aspects. Subiective Power: equates to the Eanh Mother. as indicated by the planets in the heavens. Any planet is a symbolic indicator of a specific type of energy. together with similar paths formed by aspects. consider this: Obiective Power: equates to the All-Father. Perhaps the most imponant is the combined effect of objec­ tive planets forming paths of power to subjective planets in the binh chan. Objective power. as indicated by the forming of aspects to each other. as indicated by the aspect. If we look a little deeper. What is a path other than the channel along which power flows between two spheres or two planets? Aspects therefore equate to paths of power. 3. Therefore.

Path working The third scheme brings together both objective and subjective modes of power and leads to true pathworking. An aspectarian may be used to determine when such paths are formed. The following scheme is beyond doubt the best available. You will note that neither planet assumes the role of positive or negative. Paths may be worked at any time but are likely to yield better results when an aspect exists.' Naturally. path twenty­ five (Tiphereth-Hod) is formed and power flows. you are then in a prime position to investigate these paths from a personal point of view. when an aspect is occurring in the heavens.2 Armed with this infor­ mation. It should be remembered that this does not mean that a panicular path can only be worked when its equiv­ alent aspect is formed in the heavens. Much may be learned about the self by using this technique. There have been many attempts to ponray pathworking. For instance. for not only does it ronform to . Esoteric Working Involving Subjective Power To use this technique you will need a copy of your binh chan.I !P I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A M 0 T M I C A I A L A power. Magically. Either you can produce it yourself or one may be obtained from the many astrological services available. when the Sun aspects Mercury. the power is at peak and the resultant magical work is bound to be more effective than at any other time. the personal magical directions are used throughout. In this subjective approach. both are equal. this may be investigated by using the normal techniques given in chapter 8. but most have been a copy of outmoded Golden Dawn ideas.

Either the power flows from sphere 6 to sphere 4. Allow this to build up in the imagination and. objective power of the heavens with the subjective pan of yourself. The best way to illustrate this type of pathworking is by exam­ ple. you must now use your personal magical direction as the point of entry into the temple rather than the normal direction . Imagine that this glows with blue light and that it rises upward in a counterclockwise direction. Turn your atten­ tion toward the base Cube. For the sake of our exam­ ple we will assume that sphere 6 is to act as the objective force while sphere 4 assumes the role of being receptive. of course. or the opposite. and so forth. Because you are dealing with your own subjective planet. Now you must bring in the subjective pan. This type of pathwork­ ing has the advantage of linking together the positive.I SJ sensible structure. It is the ultimate in polarity working. Let us suppose that you are about to work path twenty. Attend to correspondences and other preritual matters. It is therefore necessary to determine before hand which planet is to act in the positive. and open the Inner Temple. See it enter the temple in a clockwise direction starting at magical south (the normal magical direc­ tion of the Sun). This combines the spheres of Tiphereth and Chesed and the ruling planets of Sun and jupiter. There are two ways to do this. which is now to act as the symbol for the subjective force of jupiter/Chesed. objective manner. make use of correspondences such as cand les. tarot cards. incense. it also takes account of what is happening in the heavens and how this relates to you. Direct your attention first toward the objective sphere/planet by using the clockwise spiral of golden l ight from the Crown (gold being the color corre­ spondence of sphere 6). The objective part of the equation is now complete.

if you know when these paths are actually being formed. 2. . 3. This will vary with different people. Objective. these periods will most cenainly lend weight to your effons because you will be in tune with what is actually happening as decreed by the cosmic tides. However. let us pre­ sume that your personal magical direction for jupiter is east. of course. Let us now take this funher. 1 Although the greater pan of this chapter has been devoted to paths. Any good book on astrol­ ogy will help you with this. may be worked from a polarity point of view using similar techniques. Therefore. using the planets in your binh chan. The remainder of the work will deal with the combined effect as given in previous chapters. The only way to know when these paths are formed is to have someone prepare an aspectarian showing when planetary transits are aspecting your natal planets. involving the natural magical direction of the planet. Subjective. Collective. Again. These. allow this to build up in your mind. equates to objective power). For the sake of our example. there are three possible permutations: 1 . . consider the spheres in their own right. The alterna­ tive is to learn how to do this yourself. which is a combination of objective and subjec­ tive planets. Up to now you have used only the objective approach. I I 0 l I I I C M A G I C A II 0 l II I C A I A L A (which. see the power enter the temple in a counterclockwise direction staning from magical east. Do remember that a path can be worked at any time. using the planets in the heavens. bringing in appropriate correspondences and so fonh. As with the paths. also.1 5.

at the time of working. Sphere opening would consist of both clockwise and counterclockwise opening around this magical direction. In this case your personal magical directions apply. Here we deal with fixed planets and aspects that can be med­ itated on and worked with from a personal point of view. First. Normal magical directions are used. by virtue of the fact that this is an Earth sign. The normal magical direction applies. keep in mind that your work is with objective power. say. receptive in nature. the Sun was in. in more advance work you may choose to bring in the additional idea of the actual position of the planet/sphere in question. solar power would also manifest through magical north. if you were work­ ing with the objective power of the Sun. For example. then. however. Two important points emerge. there is a nat­ ural linkage between a planet and its magical direction. This relates to the objec­ tive mode of power. which may differ from the normal ones. for example. Magical north for Venus and its ruling sphere of Netzach. If. For this. these specific directions should be used for this type of working. for example. the Magic Sword is the con­ trol symbol for the objective. of course. Mercury-Sword-magical east. Subjective Planets These equate to the planets in your birth chan that are. the sign of Taurus. you would use magical direction south. In dealing with the pure objective power of a single sphere. In other words. they are the best way to discover self. positive power of Mercury and its .Objective Planets Deal with the reality of the power of the planet (and sphere) in its own right. Nevertheless. tum to your per­ sonal planets. In short.

Collective Workings The Tree of Life is said to have thirty-two paths. Second.156 I I 0 T I I I C M A G I C A II D T II I C A I A L A sphere of Hod. Naturally. may be done at any time. Venus and its equivalent sphere of Netzach should be sought at the magical direction of east rather than at the traditional (objective) direction of nonh. First direct attention toward the positive. Collective working of a planet/sphere is a simple affair that may be linked to actual aspects being formed in the heavens or. For subjective working. use the personal magical direction with its appropriate control symbol. as always. In case of confusion the rule is this: For objective working. use the normal magical direction together with its appropriate control symbol. A path between these planets is real and there­ fore workable. it is a true fact that the Sun in the heavens must form aspects to the Sun in your birth chan. thereby forming a path. better results are bound to occur when an actual aspect is formed due to peak energy flow. Such a working would consist of using both clockwise and counter­ clockwise temple openings around the personal magical direc­ tion. Let us suppose that your Magic Sword is ruling Venus. Think about this. As with other schemes. This may seem a strange statement. which is determined by the planetary positions in your binh chan. yet it happens to be true if one considers the effects of polarity. Add the ten paths so formed to the twenty­ two traditional intersphere paths and we have a total of thirty-two. each weapon (and direction) also has a second rulership. � . From a subjective point of view. the Magic Sword will replace the Shield as control symbol. For instance.

C II A P T I I 9 objective planet and allow the power into the temple in a dock­ wise direction. allowing this to enter the temple in a counterclockwise direction. proceed as normal with your meditation. Next. Then direct your attention toward the subjective planet (which of course is the same). • • • .

From now on it is up to you to con­ tinue with the work in your own way and at your own pace. The success or failure of the book depends on how much you are prepared to consider and apply these ideas. You will come across many ideas.FINAL WORD II This book has been designed to help you build up a useful basis for growth and to give you lots of original ideas. pro­ vided that individuality is not sacrificed in favor of the herd instinct. Never accept these as gospel or reject them out of hand. It is one thing to join or perhaps form a group for mutual study or the accomplishment of a common aim. True knowledge is acquired by looking at everything coming within your awareness and then asking why? Question all. but it is another to be a slave to feelings of being left out or using the supposed . Some additional information may prove to be of value. concepts. Remember that the path of true Magic lies in being an individual within the whole. only by questioning is this possible. The sharing of experiences and knowledge is quite valid. and ideals in your magical search.

This ability has nothing to do with intelligence or character. These are wise words. Becoming devotees of a guru may be a valid Eastern practice. but when combined with � . in effect. for much of our Western tradition has been buried under superstition or dog­ matized by would-be priests. The key to the inner mysteries lies within you. Western minds must follow the Western path. within your subconscious mind. but it is the antithesis of the Great Work here in the West. I would be surprised if such organizations had any real insight into such matters. Far too much emphasis is given to what are in effect pseudo­ eastern practices imponed and capitalized on by those who have need of controlling masses of gullible people.l6o I I O T I I I C M A G I C A • D T • l C A I A L A comfort of a group to bolster a lack of self-confidence. social esoterics has little to offer the serious stu­ dent-these affairs are best left to the herd or those who are des­ tined to be the puppets of whatever trend is in fashion. The real traditions are not necessarily found in lodges. This. means that you must look at the traditions of the West and adopt those that are meaningful. In Magic we find the villain using the persona of the unscrupulous hypnotist-guru who is always on the look out for that one person in every dozen with the right combination of characteristics to make him or her the ideal victim: a natural capacity for somnambulism with a credu­ lous attitude and a weak ego. knock and it will be opened unto you. both past and present. any more than having red hair does. One out of every five people can reach a somnambulistic trance state (the deepest level of hypno­ sis). Ask and it will be given. This is not an easy task. seek and you will find. How. Seek to know and you will know. The real traditions are to be found in the land itself and can be con­ tacted and worked with by anyone who has a will to do so. you may ask? The path is different for each soul. Apan from groups. In fact.

all forms of Magic are. and practices. any more than you can eliminate poverty and crime.J I . A L W O I O "' gullibility and an underdeveloped sense of identity. In short. Such roots are to be found in your native myths. By all means keep personal information to yourself. inventions. . All too often the esoteric worker lives in a cloud-cuckoo land of unreality. All great discoveries. then act. you must find your own roots before you can hope to grow. A thought. vibrant force that exists and has subtle effects on subconscious mind levels of awareness. as some would have you believe. These are not my words but the words of one who is truly wise. customs. This is nonsense. They are also evident in the ancient sites. which hopefully I do by writing these books. You can never fully protect them from such exploitation. in essence. in the form of trackways. Ask your­ self this: What is the point of a meditation if it does not give birth to a usable idea? Meditate. pre­ suming that his or her inner realizations are gifts or that they are sacred. Look to the land! Rediscover the folktales and ways of your ancestors and the Magic will come uninvited. All that an esoteric worker can do is to extract from subconscious mind levels certain information that is likely to be of value to themselves or to the world in general. we have the psychological profile of the true believer. tradi­ tions. but you can substantially reduce the prestige of the shady operators who prey on them by establishing a gen­ uine Western mystical tradition with recognized standards. These people are the natural prey of the magical Svengali. inspiration. not. by all means. It is common sense to look at other points of view and to compare the rites and traditions of other bodies of thought. practical. and profound thoughts come from the subconscious mind. but seek always to apply it. Finally. but as a living. or a flash of insight is nothing unless applied.

All must be rooted in eanh before it can grow. yet another pointer to the reality of life and the need to give form to thoughts. no Tree-no Tree. Both will help you rise above the norm of the herd-instinct mentality. What will you harvest from its branches? • • • It is my sincere hope and wish that you. Magic is a science. They are inseparable. This is one of the real secrets of the Tree of life. Use it and it will transform your life. . You will make mistakes and you will make discoveries. If this boo k has in any way helped this cause. Do you see its message? It is rooted in the good eanh of Malkuth where it grows and bears fruit. as indicated by the Tree. nothing evolves in the truest sense of the word. From now on the path is open to you. and the projection of these thoughts as actualities go hand in hand. and so it is with ideas. The power of thought. You will make mis­ takes. Do not be afraid to explore new ground. Consider the analogy of trying to plant seeds without eanh-it cannot be done. Use it well and you will know. but never forget that mistakes are the keys to greater things. and do not be afraid to think for yourself. Also note that the power of the Tree descends to find fruition in Malkuth. Without thoughts there is no growth. find whatever you truly seek.l6a I I O T I I I C M A G I C A M O T M I C A I A L A look at the Tree of life. my work will be done. no fruit. then I will be content. No eanh. the science of using the vast potential of the subconscious mind. Without eanh there is no growth. the student.

and make an honest person of yourself. Why? The reason is that many. If Magic has always been hypnotic and if the Cabala has always taught that the inner microcosm was the key to personal transformation. you simultaneously improve your tech­ nique.APPENDIX: WORKING WITH TELESMATIC IMAGES II The present magical revival has been underway for a decade. but in order to be a suc­ cessful modem practitioner you should embrace the paradigm! By taking such a plunge. Ritual Magic is ritual hypnosis. for the past hundred years. there are a number of magicians who will grudg­ ingly concede this hypnotic definition. magicians are naive about the true nature of Magic. Granted. for want of a better word. if not most. but there are still only a few people who actually understand the actual practice of ritual Magic. confound your critics. have we skipped over or completely ignored the fundamental principles . then why. This persists in spite of hundreds of different book s on the subject in constant circulation. confirm your results.

the receiver or the entity). . Smoke is probably the worst hypnotic focal point anyone could imagine. and techniques of Magic? Lost in a maze of quasi-Masonic initi­ ations and quasi-Freudian sexual speculations. . an invocation. By stan­ ing at the mundane level. an anointing. angels-that is. . each step of consciousness modifica­ tion is achieved by an action-the lighting of a candle. results can be achieved by using a crystal or dark mirror within the Cosmic Sphere and four gate­ ways setup. With the subsuming of consciousness and persistent practice. The reason that some rituals are long and drawn out is not to concentrate power for the entire time. Any ritual is used to build up to the peak of trance. . Applying Hypnosis in Ritual Magic The inducement of a state of magical hypnosis or modified state of consciousness is essential for this type of working.. or bowl of dark liquid. to gradually quiet the mind and reach a level of consciousness useful for some magical activity. . the burning of incense. mirror. we forgot that the basic business of the magician is to communicate with entities. components of the personality--summoned to visible appearance using a crystal ball. The ritualist can also answer questions in his or her own persona. and do all this while standing up as an active panicipant in the ritual. (Guinness usually works well!)' Many magicians spend many weary hours trying to conjure spirits to visible appearance in smoke over the Triangle of An. With regular practice. a trained rit­ ualist can quickly drop from a light (hypnoidal) trance down into a receptive mood.. . and so fonh. . . his or her own remarks interspersed with the entity's comments (depending on which is addressed.

on other levels. which is rather odd because I could do more to help my material situation and reach my personal and magical goals. a friend gave me a phone number of a clairvoyant. It is hard work. '"Go and . you will get practical results. middle­ aged type. but it does not take long before they hear your call and recognize your work.. At the climax of these rites. Getting to Know the Archangels I had pictures in my mind of how the archangels should look from reading the Ladder of Lights. It cannot be explained. If you do a practi­ cal ritual. quite young. truly seems mundane. the intense purity and beauty and power of feeling is just-incomprehensible. it is like when you just know something you cannot explain! I have had such fantastic experiences on the Tree. jolly. but when he decided to make an appearance. One day.2 The way I perceived jupiter. I rarely do Practical Magic rituals anymore. G. So you cannot really go about it with preconceived ideas! Make no mistake-telesmatic entities are within you. by W.A " " I II D I X . love. and a serenity that stays with you. and it is just not possible to describe it. I suppose it is very strange not to be commanding my angels to go off into the world and bring me back some pennies now and again.. joy. Gray. However. when you get really heavy with the esoteric side of Magic. but there is nothing hap­ pening inside. I expected Tzadkiel to be a well-rounded. and had an Egyptian hair­ style and robes with rather latin features. Tzadkiel was really rather smallish. With esoteric rituals there is an enormous sense of fulfillment. The way I invoke a planetary energy is purely through the telesmatic images of the archangels. and so my journeys on the Tree incorporated these pictures into my visual­ izations. the practical side of it really.

You have to be patient. including yourself. It proved to me that my work on the Tree was actu­ ally doing something. She only knew my friend through her services. I could not believe it the following day when he came through at my sitting with this lady. I. I will give you an example of a liphereth ritual. .) see Working the Tree Plan I only use incense and some music if I am working on a Practical Magic ritual (unless I am working within Malkuth on the Tree plan)." Whimsy. She is brilliant!" my friend said. I was really thrilled about this. and develop your own system from the basic information given in this book and from The Ladder of Lights. Because the Tree of Life rituals are quite involved. you think? Then you are still unaware of reality. is a vehicle for divine intelligence. however. "He is bringing you the Star of David. and she said. The night before I went to see her I decided to travel up to liphereth and get some sunny advice from the archangel Michael.• • • • • • • • her. I am not ridiculing robes. She knew nothing else about me. for the idea behind them is sound. I use the necessary aids. for everything about you. feel different enough during a ritual. which goes against what I try to do in a rite. I do not feel the need to dress for a ritual. Dressing up is rather like preparing to put on a performance. (It is good to start at liphereth because it is the sphere of self. it is a state of mind. and I suppose a robe could be imbued with the wearer's power so that when it is worn it enhances that power. be per­ sistent. even without a robe. I phoned this lady. They do make you feel different. settle down. who would only let me tell her my name. He wanted to be sure I knew who he was.

then go to wherever I have decided I am going to be on this occasion to perform the rite. (a) I get relaxed so my mind can settle and think about the next hour or so. circumstances. the obstacles go down to the sewer with the rest of the grime. from which I emanate. mentally rehearse it. and I suppose I use very little by comparison. I do use all the necessary aids.• I decide to start at Tiphereth and go straight to the heart of the Tree. unplug the phone. a candle of the correct color. and a portable cassene player with a tape that I have prepared earlier for the occasion. Whatever you want.• On to the rite. or spiritual. Prior to the date. By having a bath. cleanse them from my system.The Preparation Once I know what rite I will be doing next. I think about the rite. I view it as a ritual. and mentally rehearse it for the last time. If a bath is impossible (for example on a train or somewhere)' the old Yogic practice of breathing in the positive and breathing out the negative is very effective. get the rite in focus. a bowl of dark liquid. Then I put in my equal-armed cross. I decide that inside the circles is my own Malkuth. As I said. I am totally psyched. and study that sphere so when the time arrives. a means of change. I always have a bath. but I do . I lock the door. and jam the door bell. mental. It is a want for something. I fix a date for it. my Inner Temple. the correct incense for the rite. be it physical. I bought a gold piece of mounting board on which I drew two concentric circles and a dot in the center. so when that plug is pulled. and (b) I wash away the negative obstacles. a change in per­ sonality. or whatever. I will have laid everything out before I got in the bath: The appropriate tarot cards at the quarters. fortunes. knowledge. When the time arrives.

Use whatever comes to mind. . I spend some time. Get a copy of the Ladder of Lights. con­ centrating on the intention. and all magical work thrives on imagination. the subconscious will get used to it. I have different plans for all the different spheres and keep them like separate entities. and learn .. even if this means writing it all down or speaking it aloud. Learning about them all sets the imagina­ tion on fire. . if it is money. Then I carry on with the rite as usual. Gray gives son of basic per­ sonalities for all of them. but remember they are only telesmatic forms of energy. . so I draw in the four gate­ ways at the outer points of the circles. and place in the center a card that I feel represents what I am ttying to do. G. My bowl is placed where I can gaze into it. not want to be confined to Malkuth. finding a formula that works for you. I place the appropriate tarot cards (the four 6s) at the correct quaners. When the imagination is fired up. . If you need to use extra aids. Believe in them totally on the one hand. especially if you begin to know these telesmatic entities and adopt some son of feeling for them. If you practice getting through rites quickly. . Spend extra time concentrating on the intention. before I begin. use them--if it's a person. but the quality of concentration is more imponant than the length of time put in. Who cares what it is? Who is going to know? It is only a matter of getting into a habit. use a coin. . Gray.. it is easier to feel. use an image doll.. It is imponant to contact and make friends with the archangels. W. G. No one can concentrate for long periods of time. . I have found that getting through the ritual quite quickly (without rushing) is the best solution. All these different personalities have different jobs to do. I light the candle before I get into the bath and light the incense once I have staned the ritual.. by W. Whatever it takes.

. proved to me that all these energies really do have different personalities. and so fonh. instructions. Then let go of the image and take a half turn to your right so that you are facing the archangel Auriel.. but the teles­ matic from that sphere? Cenainly. and he has very deep­ set features. Basic Ritual for Spheres on the Tree of Life Using Telesmatic Images Type: liphereth Drawn on gold card. sense the feeling of water surrounding you. Imagine him clearly standing before you. flowing robes of blue and violet. Every ritual is completely different. . counterclockwise for medi­ tations. as the basic plan would be the same for all of them. his face is white as milk. . which. I had thought that all the rituals would be exactly the same. Imagine him .. He holds a silver Chalice in the air and is surrounded by mist. . You feel a sense of growth and fenility emanating from him. Secondly acknowledge Auriel: (nonh). for a stan. Below is a copy of a plan I use from my very own notebook. I could not have been more wrong. about the energies before you incorporate them. . acknowledge Gabriel: (west). . Standing before you. First. He is dressed in the colors of Nature. The Chalice overflows with a blue liquid. Gabriel is archangel of the Water element. His long robes are olive green. brown with flecks of black. In his hand is a Shield. he is dressed in long. which represents the Eanh element. As you do. Clockwise indicates receptivity. . for he is the archangel of the element of Eanh. I do not think you could make friends with a sphere. I hope my long-winded illustrations make the point clearly. Spend some time on this image.

Michael rules the Fire element. and be one with the earth. Once again. Uncompromising. Standing there before you. spend some time on this. Sense the feeling of standing on earth. He wears a short Adantian-Grecian style tunic. His hair is golden like burnished brass. acknowledge Raphael: (east). and then let go of the image and make another half turn to the right so that you are facing the archangel Michael. Standing before you. Raphael is the archangel of the Air element. energetic figure. . Sense the heat and the feeling of the empyreal fire. What is happening? Notice the work force (or Malakim) inside doing their work. Let go of this image and turn another half turn so that you are facing the archangel Raphael. but always helpful. and he wears a breastplate emblazoned with a Lion's head. If a symbol appears. Finally. erect the Triple Rings and enter your Inner Temple in preparation for your journey through Tiphereth. smell the fresh earth. Move through slowly and see . go through the door of Assiah in the Inner Temple and focus your attention at the pool on your intention. Imagine him standing before you. he is dressed in yellow-orange and is young with extremely intelligent eyes. pro­ tective. the messen­ ger of the gods. Relax and keep aim in focus and see if anything appears. In his hand is a large Sword. With the inspiration of the archangels. and on his breastplate and cloak is the symbol of the staff of Mercury-the Caduceus. the symbol of Leo. acknowledge Michael: (south). Sense the feel­ ing of blowing air. After the sphere erection. go through the door. Move then toward the door of Yetzirah. The symbol is the wings on the pole with twin snakes entwined as they ascend the pole. oranges and reds. In his hand he carries a Spear: Imagine him as a strong. he is dressed in golden armor and a cloak with the colors of fire.170 standing clearly before you. Thirdly.

We go through Michael's realm. Michael is warm and friendly. We come face to face with the Eloah va Daath. where Michael leaves me to come back to my own mundane world. Michael instructs them. Any symbols appearing? We all go in and enter the realm of the Sun's center. go through the door. See what is going on in his world. note anything imponant. We bow and leave. We tell him everything we want to tell him. Look around. Then move toward the door of Atziluth and observe Michael issuing orders to the Malakim. Then comes the door of Briah. We drop off the Malakim on the way. Listen for replies. if a symbol appears. Observe him giving orders to Michael. Michael and I again enter Assiah.171 what is going on. Knock on the door. .

NOTES II Introduction 1. and by 1 903 the origi­ nal Order was split into various warring factions. The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn was one of the most pres­ tigious orders flourishing at the tum of the century. . It is true too. and much magical work was done. logical system of Practical Magic out of the scattered remains of a tradition that had been largely broken up by fifteen hundred years of religious persecution. that much of this system was not original: component pam of it can be found scattered through esoteric writings of a thousand years of European history. although few of them teach the whole system. The London Temple of the Golden Dawn. of course. Today there are several organizations whose teachings and practices are ultimately derived from The Golden Dawn. The great achievement of The Golden Dawn was to synthesize a coherent. and schism. revolts. named Isis-Urania. but personality dashes and other factors led to quarrels. For years all went well with The Golden Dawn. was founded on 1 March 1 888.

(York Beach. Phillip Cooper. . ME: Samuel Weiser. Aleister Crowley. The Art and Practice of Cabala Magic (York Beach. Esoteric decks can be used for divination.. Secrets of Creative Visualization ( York Beach. and magical work and therefore offer better value. and an. ME: Samuel Weiser. 1 970). 777 & Other Qabalistic Writings.. . The Art and Practice of the Occult ( York Beach. ) . Common to all natural societies and was remembered in folktales. totems.. but it is more meaningful when applied to a well-defined magical entity deliberately created by a group of magicians. This i s quite a l oose term that is sometimes used to denote any group mind considered in the abstract. A more initiated explanation of this is given i n the following books: Ophiel. john 2:9 from the King james version. ME: Samuel Weiser.. . p. 1 977). Chapter 2 1. The dream-time spirits made the laws by which humans were required to live in harmony with the rest of Nature in order to thrive and eventually to return to the dream-time realm. 4.Chapter 1 1. pips . meditation. or clan animals of tribes. 1 999). ME: Samuel Weiser. 2. 44. 3. and Ophiel. 2. p. By far the best esoteric tarot deck is the Rider-Waite as this uses good symbolism and has the advantage of the Minor Arcana cards containing pictures rather than .When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine. 1 976). and knew not whence it was: (but the servants which drew the water knew. 5. rituals. It also covers gods and goddesses. p. 47. 38. Egregores are group mind entities. Dream-time spirits created all things when bird and beast and humankind were one and death was but a dream.

0. Box 64383. ME: Sam­ uel Weiser. Paul. England. You may substitute a crystal ball or Magic mirror. I n England. 2. Dingwall Avenue. Chapter 7 1. W. Chapter 8 1. for they both contain a general daily pla netary and lunar aspectarian . Magical RihuJI Methods ( York Beach. 1 980). Link House. Croydon. ME: Samuel Weiser. send a letter to me via the publisher. See Note 1 to chapter 7. do Llewellyn. P. enclosing some interna­ tional reply coupons. Gray.175 Chapter 4 1. binh chans are available from Prediaion magazine by writing to Reader's Services. Surrey CR9 2TA. 2. MN 55 1 64. but do not forget that these are substitutes. You can a lso buy Celestial Influences calendars by jim Maynard ( Quicksilver Publications) . You can use Llewellyn's Daily Pldnetary Guide astrological calen­ dar or Moon Sign Book. G . 1n England. . St. and I will list them for you . do Prediction. If you have any problems locating your personal ruling planets. The T alking Tree ( York Beach. and. Chapter 9 1. Prediction magazine contains a general planetary and lunar aspectarian. A binh chan may be obtained in the United States from Llewellyn's Personal Astrological Services as advenised in New Worlds of Mind & Spirit magazine by contacting Personal Services. 1 977).

1 999). Cape Town. The Modem Textbook of Astrology ( london: L. and meditation.. Westhall. ME: Samuel Weiser. You will also need an ephemeris. Haleswonh. Yearly ephemerides are published by Foulsham & Co. England. alcoholic bee r brewed in Ireland and under license in various other countries that. CA 90265. Box 1 6430. when left to go flat and lose its froth. 92 1 1 6.. For a current tape catalog of music ideally suited to relaxation. Guinness is a strong. Box 38 Malibu. Sydney. 5. 1 95 1 ). Gray.. 3. Ladder of Lights ( York Beach. inspiration. 4. Pontius Pilate did this at Christ's trial. Phillip Cooper. W. Fowler & Co.. Slough. which contains all the necessary information for casting a binh chan and is also a complete aspcctarian with mutual and lunar aspects. robust. Margaret Hone. write: Valley of the Sun Publishing. Appendix 1. The most popular ephemerides are published by ACS Publications. Paradise Farm. Berks. 2. 1 98 1 ).. G. Yeovil Road. dark-colored. In England. Ltd. is ideal for scrying. Secrm of Creative Visualization (York Beach. Even washing your hands can symbolize a cleansing of the nega­ tive. p. Toronto. 1 80. for a free catalog write: New World. 3. San Diego. Suffolk IP1 9 8 RH England. . ME: Samuel Weiser. and today healers do it. CA. New York. American readers can purchase ephemerides in most astrological bookstores. N.

Paul. York Beach. ---- . 2001 . ME: Samuel Weiser. joan. june. ---- and Magical Paradigms. York Beach. 2000. Phillip. ME: Samuel Weiser. Robert. 1 999. 1 970. 1 989. Candle Magic: A Coveted Collection of Spells. ME: Samuel Weiser. York Beach. Secrets of Creative Visualization. Bunning. Basic Magick: A Practical Guide. MN: Llewellyn. . Basic Sigil Magick. 1 993. York Beach. ME: Samuel Weiser. 1 979. Rituals. The Complete Book of Incense. Learning the T arot: A T arot Book for Beginners. St. Cunningham. Teach Yourself T arot. Aleister. Watford. ME: Weiser Books. . 1 999. ME: Samuel Weiser. The Magickian: A Study in Ef ective Magick. York Beach.BIBLIOGRAPHY • Baker-Howard. Cooper. Astral Dynamics: A New Approach to Out-of-Body Experience. York Beach. ----. 1 998. Scott. ---- . Crowley. Oils. 777 and Other Qabalistic Writings. Charlottesville. Bruce.. f ME: Samuel Weiser. VA: Hampton Roads Publishing. England: Friars Printers. and Brews. York Beach. 1 996.

Gray. Astrology and Horoscopes. Greer. Siverado. LeCron. Margaret. Schueler. York Beach. Smith. 1 997. Paul. The T alking Tree. MN: Llewellyn. 1 977. 1 996. Scotland: Geddes & Grosset. Fowler.. CA: The Church of the Hermetic Sciences. 1 992. 1 893. 1 970. New York: Sterling. William G. . Magia�l lncenses. --. ME: Samuel Weiser. ME: Samuel Weiser. . The Art & Practice of Cabala Magic. Poke. Paul. New York. St. York Beach. Kay. Leslie M . 1 95 1 . York Beach. MN: Llewellyn.. The Art & Practice of the Occult. Charles M. London: L. ----. York Beach. York Beach. ME: Samuel Weiser. Inner Traditions of Magic.. ME: Samuel Weiser. St. David and Grosset. 1 988. 1 969. ME: Samuel Weiser. Sheffield. Ophiel. Gerald j. The Modern T extbook of Astrology. Lee. York Beach. 1 993. York Beach. john M. 1 989. England: Revelation 23 Press. MA: Ginn & Company. Enochian Physics: The Structure of the Magical Universe. 1 998. ME: Samuel Weiser. " The Book of Solomon 's Magick. 1 977. NY: Signet. Boston. Hoffman. Wylundt 's Book of Incense: A Magical Primer.111 I I I L I O G I A ' II Y Gayley. 1 997. N. The Art & Practice of Clairvoyance. udder of Lights. Hone. Carroll . ---- . 1 978. The Trance Workbook: Understanding and Using the Power of Altered States. ME: Samuel Weiser. New Lanark. Dave. Magia�l Ritual Methods. Steven. York Beach. Runyon. Ronald. Self-Hypnotism: The T echnique and Its Use in Daily Living. Circles of Power. Classic Myths in English Literature. Geddes. --- . 1 976. ---- 1 980. ME: Samuel Weiser.

69. 87. 1 25. 1 28 cardinal points. 97. 1 49 Aailuth. 1 22. 148 Archangelic level. t 74. 1 23. 97. S . 148 Caduceus. 5 1 . 38. 1 69 Chaos Star. 6. 89. your . 1 7 1 Aquarius. 1 5 1 . 89. 1 24. 1 28 Auriel. 90 Akashic Records. 1 24. 2. 1 63 Cabalistic Tree of Li�. 1 5 1 . 1 07 Chock�h. 59 cause and effect. 29 All-Father. Phillip. 35.INDEX • Air. 141 Angelic level. 156 Cooper. 1 70 Cancer. 94. 150. 1 66 Archangels. t06 birth chart. 1 56 Briah. 20 Chalice. 1 23. 95 Chesed. 87. 87. 1 33. 1 69 belief patterns. 1 52. ISS. 1 28. 90. 1 5 1 altar arrangements for path twentysix. 1 28 as�. 1 06 Collective Workings. 79. 1 22. 1 54 Assiah. 25. 87. 96. 96. 68. t n . 149. 1 36. 44. 149. 95. 1 70 astrology. 1 22. 1 8. 142 altar cloths. 1 7 1 Cabala. 1 22 Angels. 1 65 Aries. 1 22 archangel Michael. 1 28 Capricorn. 1 06. 56. 1 3. 32. I SO. 45. 148 Getting To Know the. 1 7. 1 0. 1 5 1 as�rian. 14 Bmah. 16.

50. 20. 12 Leo. 1 0. 16 Universal. 63 Eloah va Daath. 37. 1 22. 104. 108. 60. 128 Divine level. 90. 1 08 Hone. 13. 107 Gemini. 48. 1 25 Circle. 59 Cube. 86. 23. 69 . 1 12 Esoteric. 10. 47. 69. 106 Llchrym��l Mundi. S. 6 Universal Intelligence. 23. 27. 148. 90 four elements. 3 1 . 6 dream-rime Eden. 1 9. 10. hypnosis. l S I Egregorcs. 62. S9. 1 09. 35 energy. 62. 48. 1 36. 1 75 Crown. 32. 48. 1 33 Planetary. 44. 97 Kerber. 34. 58. 15 Daath. 1 69 Geburah. 63. 88 Crowley. Marpret. 44. 16 pattern. 123 fundamental forces 32 Gabriel. 39. 160 Guru Hunting. 1 67. 128 Logos. 1 1 . S l . 1 65. 32. 47. 12 elemental doorways. 1. 79.I . I I 0. 4 1 . 28. 64. 46. 160 hypnotist-. 147. 45. 73. 124 Totality. 56. 9 holy name. 124. I S. 128 God. 125. 28 Gray. 89. 1 22 rings of the. 63. 87. 32. 37. S Black. 777. 82. 1 1 7. 74. 1 22. I S. 74. 1 70 jupiter. 72. 162 Beginning. 22. I l l Hod. Aleister. 1 03 Eanh Mother. 85. 72. 61. 98. 5 1 . 8 Hebrew. 1 7 1 Encircled Cross. 91. 87. 1 3. 63. 1 1 8. 58. 44. 137 Hermetic. 1 76. 38. 49. 164 Inner T emple. D I • Cosmic Sphere. 153. 72. 16. 30. 153 Cup. 34 Fire. l OS. 93. 33. 10. W. 1 39. 35. 148 forms. 20. 86 Hexagram. 2. 1 68. 1 76. SO guru. 39. 87. 102. 1 2 Eanh. 94. s Magic. 90. 163. 32. 128 Libra. 33. 62. 1 77 Graal. 147. 6 1 . 87. 1 53 Cube.. 1 28 four worlds. 1 10 demonic. 70. 60. 38. 36. 12 Discovering Your Personal Magical Directions. 6. l OS. 72.G. S. 39. 1 1 0. 27. 59. 104 Four Weapons of the.

96. SO. Pontius. 85. 1 1 8. 1 22 Pilate. 1 23 Neptive Veils. 53 south. 88. 23. 88. 1 70 Moon. 145 pathworking. the 10 Malakim 1 70 Malkuth 86. 47. 23 Svengali. 1 75 Order of the Golden Dawn. 85. 1 03. 99. I SO. 95.I • 0 I • . 23 Magician. 67 Shield. 1 3. 107. 32 Yesod Meditation. 1 28 Planetary Correspondences. 167 Mars 47. 103 First Quarter. 1 08. 1 35. 1 0. 9 1 . 32 Full. 73. I SO Pluto. 1 63 Master. 83. 74. 120 Sagittarius. 1 SS Subjective. 1 66 Sex. 7 social. 98 Maynard. 89. Sl. 25 trident. 47.. 97 Scorpio. 1 0. 75. 1 7 weapons. 32 Last Quarter. 48. jim 1 76 Mercury. 7. 1 24 Rod. Three. I S4 Objective. 32 personal magical dim:rions. 107. 86. 44. I S 1 subjective. 74. Practical.. 1 6 1 temple. ISS transiting. 1 53 Physical level. 23 meditation. natal. 74. 128 Sanskrit. 59. 128 Shield. 69. 47. 59 Ophiel. 1 70 Ritual Magic. 8. 95. 47. 46. 148. 1 1 7. 75. 70. 59 north. 1 1 9. 1 1 6. IS 1 Raphael. 71 magical east. 1 00. 120 . words. 32 New. 88 middle. 96 Nmach 87. 102 Michael. 1 n Pillar left-hand. 7 1 . 75 planets. 85 Paths. 59. 108. 6. 1 09 Pillars. 1 48 Neptune. 35. 1 1 . 1 38 Orphic. 29 Saturn. 1 0. 84 Pisces. SS. 60 west. 1 0. 23 ritual. 1 . l OS power objective. 8 White. 4 1 . 1 07 nodal points (six). 52. 48. 1 1 3 right-hand. 1 52 Pentacle.

74. ll8 �and. 1 7. 8 1 . 35. 103. l7. 1 39. 9l Sun. 1 1 9 symbolism. 96. 73. 10. 1 8. 44. I S. 32. 100 Vii'JO. I I S Sword. 141 Minor Arcana (minor cards). l lO �ater. 1 07. 59. 4l. ll. l l8 . l8. l8. l8. 59. 60. 51. 1 9. 45. 74. 94 subconscious mind. 47. llO deck. 63 Triplicities. l9 Energy. l lO. 1 20. 90 �estern tradition. 165 Tetragram. l l8 Tzadkiel. 74. 167 Tree of life. 63. S 1 .lla II O TII I C • A G I C A II O T il l C A I A L A singularity. l l3. 99. 1 0. 30. I 06 Three-Dimensional. 1 5. 10. 4l personal. 56. 8l abstract. 9 1 summary. S7. 41. 4l Tarot. 74. 89 triple rings of cosmos. 34 Triangle. 1 70 YHVH. 14. 1 36. 1 39. 3l. 6. 87. 4 1 . 44. 46. 1 25. I l l . 48. 3S. lO. 36. 6. 86. 1 9. l7. 1 6. 1 67 Zodiac. 44. l S I spheres of the. Ill. 3l. 1 47 symbols. 46. 33 1iphererh. 93. personalized. 52. 141 Taurus. ll8 telesmatic images. 1 65 Universal Mind. 99 supemals. 63. 4l physical. 95 Venus. 58 Uranus. 30. 48. l9. S2 Major Arcana (major cards). lO. 1 60 Yesod. 106 signs. 47. 33 Yogic practice. 87. 1 6. 1 08 Yetrirah.